Quarterlytics / Verint Systems

Verint Systems

vrnt · NASDAQ
Claim this profile
Ticker vrnt
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector
Industry
Employees 5001-10,000
← All annual reports
FY2012 Annual Report · Verint Systems
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549 

FORM 10-K 

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d)
OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
 For the fiscal year ended January 31, 2013 

Commission File No. 001-34807

Verint Systems Inc.

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter) 

Delaware
(State or Other Jurisdiction of Incorporation or
Organization)

330 South Service Road, Melville, New York
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)

11-3200514
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

11747
(Zip Code)

Registrant's telephone number, including area code:  (631) 962-9600
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class

Common Stock, $.001 par value per share

Name of each exchange 
on which registered
The NASDAQ Stock Market, LLC
(NASDAQ Global Select Market)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
None
(Title of Class)

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes 

No 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the 

Exchange Act.  Yes 

No 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the 
Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to 
file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes 

No 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, 

every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this 
chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such 
files). Yes 

No 

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§229.405 of this chapter) 

is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information 
statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a 
smaller reporting company. See definitions of "large accelerated filer," "accelerated filer" and "smaller reporting company" in 
Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer   

                                                        Accelerated filer 

         Non-accelerated filer 
     (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)

Smaller reporting company 

 
 
 
 
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).  Yes 

 No 

The aggregate market value of common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant, based on the closing price for the 
registrant’s common stock on the NASDAQ Global Select Market on the last business day of the registrant’s most recently 
completed second fiscal quarter (July 31, 2012) was approximately $1,453,426,000. As described herein, the aggregate market 
value of common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant increased significantly on February 4, 2013, which is the date on 
which the transactions contemplated by the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated August 12, 2012, among the registrant, 
Comverse Technology, Inc. and Victory Acquisition I LLC were completed.  
There were 52,472,008 shares of the registrant’s common stock outstanding on March 15, 2013.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

The information required by Part III of this report, to the extent not set forth herein, is incorporated herein by reference from the 
registrant's definitive proxy statement relating to the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held in 2013, which definitive proxy 
statement shall be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year to which 
this report relates. 

 
Table of Contents

Verint Systems Inc. and Subsidiaries
Index to Form 10-K
January 31, 2013

Cautionary Note on Forward-Looking Statements

PART I

Item1.
Item 1A.
Item 1B.
Item 2.
Item 3.
Item 4. 

PART II

Item 5.

Item 6.
Item 7.
Item 7A.
Item 8.
Item 9.
Item 9A.
Item 9B.

PART III

Item 10.
Item 11.
Item 12.

Item 13.
Item 14.

PART IV

Business
Risk Factors
Unresolved Staff Comments
Properties
Legal Proceedings
Mine Safety Disclosures

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of 
Equity Securities
Selected Financial Data
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
Controls and Procedures
Other Information

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
Executive Compensation
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder 
Matters
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
Principal Accounting Fees and Services

Item 15.

Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules

Signatures

i

Page

ii

1
14
24
24
25
26

27
28
30
54
58
119
119
122

123

123
123

123
124
130

131

 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Cautionary Note on Forward-Looking Statements

Certain statements discussed in this report constitute "forward-looking statements" within the meaning of the Private Securities 
Litigation Reform Act of 1995, the provisions of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), 
and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act").  Forward-looking statements 
include financial projections, statements of plans and objectives for future operations, statements of future economic 
performance, and statements of assumptions relating thereto. Forward-looking statements are often identified by future or 
conditional words such as "will", "plans", "expects", "intends", "believes", "seeks", "estimates", or "anticipates", or by 
variations of such words or by similar expressions. There can be no assurances that forward-looking statements will be 
achieved. By their very nature, forward-looking statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties, and other 
important factors that could cause our actual results or conditions to differ materially from those expressed or implied by such 
forward-looking statements. Important risks, uncertainties, and other factors that could cause our actual results or conditions to 
differ materially from our forward-looking statements include, among others:

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

uncertainties regarding the impact of general economic conditions in the United States and abroad, particularly in 
information technology spending and government budgets, on our business;

risks associated with our ability to keep pace with technological changes and evolving industry standards in our 
product offerings and to successfully develop, launch, and drive demand for new and enhanced, innovative, high-
quality products that meet or exceed customer needs;

risks due to aggressive competition in all of our markets, including with respect to maintaining margins and sufficient 
levels of investment in our business;

risks created by the continued consolidation of our competitors or the introduction of large competitors in our markets 
with greater resources than we have;

risks associated with our ability to successfully compete for, consummate, and implement mergers and acquisitions, 
including risks associated with capital constraints, costs and expenses, maintaining profitability levels, management 
distraction, post-acquisition integration activities, and potential asset impairments;

risks that we may be unable to maintain and enhance relationships with key resellers, partners, and systems 
integrators;

risks relating to our ability to effectively and efficiently execute on our growth strategy, including managing 
investments in our business and operations and enhancing and securing our internal and external operations;

risks associated with our ability to effectively and efficiently allocate limited financial and human resources to 
business, development, strategic, or other opportunities that may not come to fruition or produce satisfactory returns;

risks associated with the mishandling or perceived mishandling of sensitive or confidential information, security 
lapses, or with information technology system failures or disruptions;

risks associated with our significant international operations, including, among others, in Israel, Europe, and Asia, 
exposure to regions subject to political or economic instability, and fluctuations in foreign exchange rates;

risks associated with a significant amount of our business coming from domestic and foreign government customers, 
including the ability to maintain security clearances for certain projects;

risks associated with complex and changing local and foreign regulatory environments in the jurisdictions in which we 
operate;

risks associated with our ability to recruit and retain qualified personnel in regions in which we operate;

challenges associated with selling sophisticated solutions, long sales cycles, and emphasis on larger transactions, 
including in assisting customers in realizing the value they expect and in accurately forecasting revenue and expenses 
and in maintaining profitability;

risks that our intellectual property rights may not be adequate to protect our business or assets or that others may make 
claims on our intellectual property or claim infringement on their intellectual property rights;

• 

risks that our products may contain undetected defects, which could expose us to substantial liability;

ii

 
 
Table of Contents

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

risks associated with our dependence on a limited number of suppliers or original equipment manufacturers ("OEMs") 
for certain components of our products, including companies that may compete with us or work with our competitors;

risks that our customers or partners delay or cancel orders or are unable to honor contractual commitments due to 
liquidity issues, challenges in their business, or otherwise;

risks that we may experience liquidity or working capital issues and related risks that financing sources may be 
unavailable to us on reasonable terms or at all;

risks associated with significant leverage resulting from our current debt position, including with respect to covenant 
limitations and compliance, fluctuations in interest rates, and our ability to maintain our credit ratings;

risks arising as a result of contingent, unknown or unexpected obligations or liabilities of our former parent company, 
Comverse Technology, Inc. ("CTI"), assumed upon completion of the CTI Merger (as hereinafter defined), including 
regulatory or compliance liabilities, or as a result of parties obligated to provide us with indemnification being 
unwilling or unable to perform such obligations; 

risks associated with being a former consolidated subsidiary of CTI and formerly part of CTI's consolidated tax group;

risks relating to our reliance on CTI's former subsidiary, Comverse, Inc. ("Comverse"), to timely perform certain 
transition services following the CTI Merger in order for us to comply with certain regulatory requirements and the 
failure of Comverse to perform such transition services in a timely manner or at all;

risks relating to our ability to successfully implement and maintain adequate systems and internal controls for our 
current and future operations and reporting needs and related risks of financial statement omissions, misstatements, 
restatements, or filing delays; and

risks associated with changing tax rates, tax laws and regulations, and the continuing availability of expected tax 
benefits, including those expected as a result of the CTI Merger.

These risks, uncertainties and challenges, as well as other factors, are discussed in greater detail in "Risk Factors" under Item 
1A of this report. You are cautioned not to place undue reliance on forward-looking statements, which reflect our management’s 
view only as of the date of this report. We make no commitment to revise or update any forward-looking statements in order to 
reflect events or circumstances after the date any such statement is made, except as otherwise required under the federal 
securities laws. If we were in any particular instance to update or correct a forward-looking statement, investors and others 
should not conclude that we would make additional updates or corrections thereafter except as otherwise required under the 
federal securities laws.

iii

 
Table of Contents

PART I

Item 1.  Business

Our Company

Verint Systems Inc. (together with its consolidated subsidiaries, "Verint", the "Company", "we", "us", and "our", unless the 
context indicates otherwise) is a global leader in Actionable Intelligence® solutions. Our portfolio of Enterprise Intelligence 
Solutions™ and Security Intelligence Solutions™ helps organizations Make Big Data Actionable™ through the ability to 
capture, analyze and act on large volumes of rich, complex, and often underused information sources—such as voice, video, 
and unstructured text. With Verint solutions and value-added services, organizations of all sizes can make more timely and 
effective decisions. Today, more than 10,000 organizations in over 150 countries, including over 80 percent of the Fortune 100, 
count on Verint solutions to improve enterprise performance and make the world a safer place. 

In the enterprise intelligence market, our customer-centric workforce optimization and voice of the customer solutions help 
organizations enhance customer service operations in contact centers, branches, and back-office environments to help increase 
customer satisfaction, reduce operating costs, identify revenue opportunities, and improve profitability. In the security 
intelligence market, our communications and cyber intelligence, video and situation intelligence, and public safety solutions 
help government and commercial organizations in their efforts to protect people and property, and neutralize terrorism and 
crime.

We have established leadership positions in both the enterprise intelligence and security intelligence markets by leveraging our 
core competency in developing highly scalable, enterprise-class solutions with advanced, integrated analytics for both 
unstructured and structured information. Our innovative solutions are developed by more than 1,000 employees and contractors 
in research and development worldwide, representing approximately one-third of our total workforce. Our innovation is 
evidenced by more than 570 patents and patent applications worldwide, including 60 U.S. patents allowed or granted during the 
year ended January 31, 2013. We offer a range of customer services—from initial implementation, to consulting and training, to 
ongoing customer support and maintenance—to help maximize the value our customers receive from our Actionable 
Intelligence solutions and allow us to extend our customer relationships.

Headquartered in Melville, New York, we support our customers around the globe directly and with an extensive network of 
selling and support partners.

Company Background

We were incorporated in Delaware in February 1994 and completed our initial public offering ("IPO") in May 2002.

On February 4, 2013, we successfully completed the acquisition of our former parent company, CTI, eliminating its majority 
ownership and control of us and establishing us as a fully independent public company. Our acquisition of CTI is described in 
greater detail below under “Recent Developments.” Since our IPO, we have also acquired a number of companies that have 
strengthened our position in both the enterprise intelligence and security intelligence markets.

We participate in the enterprise intelligence and security intelligence markets through three operating segments: Enterprise 
Intelligence Solutions™ ("Enterprise Intelligence"), Video and Situation Intelligence Solutions™ ("Video Intelligence"), and 
Communications and Cyber Intelligence Solutions™ ("Communications Intelligence"), each of which is described in greater 
detail below and in "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" under Item 7. 
See also Note 18, "Segment, Geographic, and Significant Customer Information" to our consolidated financial statements 
included in Item 8 of this report for additional information and financial data about each of our operating segments and 
geographic regions.

Through our website at www.verint.com, we make available our Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-
Q and Current Reports on Form 8-K, as well as amendments to those reports filed or furnished by us pursuant to Section 13(a) 
or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act, free of charge, as soon as reasonably practicable after we file such materials with, or 
furnish such materials to, the Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC"). Our website address set forth above is not 
intended to be an active link and information on our website is not incorporated in, and should not be construed to be a part of, 
this report.

Our Markets — Enterprise Intelligence and Security Intelligence

1

 
Table of Contents

We deliver our Actionable Intelligence solutions to the enterprise intelligence and security intelligence markets across a wide 
range of industries, including financial services, retail, healthcare, telecommunications, law enforcement, government, 
transportation, utilities, and critical infrastructure. Much of the information available to organizations in these industries is 
unstructured, residing in telephone conversations, video streams, web pages such as social media sites, customer surveys, 
email, and other text-based communications. Our advanced Actionable Intelligence solutions enable our customers to collect 
and analyze large amounts of both structured and unstructured information in order to make better, more informed decisions.

In the enterprise intelligence market, demand for our Actionable Intelligence solutions is driven by organizations that seek to 
leverage unstructured information from customer interactions and other customer-related data in order to optimize the 
performance of their customer service operations, improve the customer experience, build loyalty, and enhance compliance. In 
the security intelligence market, demand for our Actionable Intelligence solutions is driven by organizations that seek to distill 
intelligence from a wide range of unstructured and structured information sources in order to detect, investigate, and neutralize 
security threats.  

We have established leadership positions in both the enterprise intelligence and security intelligence markets by leveraging our 
core competency in developing highly scalable, enterprise-class solutions with advanced, integrated analytics for both 
unstructured and structured information.

Our Strengths

Enterprise Intelligence

We believe that the following competitive strengths will enable us to sustain our market leadership in the enterprise intelligence 
market:

•  Comprehensive, unified suite of customer-centric workforce optimization solutions. A core part of our product strategy has 
been to unify our workforce optimization solutions through targeted, predefined integrations. Our comprehensive, unified 
suite of workforce optimization solutions offers many advantages in terms of functionality and total cost of ownership, and 
we believe that this approach helps further differentiate us in the enterprise intelligence market.

•  Advanced voice of the customer analytics. We were an early innovator of speech analytics for contact centers, and today, 
we offer an advanced suite of Voice of the Customer Analytics™, which includes speech analytics, text analytics, and 
enterprise feedback management solutions. We believe that these solutions are attractive to a broad set of customers, 
enabling them to better understand the customer experience, customer sentiment, workforce performance, and the factors 
underlying important business trends by collecting customer intelligence across the enterprise.

•  Compelling workforce optimization solutions for back-office and branch operations. Workforce optimization solutions 

have traditionally been deployed in contact centers. However, many customer service employees work in other areas of the 
enterprise, such as the back office, and branch and remote office locations. We believe that enterprises are interested in 
deploying workforce optimization solutions outside the contact center to enable the same type of performance 
measurement and improvement that has historically been available to contact centers, and we have built a portfolio of 
solutions specifically for this opportunity.

•  Focus on delivering best-in-class customer service. A core part of our strategy is to help enable our customers to derive 
maximum value from our Actionable Intelligence solutions. We believe that a combination of our unified enterprise 
intelligence solutions and focus on customer service has been a major factor in our success.

•  Strong OEM partner relationships. We continue to have a strong focus on partners, including resellers and OEMs, which 

are a core element of our go-to-market strategy. We believe that this investment has strengthened our relationships with our 
partners, expanded our market coverage, and provided our customers with tighter integration of certain third-party 
solutions.

Video and Situation Intelligence

We believe that the following competitive strengths will enable us to sustain our leadership in the video and situation 
intelligence market:

•  Broad video and situation intelligence portfolio. Our Video and Situation Intelligence portfolio includes Internet Protocol 

("IP") video management software and services; edge devices for capturing, digitizing, and transmitting video over 

2

 
Table of Contents

networks; video analytics, network video recorders; and physical security information management ("PSIM") solutions. 
Our broad portfolio allows organizations to deploy an end-to-end IP video solution with analytics or evolve to networked 
IP video solutions over time; view, correlate, and analyze information from various security systems and sensors; and 
generate Actionable Intelligence from video and related data.

•  Open platform. Designed on an open platform, our solutions facilitate interoperability with our customers’ business and 
security systems and with complementary third-party products, such as cameras, video analytics, video management 
software, command and control systems, and access control systems.

•  Ability to help our customers cost-effectively migrate to networked IP video. While the security market is evolving to 

networked IP video solutions, many organizations have already made significant investments in analog technology. Our 
video and situation intelligence solutions help our customers cost effectively migrate to networked IP video without 
discarding their existing analog closed circuit television ("CCTV") investments.

Communications and Cyber Intelligence

We believe that the following competitive strengths will enable us to sustain our market leadership in the communications 
intelligence business:

•  Broad portfolio. Our broad Communications and Cyber Intelligence portfolio includes solutions for communications 

interception, service provider compliance, mobile location tracking, open source web intelligence, and tactical 
communications intelligence, as well as solutions being developed for cyber security. Our portfolio is designed to handle 
massive amounts of unstructured and structured information from different sources (including fixed and mobile networks, 
IP networks, and the Internet), quickly make sense of complex scenarios, and generate evidence and intelligence.

•  Highly scalable solutions for a broad range of communications. Our solutions can be deployed stand-alone or collectively 
as part of a large-scale system to address the needs of large government agencies, law enforcement, and communications 
service providers that require advanced, comprehensive solutions. Our solutions can process very large amounts of 
information, enabling the interception, monitoring, and analysis of information collected from a wide range of 
communications networks, including fixed and mobile networks, IP networks, and the Internet.

•  High-quality, long-term customer relationships. We have security customers around the world, including large and 

sophisticated government organizations, as well as commercial companies that are leaders in their respective markets. We 
have long-term relationships with many of these customers that give us unique insight into their challenges and help us to 
develop new security solutions for a broader set of customers.

Our Strategy

Our strategy to further enhance our position as a leading provider of enterprise intelligence and security intelligence solutions 
worldwide includes the following key elements:

•  Continue to drive the development of Actionable Intelligence solutions for unstructured data. We were a pioneer in the 

development of solutions that help businesses and governmental organizations derive intelligence from unstructured data. 
We intend to continue to drive the adoption of our Actionable Intelligence solutions by building the Verint brand, 
expanding our portfolio of enterprise intelligence and security intelligence solutions, leveraging our large installed base of 
customers, and offering services that help our customers maximize their investment in our solutions.

•  Maintain market leadership through innovation and customer centricity. We believe that to compete successfully, we must 
continue to introduce solutions that better enable customers to derive Actionable Intelligence from their unstructured data. 
In order to do this, we intend to continue to make significant investments in research and development, protect our 
intellectual property through patents and other means, and maintain a regular dialog with our customer base in order to 
understand their business objectives and requirements.

•  Continue to expand our market presence through OEM and partner relationships. We have expanded our relationships 
with OEMs and other channel partners. We believe that these relationships broaden our market coverage and help make 
our solutions even more widely available on a global basis. We intend to continue expanding our existing relationships, 
while creating new ones. 

3

Table of Contents

•  Augment our organic growth with acquisitions. We examine acquisition opportunities regularly as a means to add 

technology, increase our geographic presence, enhance our market leadership, and/or expand into adjacent markets. 
Historically, we have engaged in acquisitions for all of these purposes and expect to continue doing so in the future when 
strategic opportunities arise.

The Enterprise Intelligence Segment

We are a leading provider of enterprise intelligence software and services. Our solutions enable organizations to extract and 
analyze valuable information from customer interactions and related operational data in order to make more effective, proactive 
decisions for optimizing the performance of their customer service operations, improving the customer experience, facilitating 
compliance, and enhancing products and services. We market these solutions primarily under the Impact 360® brand to contact 
center, branch and remote office, back-office operations, and other departments—such as those with customer experience, 
sales, and marketing functions—that seek to distill insights from the voice of their customers, as well as to public safety 
centers. These solutions comprise a unified suite of customer-centric workforce optimization and voice of the customer 
solutions and services that include IP and Time Division Multiplexing (“TDM”) voice recording, quality monitoring, voice of 
the customer analytics (speech analytics, text analytics, and enterprise feedback management), workforce management, 
eLearning, coaching, performance management, and desktop and process analytics. These solutions can be deployed stand-
alone or in an integrated fashion.

The Enterprise Intelligence Market and Trends

We believe that customer service is viewed more strategically than in the past, particularly by organizations whose interactions 
with customers regarding sales and services take place primarily through contact center, branch, and back-office operations. 
Consistent with this trend, we believe that organizations seek workforce optimization and voice of the customer solutions that 
enable them to better understand customer expectations, preferences, and sentiments in order to strengthen customer 
relationships, build loyalty, efficiently manage their workforce and customer service operations across the enterprise, and strike 
the right balance among driving sales, managing operating costs, and delivering the optimal customer experience.  

In order to make better, more timely decisions to achieve these goals, we believe that organizations increasingly seek to 
leverage valuable data collected from customer interactions and associated operational activities, and that using the voice of the 
customer to drive operational excellence has become a strategic objective and differentiator for organizations worldwide. 
However, customer service applications have traditionally been deployed as stand-alone applications, which prevented 
information from being shared and analyzed across multiple/related applications. These solutions also lacked functionality for 
analyzing unstructured and structured information, such as the content of phone calls, email, web chat, customer surveys, and 
social media sites. As a result, organizations historically based their customer service-related business decisions on a fraction of 
the information available to them.  

We believe that customer-centric organizations today seek to gain a holistic view of the customer experience and the 
effectiveness of their customer service operations through unified, innovative, workforce optimization solutions and a voice of 
the customer analytical platform delivered by a single vendor. We believe that the key business and technology trends driving 
demand for workforce optimization and voice of the customer solutions include:

Unified, Customer-Centric Enterprise Intelligence Solutions

We believe that organizations increasingly seek a unified workforce optimization suite that includes call recording and quality 
monitoring, voice of the customer analytics (speech analytics, text analytics, and enterprise feedback management), workforce 
management, performance management, eLearning, coaching, and desktop and process analytics, including pre-defined 
business integrations across these capabilities. Such a unified suite can provide business and financial benefits, create a 
foundation for continuous improvement through a closed-loop feedback process, and improve collaboration among various 
functions throughout the enterprise. For example:

•  using integrated speech analytics with quality monitoring, calls can be categorized, allowing organizations to review the 

interactions that are most significant to the business and identify the underlying causes of customer service issues;

•  using integrated voice of the customer solutions, organizations can collect and assess customer feedback from the diverse 

platforms on which it is provided, including surveys, phone calls, web chat, emails, and social media channels;

•  managers can receive instant alerts when staff is out of adherence with standards, monitor and record interactions to 

determine the cause, and act quickly to correct the problem; and

4

Table of Contents

•  supervisors can assign and deliver electronic learning material to staff desktops based on training needs automatically 
identified from quality monitoring evaluation scores and performance management scorecard metrics, and then track 
courses taken and new skills acquired.

Additionally, by deploying an integrated workforce optimization suite with a single, unified graphical user interface and 
common database, enterprises can achieve lower total cost of ownership, reduce hardware costs, simplify system 
administration, and streamline implementation and training. An integrated workforce optimization suite also enables enterprises 
to interact with a single vendor for sales and service, and helps ensure seamless integration and upgrades of all solutions.

Greater Insight through Voice of the Customer Analytics

We believe that customer-centric organizations are increasingly interested in deploying sophisticated and more comprehensive 
voice of the customer analytics (such as speech analytics, text analytics, and enterprise feedback management) to gain a better 
understanding of the customer experience, workforce performance, and the factors underlying business trends. Although 
enterprises have historically captured customer interactions, most were able to extract intelligence only by manually analyzing 
each interaction individually, which generally could be done for only a small percentage of interactions. Today, voice of the 
customer analytics solutions have evolved to analyze and categorize customer interactions automatically through voice, email, 
web chat, customer surveys, and social media in order to detect patterns and trends that can significantly impact the business. 
These solutions provide a new level of insight into important areas such as customer behavior, sentiment, satisfaction, and 
loyalty, as well as staff effectiveness, including the underlying causes of business trends in these critical areas.

Adoption of Workforce Optimization Across the Enterprise

Workforce optimization solutions have traditionally been deployed in contact centers. However, many employees who 
contribute to the customer experience work in other areas of the enterprise, such as the back-office and branch and remote 
office locations. Today, we believe that enterprises are showing increased interest in deploying certain workforce optimization 
solutions, such as staff scheduling and desktop and process analytics, outside the contact center to enable the same type of 
performance measurement that has historically been available in the contact center, with the goal of improving customer 
service and performance across the enterprise.

Our Enterprise Intelligence Solutions Portfolio

We are a leader in the enterprise intelligence market with Impact 360, a comprehensive, unified portfolio of workforce 
optimization and voice of the customer solutions. Our solutions are highly scalable and designed to be deployed by small to 
very large organizations in traditional contact centers and other areas of the enterprise—including branch and back-office 
operations, and departments such as those involving customer experience, sales, and marketing functions—that seek to distill 
insights from the voice of their customers, as well as public safety centers. Historically, our enterprise intelligence solutions 
have been implemented on customer premises; however, today, we also offer some of our enterprise intelligence solutions on a 
“Software as a Service”, or “SaaS”, basis. Our solutions are generally implemented in industries that have significant customer 
service operations, such as insurance, banking and brokerage, telecommunications, media, retail, public safety, and hospitality.  
The following table summarizes our portfolio of Enterprise Intelligence Solutions.

5

Table of Contents

Solution
Quality Monitoring

Description
Records multimedia interactions based on user-defined business rules and provides sophisticated 
interaction assessment functionality, including intelligent evaluation forms and automatic 
delivery of calls for evaluation according to quotas or contact-related criteria, to help enterprises 
evaluate and improve the performance of customer service staff.

Full-Time and
Compliance Recording

Provides contact center recording for compliance, sales verification, and monitoring in IP, 
traditional TDM, and mixed telephony environments. Includes encryption capabilities to help 
support the Payment Card Industry Data Security Standard and other regulatory requirements for 
protecting sensitive data.

Workforce Management

Helps enterprises forecast staffing requirements, deploy the appropriate level of resources, and 
evaluate the productivity of their customer service staff. Incorporates employee skills into 
staffing capacity models to help align resources to the type of work forecasted. Also includes 
optional strategic planning capabilities.

Voice of the Customer
Analytics (Speech, Text,
and Enterprise Feedback
Management)

Our speech analytics solutions analyze call content for the purpose of proactively identifying 
business trends, building effective cost containment and customer service strategies, and 
enhancing quality monitoring programs. 

Our text analytics solution analyzes structured and unstructured data in multiple text sources, 
including email, chat sessions, blogs, contact center notes, white mail, survey comments, and 
social media channels, to provide enterprises with a better understanding of customer sentiment, 
corporate image, competitors, and other market factors for more effective decision making.

Our enterprise feedback management solutions provide enterprise-wide customer feedback 
capabilities via surveys and online communities to centralize and simplify survey management, 
deployment, and analysis across multiple survey platforms, including Interactive Voice Response 
("IVR"), email, social media, and mobile devices. These solutions provide a more holistic view 
of customer sentiments, behaviors, and experiences to enable better decisions for increasing 
customer satisfaction, loyalty, and value.

Performance
Management

Provides a comprehensive view of key performance indicators ("KPIs") with performance 
scorecards and reports on customer interactions, customer experience trends, and contact center, 
back-office, branch and remote office, and customer service staff performance.

eLearning and Coaching

Enables enterprises to deliver web-based training to customer service staff desktops, including 
learning clips created from recordings and other customized materials targeted to staff needs and 
competencies.  Automated coaching also provides employees with personalized guidance on 
how to improve their performance and extend their skills.

Desktop and Process
Analytics

Captures information from customer service employee interactions with their desktop 
applications to provide insights into productivity, training issues, process adherence, and 
bottlenecks.

Workforce Optimization
and Voice of the 
Customer
for Small-to-Medium
Sized Businesses

Designed for organizations with small to mid-sized contact centers, which increasingly face the 
same business requirements as their larger competitors. Enables companies of all sizes to boost 
productivity, reduce attrition, capture and evaluate interactions, and satisfy compliance and risk 
management requirements in a cost-effective way. Offered on a single, consolidated server with 
simplified installation and maintenance.

Public Safety

Includes quality assurance, forecasting and scheduling, speech analytics, performance 
scorecards, citizen surveys, incident investigation and analytics, and full-time and compliance 
recording solutions under the Audiolog™ brand. Our public safety solution allows first 
responders (police, fire departments, emergency medical services, etc.) in the security 
intelligence market to deploy workforce optimization solutions to record, manage, and act on 
incoming assistance requests and related data.

The Video and Situation Intelligence Segment

6

Table of Contents

We are a leading provider of video intelligence solutions and a provider of situation intelligence solutions designed to optimize 
security and enhance operations. Our solutions, marketed under the Nextiva® brand, include IP video management software and 
services; edge devices for capturing, digitizing, and transmitting video over networks; video analytics; network video recorders; 
and PSIM. Our video portfolio enables organizations to deploy an end-to-end IP video solution with analytics or evolve to IP 
video solutions without discarding their investments in analog CCTV technology. Our situation intelligence solutions enable 
organizations to view, correlate, and analyze information from various stand-alone systems and sensors.

The Video and Situation Intelligence Market and Trends

We believe that terrorism, crime, and other security threats around the world are generating increased demand for advanced 
video and situation intelligence solutions that can help detect threats and prevent security breaches. We believe that 
organizations across a wide range of industries, including public transportation, utilities, ports and airports, cities and 
municipalities, government, education, finance, and retail, are interested in broader deployment of video and situation 
intelligence solutions to increase the safety and security of their facilities, employees, and visitors; improve emergency 
response; and enhance their investigative capabilities.  

Consistent with this trend, the video security market continues to experience a technology transition from relatively passive 
analog CCTV video systems, which use analog equipment and closed networks and generally provide only basic video 
recording and viewing, to more sophisticated, proactive, network-based IP video systems that use video management software 
to efficiently collect, manage, and analyze large amounts of video over networks and utilize video analytics. We believe this 
trend, combined with the overall need for improved security by government and commercial organizations globally, is driving 
interest in both advanced networked IP video intelligence solutions and PSIM solutions, which enable organizations to manage 
and integrate video intelligence with other security system data.  

While the security market is evolving to networked IP video solutions, many organizations have already made significant 
investments in analog technology. Our video and situation intelligence solutions allow these organizations to cost effectively 
migrate to networked IP video without discarding their existing analog investments. Designed on an open platform, our 
solutions facilitate interoperability with our customers’ business and security systems, and with complementary third-party 
products, such as cameras, video analytics, video management software, command and control systems, and access control 
systems.

Our Video and Situation Intelligence Solutions Portfolio

We are a leader in the video intelligence market with Nextiva®, a comprehensive, end-to-end, networked IP video solution 
portfolio. The following table summarizes our portfolio of Video and Situation Intelligence Solutions.

7

Table of Contents

Solution
IP Video Management
Software

Edge Devices

Video Analytics

Network Video 
Recorders

PSIM

Description

Simplifies management of large volumes of video and geographically dispersed video 
surveillance operations, with a suite of applications that includes automated system health 
monitoring, policy-based video distribution, networked video viewing, and investigation 
management. Designed for use with industry-standard servers and storage solutions and for 
interoperability with other enterprise systems.   

Captures, digitizes, and transmits video across enterprise networks, providing many of the 
benefits of IP video while using existing analog CCTV investments. Includes IP cameras and 
bandwidth-efficient video encoders to convert analog images to IP video for transmission over IP 
networks.

Analyzes video content to automatically detect anomalies and activities of interest, such as 
perimeter intrusion, unattended objects, camera tampering, and vehicles moving in the wrong 
direction. Also includes industry-specific analytics applications focused on the behavior of 
people in retail and other environments.

Performs networked video recording utilizing secure, embedded operating systems and market-
specific data integrations for applications that require local storage, as well as remote 
networking.

Facilitates interoperability with business and security systems and with complementary third-
party products—such as access control, video, intrusion, fire and public safety, first responder 
and other mobile device systems—to enable efficient information correlation and analysis, and 
rapid, rules-based alerts and actions.

Our Video and Situation Intelligence Solutions are deployed across a wide range of industries, including banking, retail, critical 
infrastructure, government, corporate campuses, education, airports, seaports, public transportation, cities and municipalities, 
and homeland security. Our solutions include certain video analytics and data integrations specifically optimized for these 
industries. For example, our public transportation solution includes global positioning system ("GPS") integrations; our retail 
solution includes point of sale integrations and retail traffic analytics; our banking solution includes automated teller machine 
("ATM") integrations; and our critical infrastructure solution includes video analytics for detecting suspicious events and 
command and control integrations.

The Communications and Cyber Intelligence Segment

We are a leading provider of communications intelligence solutions and a developer of cyber security solutions that help law 
enforcement, national security, intelligence, and civilian government agencies effectively detect, investigate, and neutralize 
criminal and terrorist threats, and detect and thwart cyber-attacks. Our solutions are designed to handle massive amounts of 
unstructured and structured information from different sources, quickly make sense of complex scenarios, and generate 
evidence and intelligence. Our portfolio includes solutions for communications interception, service provider compliance, 
mobile location tracking, open source web intelligence, cyber security, and tactical communications intelligence. These 
solutions can be deployed stand-alone or collectively, as part of a large-scale system to address the needs of large government 
agencies that require advanced, comprehensive solutions.

The Communications and Cyber Intelligence Market and Trends

We believe that terrorism, criminal activities, including financial fraud and drug trafficking, cyber-attacks, and other security 
threats, combined with an expanding range of communication and information media, are driving demand for innovative 
security solutions that collect, integrate, and analyze information from voice, video, and data communications, as well as from 
other sources, such as private and public databases. The key trends that we believe will continue to drive demand for our 
Communications and Cyber Intelligence Solutions are:

Increasing Complexity of Communications Networks and Growing Network Traffic

Law enforcement and certain other government agencies are typically given the authority to intercept communication 
transmissions to and from specified targets for the purpose of generating evidence. National security and intelligence agencies 
intercept communications, often in massive volumes, for the purpose of generating intelligence and supporting investigations. 
We believe that these agencies are seeking technically advanced solutions to help them keep pace with increasingly complex 
communications networks and the growing amount of network traffic.

8

Table of Contents

Growing Demand for Advanced Intelligence and Investigative Solutions

Investigations related to criminal and terrorist networks, drugs, financial crimes, and other illegal activities are highly complex 
and often involve collecting and analyzing information from multiple sources. We believe that law enforcement, national 
security, national intelligence, and other government agencies are seeking advanced solutions that enable them to integrate and 
analyze information from multiple sources and collaborate more efficiently with various other agencies in order to unearth 
suspicious activity, optimize investigative workflows, and make investigations more effective.

Legal and Regulatory Compliance Requirements

In many countries, communications service providers are mandated by government regulation to satisfy certain technical 
requirements for delivering communication content and data to law enforcement and government authorities. For example, in 
the United States, requirements have been established under the Communications Assistance for Law Enforcement Act 
("CALEA"). In Europe, similar requirements have been adopted by the European Telecommunications Standards Institute 
("ETSI"). In addition, many law enforcement and government agencies around the world are mandated to ensure compliance 
with laws and regulations related to criminal activities, such as financial crimes. We believe that these laws and regulations are 
creating demand for our Communications and Cyber Intelligence Solutions.

Our Communications and Cyber Intelligence Solutions Portfolio

We are a leader in the market for communications intelligence solutions and a developer of cyber intelligence solutions, which 
are marketed under the RELIANT™, VANTAGE®, STAR-GATE™, ENGAGE™, FOCALINFO™,  CYBERVISION™, and 
VIGIA® brand names.  The following table summarizes our portfolio of Communications and Cyber Intelligence Solutions.

Solution
Communications 
Interception

Description
Enables the interception, monitoring, and analysis of information collected from a wide range of 
communications networks, including fixed and mobile networks, IP networks, and the Internet. 
Includes lawful interception solutions designed to intercept specific target communications 
pursuant to legal warrants and mass interception solutions for investigating and proactively 
addressing criminal and terrorist threats.

Communications Service 
Provider Compliance

Enables communication service providers to collect and deliver to government agencies specific 
call-related and call-content information in compliance with CALEA, ETSI, and other 
compliance regulations and standards. Includes a scalable warrant and subpoena management 
system for efficient, cost-effective administration of legal warrants across multiple networks and 
sites.   

Mobile Location 
Tracking

Open Source Web 
Intelligence

Tactical 
Communications 
Intelligence

Cyber Security

Tracks the location of mobile network devices for intelligence and evidence gathering, with 
analytics and workflow designed to support investigative activities. Provides real-time tracking 
of multiple targets, real-time alerts, and investigative capabilities, such as geospatial fencing and 
events correlation.

Increases the productivity and efficiency of investigations in which the Internet is the primary 
source of information. Features advanced data collection, text analysis, data enrichment, 
advanced analytics, and a clearly defined investigative workflow on a scalable platform.

Provides portable communications interception and location tracking capabilities for local use or 
integration with centralized monitoring systems, to support tactical field operations.

Designed to provide network-based cyber security, including malware detection capabilities for 
high-speed networks, for national cyber protection organizations. 

9

Table of Contents

Customer Services

We offer a range of customer services, including implementation, training, consulting, and maintenance, to help our customers 
maximize their return on investment in our solutions. 

Implementation, Training, and Consulting

Our solutions are implemented by our service organizations, authorized partners, resellers, or customers. Our implementation 
services include project management, system installation, and commissioning, including integrating our solutions with our 
customers' environments and third-party solutions. Our training programs are designed to enable our customers to effectively 
use our solutions and to certify our partners to sell, install, and support our solutions. Customer and partner training is provided 
at the customer site, at our training centers around the world, and/or remotely online, for example through webinars. Our 
consulting services are designed to enable our customers to maximize the value of our solutions in their own environments.

Maintenance Support

We offer a range of customer maintenance support programs to our customers and resellers, including phone, web, and email 
access to technical personnel up to 24 hours a day, seven days a week. Our support programs are designed to help ensure long-
term, successful use of our solutions. We believe that customer support is critical to retaining and expanding our customer base. 
Our Enterprise Intelligence solutions are sold with a warranty of generally one year for hardware and 90 days for software. Our 
Video Intelligence solutions and Communications Intelligence solutions are sold with warranties that typically range from 90 
days to three years and, in some cases, longer. In addition, customers are typically provided the option to purchase maintenance 
plans that provide a range of services, such as telephone support, advanced replacement, upgrades when and if available, and 
on-site repair or replacement. Currently, the majority of our maintenance revenue is related to our Enterprise Intelligence 
solutions.

Direct and Indirect Sales

We sell our solutions through our direct sales teams and indirect channels, including distributors, systems integrators, value-
added resellers ("VARs"), and OEM partners. Approximately half of our sales are made through partners, distributors, resellers, 
and system integrators.  

Each of our solutions is sold by trained, dedicated, regionally organized direct and indirect sales teams. Our direct sales teams 
are focused on large and mid-sized customers and, in many cases, co-sell with our other channels and sales agents. Our indirect 
sales teams are focused on developing and supporting relationships with our indirect channels, which provide us with broader 
market coverage, including access to their customer base, integration services, and presence in certain geographies and vertical 
markets. Our sales teams are supported by business consultants, solutions specialists, and pre-sales engineers who, during the 
sales process, help determine customer requirements and develop technical responses to those requirements. While we sell 
directly and indirectly in all three of our segments, sales of our Video Intelligence solutions are primarily indirect, and sales of 
our Communications Intelligence solutions are primarily direct. See "Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—
Competition, Markets, and Operations—If we are unable to maintain our relationships with third parties that market and sell 
our products, our business and ability to grow could be materially adversely affected" under Item 1A.

Customers

Our solutions are used by more than 10,000 organizations in over 150 countries. In the year ended January 31, 2013, we 
derived approximately 58%, 14%, and 28% of our revenue from the sale of our Enterprise Intelligence solutions, Video 
Intelligence solutions, and Communications Intelligence solutions, respectively. In the year ended January 31, 2012, we derived 
approximately 56%, 18%, and 26% of our revenue from the sale of our Enterprise Intelligence solutions, Video Intelligence 
solutions, and Communications Intelligence solutions, respectively.  In the year ended January 31, 2011, we derived 
approximately 57%, 18%, and 25% of our revenue from the sale of our Enterprise Intelligence solutions, Video Intelligence 
solutions, and Communications Intelligence solutions, respectively. 

In the year ended January 31, 2013, we derived approximately 55%, 24%, and 21% of our revenue from sales to end users in 
the Americas, in Europe, the Middle East and Africa ("EMEA"), and in the Asia-Pacific region ("APAC"), respectively. In the 
year ended January 31, 2012, we derived approximately 53%, 27%, and 20% of our revenue from sales to end users in the 

10

Table of Contents

Americas, EMEA, and APAC, respectively. In the year ended January 31, 2011, we derived approximately 53%, 26%, and 21% 
of our revenue from sales to end users in the Americas, EMEA, and APAC, respectively.  

None of our customers, including system integrators, VARs, various local, regional, and national governments worldwide, and 
OEM partners, individually accounted for more than 10% of our revenue in the years ended January 31, 2013, 2012, or 2011. 
For the year ended January 31, 2013, approximately one quarter of our business was generated from contracts with various 
governments around the world, including local, regional, and national government agencies. We are party to contracts with 
customers in each of our segments, the loss of which could have a material adverse effect on the segment. In addition, because 
of the unique nature of the terms and conditions associated with government contracts generally, our government contracts may 
be subject to renegotiation or termination at the election of the government customer. Some of the customer engagements on 
which we work require us to have the necessary security credentials or to participate in the project through an approved legal 
entity.  See also Note 18, "Segment, Geographic, and Significant Customer Information" to our consolidated financial 
statements included in Item 8 of this report for additional information and financial data about each of our operating segments 
and geographic regions.

Seasonality and Cyclicality

As is typical for many software and technology companies, our business is subject to seasonal and cyclical factors. Our revenue 
and operating income are typically highest in the fourth quarter and lowest in the first quarter. Moreover, revenue and operating 
income in the first quarter of a new year may be lower than in the fourth quarter of the preceding year, potentially by a 
significant margin. In addition, we generally receive a higher volume of orders in the last month of a quarter, with orders 
concentrated in the later part of that month. We believe that these seasonal and cyclical factors primarily reflects customer 
spending patterns and budget cycles, as well as the impact of compensation incentive plans for our sales personnel. While 
seasonal and cyclical factors such as these are common in the software and technology industry, this pattern should not be 
considered a reliable indicator of our future revenue or financial performance. Many other factors, including general economic 
conditions, also have an impact on our business and financial results. See "Risk Factors" under Item 1A for a more detailed 
discussion of factors which may affect our business and financial results. 

Research and Development

We continue to enhance the features and performance of our existing solutions and to introduce new solutions through 
extensive research and development activities, including the development of new solutions, the addition of capabilities to 
existing solutions, quality assurance, and advanced technical support for our customer services organization. In certain 
instances, primarily in security intelligence, we may customize our products to meet the particular requirements of our 
customers. Research and development is performed primarily in the United States, Israel, the United Kingdom and Ireland for 
our Enterprise Intelligence segment; primarily in Canada, Israel and the United States for our Video Intelligence segment; and 
primarily in Israel, with additional research and development activities in Germany, Brazil, and Bulgaria, for our 
Communications Intelligence segment.

We believe that our future success depends on a number of factors, including among others, our ability to:

• 

• 

• 

identify and respond to emerging technological trends in our target markets;

develop and maintain competitive solutions that meet or exceed our customers’ changing needs;

enhance our existing products by adding features and functionality to meet or exceed specific customer needs or 
differentiate our products from those of our competitors; and

• 

attract, recruit, and retain highly skilled and experienced employees.

To support these efforts, we make significant investments in research and development every year. In the years ended January 
31, 2013, 2012, and 2011, we spent approximately $115.9 million, $111.0 million, and $96.5 million, respectively, on research 
and development, net. We allocate our research and development resources in response to market research and customer 
demand for additional features and solutions. Our development strategy involves rolling out initial releases of our products and 
adding features over time. We incorporate product feedback received from our customers into our product development 
process. While the majority of our products are developed internally, in some cases, we also acquire or license technologies, 
products, and applications from third parties based on timing and cost considerations. See "Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our 
Business—Competition, Markets, and Operations—For certain products and components, we rely on a limited number of 

11

Table of Contents

suppliers, manufacturers, and partners and if these relationships are interrupted we may not be able to obtain substitute 
suppliers, manufacturers, or partners on favorable terms or at all" under Item 1A.

As noted above, a significant portion of our research and development operations is located outside the United States. 
Historically, we have also derived benefits from participation in certain government-sponsored programs, including those of the 
Israeli Office of the Chief Scientist ("OCS") and certain research and development programs in Canada, for the support of 
research and development activities conducted in those countries. The Israeli law under which these OCS grants are made 
limits our ability to manufacture products, or transfer technologies, developed using these grants outside of Israel without 
permission from the OCS. See "Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—Competition, Markets, and Operations—
Because we have significant foreign operations, we are subject to geopolitical and other risks that could materially adversely 
affect our business" and "Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—Competition, Markets, and Operations—Conditions 
in and our relationship to Israel may materially adversely affect our operations and personnel and may limit our ability to 
produce and sell our products or engage in certain transactions" under Item 1A for a discussion of risks associated with our 
foreign operations.

Manufacturing and Suppliers

We rely on both our internal manufacturing and assembly operations, as well as several unaffiliated manufacturing 
subcontractors, to produce our hardware products and solutions. Our internal manufacturing and assembly operations consist 
primarily of installing our software on externally purchased hardware components, final assembly, and testing, which involves 
the application of extensive quality control procedures to materials, components, subassemblies, and systems. We also perform 
system integration functions prior to shipping turnkey solutions to our customers. Our internal manufacturing and assembly 
operations are performed in our Canadian facilities for certain of our Video Intelligence solutions, and primarily in our German 
and Israeli facilities for our Communications Intelligence solutions. Our Enterprise Intelligence solutions are substantially all 
software and do not require any internal manufacturing. For substantially all other manufacturing, we rely on several 
unaffiliated manufacturing subcontractors for the supply of specific proprietary components and assemblies that are 
incorporated in our products, as well as for certain other manufacturing and assembly operations activities that we outsource. 
Although we have occasionally experienced delays and shortages in the supply of proprietary components in the past, we have, 
to date, been able to obtain adequate supplies of all components in a timely manner from alternative sources, when necessary.  
See "Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—Competition, Markets, and Operations—For certain products and 
components, we rely on a limited number of suppliers, manufacturers, and partners and if these relationships are interrupted, 
we may not be able to obtain substitute suppliers, manufacturers, or partners on favorable terms or at all" under Item 1A for a 
discussion of risks associated with our manufacturing operations and suppliers.

Employees

As of January 31, 2013, we employed more than 3,200 people, including part-time employees and certain contractors, with 
approximately 47%, 31%, 13%, and 9% of our employees and contractors located in the Americas, Israel, EMEA (excluding 
Israel), and APAC, respectively. We consider our relationship with our employees to be good and a critical factor in our 
success. Our employees in the United States are not covered by any collective bargaining agreements. In some cases, our 
employees outside the United States are automatically subject to certain protections negotiated by organized labor in those 
countries directly with the government or trade unions or are automatically entitled to severance or other benefits mandated 
under local laws. For example, while we are not a party to any collective bargaining or other agreement with any labor 
organization in Israel, certain provisions of the collective bargaining agreements between the Histadrut (General Federation of 
Laborers in Israel) and the Coordinating Bureau of Economic Organizations (including the Manufacturers’ Association of 
Israel) are applicable to our Israeli employees by virtue of expansion orders of the Israeli Ministry of Industry, Trade and Labor.

Intellectual Property Rights

General

Our success depends to a significant degree on the legal protection of our software and other proprietary technology. We rely on 
a combination of patent, trade secret, copyright, and trademark laws, and confidentiality and non-disclosure agreements with 
employees and third parties to establish and protect our proprietary rights.

Patents

During the year ended January 31, 2013, we were allowed or granted 60 U.S. patents and as of January 31, 2013, had more than 
570 patents and patent applications worldwide. We have accumulated a significant amount of proprietary know-how and 

12

Table of Contents

expertise in developing analytics solutions for enterprise intelligence and security intelligence products. We regularly review 
new areas of technology related to our businesses to determine whether they can and should be patented.  

Licenses

While we employ many of our innovations exclusively in our products and services, we also engage in outbound and inbound 
licensing of specific patented technologies. Our licenses are designed to prohibit unauthorized use, copying, and disclosure of 
our software technology. When we license our software to customers, we require license agreements containing restrictions and 
confidentiality terms customary in the industry in order to protect our proprietary rights in the software. These agreements 
generally warrant that the software and propriety hardware will materially comply with written documentation and assert that 
we own or have sufficient rights in the software we distribute and have not violated the intellectual property rights of others. 
We license our products in a format that does not permit users to change the software code. See "Risk Factors—Risks Related 
to Our Business—Competition, Markets, and Operations—For certain products and components, we rely on a limited number 
of suppliers, manufacturers, and partners and if these relationships are interrupted we may not be able to obtain substitute 
suppliers, manufacturers, or partners on favorable terms or at all" under Item 1A.  

We license certain software, technology, and related rights for use in the manufacture and marketing of our products and pay 
royalties to third parties under such licenses and other agreements. While it may be necessary in the future to seek or renew 
licenses relating to various aspects of our products, we believe, based on industry practice, such licenses generally could be 
obtained on commercially reasonable terms.

Trademarks and Service Marks

We use various trademarks and service marks to protect the marks used in our business. We also claim common law protections 
for other marks we use in our business. Competitors and other companies could adopt similar marks or try to prevent us from 
using our marks, consequently impeding our ability to build brand identity and possibly leading to customer confusion. See 
"Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—Intellectual Property and Data/Systems Security—Our intellectual property 
may not be adequately protected" under Item 1A for a more detailed discussion regarding the risks associated with the 
protection of our intellectual property.

Competition

We face strong competition in all of our markets, and we expect that competition will persist and intensify. 

In our Enterprise Intelligence segment, our competitors include Aspect Software, Inc., Autonomy Corp. (an HP company), 
Genesys Telecommunications, NICE Systems Ltd ("NICE"), and many smaller companies, which can vary across regions. In 
our Video Intelligence segment, our competitors include American Dynamics (a business unit of Tyco), Genetec Inc., March 
Networks Corporation (a business unit of Infinova Ltd.), Milestone Systems A/S, and NICE; divisions of larger companies, 
including Bosch Security Systems, Honeywell International Inc., United Technologies Corp., and many smaller companies, 
which can vary across regions. In our Communications Intelligence segment, our primary competitors include ETI (a division 
of Detica, part of BAE Systems) and NICE, plus a number of smaller companies and divisions of larger companies that 
compete with us in certain regions or only with respect to portions of our product portfolio.

Some of our competitors have superior brand recognition and greater financial resources than we do, which may enable them to 
increase their market share at our expense. Furthermore, we expect that competition will increase as other established and 
emerging companies enter IP markets and as new products, services, and technologies are introduced.

In each of our operating segments, we believe that we compete principally on the basis of:

• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 

product performance and functionality;
product quality and reliability;
breadth of product portfolio and pre-defined integrations;
global presence and high-quality customer service and support;
specific industry knowledge, vision, and experience; and 
price.

We believe that our success depends primarily on our ability to provide technologically advanced and cost-effective solutions 
and services. We expect that competition will increase as other established and emerging companies enter our market and as 
new products, services, and technologies are introduced, such as SaaS. In recent years, there has also been significant 

13

 
Table of Contents

consolidation among our competitors, which has improved the competitive position of several of these companies. See "Risk 
Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—Competition, Markets, and Operations—Intense competition in our markets and 
competitors with greater resources than us may limit our market share, profitability, and growth" under Item 1A for a more 
detailed discussion of the competitive risks we face.

Export Regulations

We and our subsidiaries are subject to applicable export control regulations in countries from which we export goods and 
services. These controls may apply by virtue of the country in which the products are located or by virtue of the origin of the 
content contained in the products. If the controls of a particular country apply, the level of control generally depends on the 
nature of the goods and services in question. For example, our Communications Intelligence solutions tend to be more highly 
controlled than our Enterprise Intelligence or Video Intelligence solutions. Where controls apply, the export of our products 
generally requires an export license or authorization (either on a per-product or per-transaction basis) or that the transaction 
qualify for a license exception or the equivalent, and may also be subject to corresponding reporting requirements.

Recent Developments

As previously disclosed, on August 12, 2012, we entered into an agreement and plan of merger with CTI (the “CTI Merger 
Agreement”). On February 4, 2013, we completed the merger with CTI (the "CTI Merger”), eliminating CTI's majority 
ownership and control of us and establishing us as a fully independent public company.  

The closing of the CTI Merger was subject to a number of conditions, including CTI's completion of a distribution to its 
shareholders of substantially all of its assets other than its interest in us (the "Comverse share distribution") or another sale or 
disposition by CTI of those assets (a "Comverse disposition"). On October 31, 2012, CTI completed the Comverse share 
distribution, as a result of which Comverse became an independent public company and ceased to be a wholly owned 
subsidiary of CTI.

Further details regarding the CTI Merger appear in Note 4, "Merger Agreement with CTI" to our consolidated financial 
statements included in Item 8 of this report.

On March 6, 2013, we amended and restated our credit agreement (our previous credit agreement, the “2011 Credit 
Agreement”, and our new amended and restated credit agreement, the “2013 Amended Credit Agreement”).  The 2013 
Amended Credit Agreement provides for $850.0 million of senior secured credit facilities, comprised of a $650.0 million term 
loan maturing in September 2019 and a $200.0 million revolving credit facility maturing in March 2018, subject to increase (up 
to a maximum increase of $300.0 million) and reduction from time to time according to the terms of the 2013 Amended Credit 
Agreement.

The majority of the proceeds of the term loan under the 2013 Amended Credit Agreement were used to repay all $576.0 million 
of outstanding term loan borrowings under the 2011 Credit Agreement. There were no outstanding borrowings under the 2011 
Credit Agreement's revolving credit facility at the closing date. Further details regarding the 2013 Amended Credit Agreement 
appear in Note 19, "Subsequent Events" to our consolidated financial statements included in Item 8 of this report.

Item 1A.                   Risk Factors

Many of the factors that affect our business and operations involve risks and uncertainties.  The factors described below are 
risks that could materially harm our business, financial condition, and results of operations.  These are not all the risks we face 
and other factors currently considered immaterial or unknown to us may have a material adverse impact on our future 
operations.

Risks Related to Our Business

Competition, Markets, and Operations

Our business is impacted by changes in general economic conditions and information technology spending in particular.

Our business is subject to risks arising from adverse changes in domestic and global economic conditions. Slowdowns, 
recessions, economic instability, political unrest, armed conflicts, or natural disasters around the world may cause companies 
and governments to delay, reduce, or even cancel planned spending. In particular, declines in information technology spending 
and limited or reduced government budgets have affected the markets for our solutions in both the enterprise intelligence 

14

 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

market and the security intelligence market in certain periods and in certain regions, especially in industries or areas that are or 
have experienced significant cost-cutting.  For the year ended January 31, 2013, approximately one quarter of our business was 
generated from contracts with various governments around the world, including national, regional, and local government 
agencies.  We expect that government contracts will continue to be a significant source of our revenue for the foreseeable 
future.  Customers or partners who are facing business challenges or liquidity issues are also more likely to delay purchase 
decisions or cancel orders, as well as to delay or default on payments. If customers or partners significantly reduce their 
spending with us or significantly delay or fail to make payments to us, our business, results of operations, and financial 
condition would be materially adversely affected.  During the recent recession, like many companies, we engaged in significant 
cost-saving measures.  Current economic conditions are also uncertain.  If economic conditions require us to again undertake 
significant cost-saving measures, such measures may negatively impact our ability to execute on our objectives and grow, 
particularly if we are not able to invest in our business as a result of a protracted economic downturn.

Intense competition in our markets and competitors with greater resources than us may limit our market share, 
profitability, and growth.

We face aggressive competition from numerous and varied competitors in all of our markets, making it difficult to maintain 
market share, remain profitable, invest, and grow.  Our competitors may be able to more quickly develop or adapt to new or 
emerging technologies, better respond to changes in customer requirements or preferences, or devote greater resources to the 
development, promotion, and sale of their products.  Some of our competitors have, in relation to us, longer operating histories, 
larger customer bases, longer standing relationships with customers, greater name recognition, and significantly greater 
financial, technical, marketing, customer service, public relations, distribution, or other resources. There has also been 
significant consolidation among our competitors, which has improved the competitive position of several of these companies. 
In recent years, several companies significantly larger than we are have also entered or increased their presence in our markets 
through internal development, partnerships, and acquisitions.  We also face competition from solutions developed internally by 
our customers or partners.  To the extent that we cannot compete effectively, our market share and, therefore, results of 
operations could be materially adversely affected.

Because price and related terms are key considerations for many of our customers, we may, from time to time, have to accept 
less-favorable payment terms, lower the prices of our products and services, and/or reduce our cost structure, including 
reducing headcount or investment in research and development, in order to remain competitive.  Certain of our competitors 
have become increasingly aggressive in their pricing strategy, particularly in markets where they are trying to establish a 
foothold or defend existing installations.  If we are forced to take these kinds of actions to remain competitive in the short-term, 
such actions may adversely impact our ability to execute and compete in the long-term.

The industry in which we operate is characterized by rapid technological changes and evolving industry standards, and 
if we cannot anticipate and react to such changes and continually innovate our products and technologies our results 
may suffer.

The markets for our products are characterized by rapidly changing technology and evolving industry standards.  The 
introduction of products embodying new technology, new delivery platforms such as SaaS, the commoditization of older 
technologies, and the emergence of new industry standards can exert pricing pressure on existing products and/or render them 
unmarketable or obsolete.  It is critical to our success that we are able to anticipate and respond to changes in technology and 
industry standards by consistently developing new and enhanced, innovative and high-quality products and services that meet 
or exceed the changing needs of our customers.  We must also successfully launch and drive demand for our new and enhanced 
solutions.  If we are unable to develop, launch, and drive demand for our new and enhanced solutions, we may lose market 
share and our profitability and other results of operations may be materially adversely affected.

Our solutions may contain defects, and we could incur substantial costs to correct such defects and face customer claims 
for substantial damages if such defects cause our solutions to fail to perform properly.  In addition, defects may cause 
adverse publicity and impair the market acceptance of our solutions.

Many of our existing solutions are and future solutions are expected to be sophisticated and may develop operational problems.  
New products and new product versions also give rise to the risk of defects or errors. If we are not able to remedy or do not 
discover such defects, errors, or other operational problems until after a product has been released and used by customers or 
partners, we may incur significant costs to correct such defects, errors, or other operational problems and/or become liable for 
substantial damages for product liability claims or other contract liabilities. In addition, defects or errors in our products may 
result in questions regarding the integrity of the products generally, which could cause adverse publicity and impair their 
market acceptance.

15

 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

If we are unable to maintain our relationships with third parties that market and sell our products, our business and 
ability to grow could be materially adversely affected.

Approximately half of our sales are made through partners, distributors, resellers, and systems integrators.  We must often 
compete with other suppliers for these relationships and our competitors often seek to establish exclusive relationships with 
these sales channels or, at a minimum, to become a preferred partner for them.  Our ability to procure and maintain these 
relationships is based on factors that are similar to those on which we compete for end customers, including features, 
functionality, ease of use, installation and maintenance, and price, among others.  Even if we are able to secure such 
relationships on terms we find acceptable, there is no assurance that we will be able to realize the benefits we anticipate.  Some 
of our channel partners may also compete with us or have affiliates that compete with us or may partner with our competitors or 
even offer our products and those of our competitors as alternatives when presenting bids to end customers. Our ability to 
achieve our revenue goals and growth depends to a significant extent on maintaining, enabling, and adding to these sales 
channels, and if we are unable to do so, our business and ability to grow could be materially adversely affected.

The sophisticated nature of our solutions, sales cycle, and sales strategy may create uncertainty in or negatively impact 
our operating results and make such results more volatile and difficult to predict.

Although the timing of our sales cycle ranges from as little as a few weeks to more than a year, our larger sales, which we 
emphasize in our sales strategy, typically require a minimum of a few months to consummate.  As the length or complexity of a 
sales process increases, so does the risk of successfully closing the sale.  Larger sales are often made by competitive bid, which 
also increases the time and uncertainty associated with such opportunities.  Moreover, because many of our solutions are also 
sophisticated, customers may require education on the value and functionality of our solutions as part of the sales process, 
further extending the time frame and uncertainty of the process.  Longer sales cycles, competitive bid processes, and the need 
to educate customers means that:

•  There is greater risk of customers deferring, scaling back, or cancelling sales as a result of, among other things, 
receipt of competitive proposals, changes in budgets and purchasing priorities, or the introduction or anticipated 
introduction of new or enhanced products by us or our competitors during the process.

• 

 We may make a significant investment of time and money in opportunities that do not come to fruition, which 
investments we may be unable to recoup or utilize in future projects.

•  We may be required to bid on a project in advance of the completion of its design or be required to begin 

implementation of a project in advance of finalizing a sale, in either case, increasing the risk of unforeseen 
technological difficulties or cost overruns.

•  We face greater downside risks if we do not correctly and efficiently deploy limited human and financial resources 

and convert such sales opportunities into orders.

Our emphasis on larger solution sales also requires greater expertise in sales execution than more basic product sales, including 
in establishing and maintaining appropriate contacts and relationships with customers and partners.  Additionally, after the 
completion of a solution sale or the sale of a more sophisticated product in general, our customers or partners may need 
assistance from us in making use of the full functionality of these solutions or products and/or in realizing their full value.  If 
we are unable to assist our customers and partners in realizing the value they expect from our solutions and products, demand 
for our solutions and products may decline and our operating results may suffer. 

The extended time frame and uncertainty associated with many of our sales opportunities also makes it difficult for us to 
accurately forecast our revenues (and attendant budgeting and guidance decisions) and increases the volatility of our operating 
results from period to period.  Our ability to forecast and the volatility of our operating results is also impacted by the fact that 
pricing, margins, and other deal terms may vary substantially from transaction to transaction, especially across business lines.  
The terms of our transactions, including with respect to pricing, future deliverables, delivery model (e.g., perpetual license 
versus SaaS), and post-contract customer support, also impact the timing of our ability to recognize revenue.  Because these 
transaction-specific factors are difficult to predict in advance, this also complicates the forecasting of revenue.  Additionally, 
because, as noted above, we emphasize larger transactions in our sales strategy, the deferral or loss of one or more significant 
orders or a delay in a large implementation could materially adversely affect our operating results, especially in any given 
quarter.  As with other software-focused companies, a large amount of our quarterly business tends to come in the last few 
weeks, or even the last few days, of each quarter.  This trend has also complicated the process of accurately predicting revenue 
and other operating results, particularly on a quarterly basis.  Finally, our business is subject to seasonal factors that may also 
cause our results to fluctuate from quarter to quarter.

16

 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

For certain products and components, we rely on a limited number of suppliers, manufacturers, and partners and if 
these relationships are interrupted we may not be able to obtain substitute suppliers, manufacturers, or partners on 
favorable terms or at all.

Although we generally use standard parts and components in our products, we do rely on non-affiliated suppliers and OEM 
partners for certain non-standard products or components which may be critical to our products, including both hardware and 
software, and on manufacturers of assemblies that are incorporated into our products. We also purchase technology, license 
intellectual property rights, and oversee third-party development and localization of certain products or components, in some 
cases, by or from companies that may compete with us or work with our competitors.  While we endeavor to use larger, more 
established suppliers, manufacturers, and partners wherever possible, in some cases, these providers may be smaller, less 
established companies, particularly in the case of suppliers of new or unique technologies that we have not developed 
internally.  If these suppliers, manufacturers, or partners experience financial, operational, manufacturing capacity, or quality 
assurance difficulties, or cease production and sale of the products we buy from them entirely, or there is any other disruption, 
including loss of license, OEM, or distribution rights, in our relationships with these suppliers, manufacturers, or partners, 
including as a result of the acquisition of a supplier or partner by a competitor, we will be required to locate alternative sources 
of supply or manufacturing, to internally develop the applicable technologies, to redesign our products, and/or to remove 
certain features from our products, any of which would be likely to increase expenses, create delivery delays, and negatively 
impact our sales.  Although we endeavor to put in place contracts with these key providers, including protections such as source 
code escrows (where needed), warranties, and indemnities, we may not be successful in obtaining adequate protections, these 
agreements may be short-term in duration, the counterparties may be unwilling or unable to stand behind such protections, and 
any contractual protections offer limited practical benefits to us in the event our relationship with a key provider is interrupted, 
any of which may adversely affect our business.

If we cannot recruit or retain qualified personnel, our ability to operate and grow our business may be impaired.

We depend on the continued services of our executive officers and other key personnel. In addition, in order to continue to 
grow effectively, we need to attract and retain new employees who understand and have experience with our products, services, 
and markets. The market for such personnel is competitive in most, if not all, of the geographies in which we operate. If we are 
unable to attract and retain qualified employees, on reasonable economic and other terms or at all, our ability to operate and 
grow our business could be impaired.

Because we have significant foreign operations, we are subject to geopolitical and other risks that could materially 
adversely affect our business.

We have significant operations outside the United States, including sales, research and development, manufacturing, customer 
support, and administrative services. The countries in which we have our most significant foreign operations include Israel, the 
United Kingdom, Canada, Brazil, India, Germany, and China (Hong Kong), and we intend to continue to expand our operations 
internationally. We believe our business may suffer if we are unable to successfully expand into new regions, as well as 
maintain and expand existing foreign operations.   Our foreign operations are, and any future foreign expansion will be, subject 
to a variety of risks, many of which are beyond our control, including risks associated with:

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

foreign currency fluctuations;

political, security, and economic instability or corruption in foreign countries;

compliance with laws prohibiting improper payments or offers of payments for the purposes of obtaining or retaining 
business in non-U.S. jurisdictions, including the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and similar laws of the United 
States and other countries;

changes in and compliance with local laws and regulations, including export control laws, data privacy laws, gift 
policies, tax laws, labor laws, employee benefits, customs requirements, currency restrictions, and other requirements;

differences in tax regimes and potentially adverse tax consequences of operating in foreign countries;

customizing products for foreign countries;

preference for or policies and procedures that protect local suppliers;

17

 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

• 

• 

• 

legal uncertainties regarding liability and intellectual property rights;

hiring and retaining qualified foreign employees; and

difficulty in, and longer time frames associated with, accounts receivable collection.

Any or all of these factors could materially affect our business or results of operations.

Conditions in and our relationship to Israel may materially adversely affect our operations and personnel and may limit 
our ability to produce and sell our products or engage in certain transactions.

We have significant operations in Israel, including research and development, manufacturing, sales, and support.

Since the establishment of the State of Israel in 1948, a number of armed conflicts have taken place between Israel and its 
neighbors, which in the past have led, and may in the future lead, to security and economic problems for Israel.  In 
addition, Israel has faced and continues to face difficult relations with the Palestinians and the risk of terrorist violence from 
both Palestinian as well as foreign elements such as Hezbollah.  Infighting among the Palestinians may also create security and 
economic risks to Israel.  Current and future conflicts and political, economic, and/or military conditions in Israel and the 
Middle East region have affected and may in the future affect our operations in Israel.  The exacerbation of violence within 
Israel or the outbreak of violent conflicts between Israel and its neighbors, including Iran, may impede our ability to 
manufacture, sell, and support our products or engage in research and development, or otherwise adversely affect our business 
or operations.  In addition, many of our employees in Israel are required to perform annual compulsory military service and are 
subject to being called to active duty at any time.  The absence of these employees may have an adverse effect on our 
operations.  Hostilities involving Israel may also result in the interruption or curtailment of trade between Israel and its trading 
partners or a significant downturn in the economic or financial condition of Israel and could materially adversely affect our 
results of operations.

Restrictive laws, policies, or practices in certain countries directed toward Israel, Israeli goods, or companies having operations 
in Israel may also limit our ability to sell some of our products in certain countries.

We receive grants from the OCS for the financing of a portion of our research and development expenditures in Israel. The 
availability in any given year of these OCS grants depends on OCS approval of the projects and related budgets that we submit 
to the OCS each year.  The Israeli law under which these OCS grants are made limits our ability to manufacture products, or 
transfer technologies, developed using these grants outside of Israel. This may limit our ability to engage in certain outsourcing 
or business combination transactions involving these products or require us to pay significant royalties or fees to the OCS in 
order to obtain any OCS consent that may be required in connection with such transactions.

We are subject to complex, evolving regulatory requirements that may be difficult and expensive to comply with and 
that could negatively impact our business.

Our business and operations are subject to a variety of regulatory requirements in the United States and abroad, including, 
among other things, with respect to performance of government contracts, labor, tax, import and export, anti-corruption, data 
privacy and protection, and communications monitoring and interception.  Compliance with these regulatory requirements may 
be onerous and expensive, especially where these requirements are inconsistent from jurisdiction to jurisdiction or where the 
jurisdictional reach of certain requirements is not clearly defined or seeks to reach across national borders.  Regulatory 
requirements in one jurisdiction may make it difficult or impossible to do business in another jurisdiction.  We may also be 
unsuccessful in obtaining permits, licenses, or other authorizations required to operate our business, such as for the import or 
export of our products.  While we have implemented policies and procedures designed to achieve compliance with these laws 
and regulations, we also cannot assure you that we or our personnel will not violate applicable laws and regulations or our 
policies regarding the same.  Violations of these laws or regulations may harm our reputation and deter government agencies 
and other existing or potential customers or partners from purchasing our solutions.  Furthermore, non-compliance with 
applicable U.S. and non-U.S. laws and regulations could also result in fines, damages, criminal sanctions against us, our 
officers or our employees, prohibitions on the conduct of our business, and damage to our reputation.

Regulatory requirements, such as laws requiring telecommunications providers to facilitate the monitoring of communications 
by law enforcement, may also influence market demand for many of our products and/or customer requirements for specific 
functionality and performance or technical standards.  The domestic and international regulatory environment is subject to 
constant change, often based on factors beyond our control or anticipation, including political climate, budgets, and current 
events, which could reduce demand for our products or require us to change or redesign products to maintain compliance or 

18

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

competitiveness.

Loss of security clearances or political factors may adversely affect our business.

Some of our subsidiaries maintain security clearances domestically and abroad in connection with the development, marketing, 
sale, and support of our Communications Intelligence solutions.  These clearances are reviewed from time to time by these 
countries and could be deactivated, including for political reasons unrelated to the merits of our solutions, such as the list of 
countries we do business with or the fact that our local entity is controlled by or affiliated with an entity based in another 
country.  If we lose our security clearances in a particular country, our business generated from government contracts may be 
materially adversely affected in that  we would be unable to sell our Communications Intelligence solutions for secure projects 
in that country on a direct basis and might also experience greater challenges in selling such solutions even for non-secure 
projects in that country.  Even if we are able to obtain and maintain applicable security clearances, government customers may 
decline to purchase our Communications Intelligence solutions if they were not developed or manufactured in that country or if 
they were developed or manufactured in other countries that are considered disfavored by such country.  We may also 
experience negative publicity or other adverse impacts on our business if we sell our Communications Intelligence solutions to 
countries that are considered disfavored by the media or political or social rights organizations even though such transactions 
may be permissible under applicable law or if our reputation or relationship with government agencies is impaired.

Intellectual Property and Data/Systems Security

Our intellectual property may not be adequately protected.

While much of our intellectual property is protected by patents or patent applications, we have not and cannot protect all of our 
intellectual property with patents or other registrations. There can be no assurance that patents we have applied for will be 
issued on the basis of our patent applications or that, if such patents are issued, they will be sufficiently broad enough to protect 
our technologies, products, or services. There can be no assurance that we will file new patent, trademark, or copyright 
applications, that any future applications will be approved, that any existing or future patents, trademarks or copyrights will 
adequately protect our intellectual property or that any existing or future patents, trademarks, or copyrights will not be 
challenged by third parties. Our intellectual property rights may not be successfully asserted in the future or may be invalidated, 
designed around, or challenged.

In order to safeguard our unpatented proprietary know-how, source code, trade secrets, and technology, we rely primarily upon 
trade secret protection and non-disclosure provisions in agreements with employees and other third parties having access to our 
confidential information. There can be no assurance that these measures will adequately protect us from improper disclosure or 
misappropriation of our proprietary information.

Preventing unauthorized use or infringement of our intellectual property rights is difficult even in jurisdictions with well-
established legal protections for intellectual property such as the United States.  It may be even more difficult to protect our 
intellectual property in other jurisdictions where legal protections for intellectual property rights are less established.  If we are 
unable to adequately protect our intellectual property against unauthorized third-party use or infringement, our competitive 
position could be adversely affected.

Our products may infringe or may be alleged to infringe on the intellectual property rights of others, which could lead 
to costly disputes or disruptions for us and may require us to indemnify our customers and resellers for any damages 
they suffer.

The technology industry is characterized by frequent allegations of intellectual property infringement. In the past, third parties 
have asserted that certain of our products infringed upon their intellectual property rights and similar claims may be made in 
the future.  Any allegation of infringement against us could be time consuming and expensive to defend or resolve, result in 
substantial diversion of management resources, cause product shipment delays, or force us to enter into royalty or license 
agreements. If patent holders or other holders of intellectual property initiate legal proceedings against us, either with respect to 
our own intellectual property or intellectual property we license from third parties, we may be forced into protracted and costly 
litigation, regardless of the merits of these claims. We may not be successful in defending such litigation, in part due to the 
complex technical issues and inherent uncertainties in intellectual property litigation, and may not be able to procure any 
required royalty or license agreements on terms acceptable to us, or at all. Third parties may also assert infringement claims 
against our customers. Subject to certain limitations, we generally indemnify our customers and resellers with respect to 
infringement by our products of the proprietary rights of third parties, which, in some cases, may not be limited to a specified 
maximum amount and for which we may not have sufficient insurance coverage or an adequate indemnification in the case of 
intellectual property licensed from a third party.  If any of these claims succeed, we may be forced to pay damages, be required 
19

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

to obtain licenses for the products our customers or partners use, or incur significant expenses in developing non-infringing 
alternatives. If we cannot obtain all necessary licenses on commercially reasonable terms, our customers may be forced to stop 
using or, in the case of resellers and other partners, stop selling our products.

Use of free or open source software could expose our products to unintended restrictions and could materially adversely 
affect our business.

Some of our products contain free or open source software (together, open source software) and we anticipate making use of 
open source software in the future. Open source software is generally covered by license agreements that permit the user to use, 
copy, modify, and distribute the software without cost, provided that the users and modifiers abide by certain licensing 
requirements. The original developers of the open source software generally provide no warranties on such software or 
protections in the event the open source software infringes a third party's intellectual property rights. Although we endeavor to 
monitor the use of open source software in our product development, we cannot assure you that past, present, or future products 
will not contain open source software elements that impose unfavorable licensing restrictions or other requirements on our 
products, including the need to seek licenses from third parties, to re-engineer affected products, to discontinue sales of affected 
products, or to release all or portions of the source code of affected products.  Any of these developments could materially 
adversely affect our business.

The mishandling or the perception of mishandling of sensitive information could harm our business.

Our products are in some cases used by customers to compile and analyze highly sensitive or confidential information and data, 
including information or data used in intelligence gathering or law enforcement activities. While our customers' use of our 
products in no way affords us access to the customer's sensitive or confidential information or data, we or our partners may 
receive or come into contact with such information or data, including personally identifiable information, when we are asked to 
perform services or support functions for our customers. We or our partners may also receive or come into contact with such 
information or data in connection with our SaaS or other hosted or managed services offerings.  We have implemented policies 
and procedures and use information technology systems to help ensure the proper handling of such information and data, 
including background screening of certain service personnel, non-disclosure agreements with employees and partners, access 
rules, and controls on our information technology systems. Customers are also increasingly focused on the security of our 
products and we work to ensure their security, including through the use of encryption, access rights, and other customary 
security features. However, these measures are designed to mitigate the risks associated with handling or processing sensitive 
data and cannot safeguard against all risks at all times. The improper handling of sensitive data, or even the perception of such 
mishandling (whether or not valid), or other security lapses by us or our partners or within our products, could reduce demand 
for our products or otherwise expose us to financial or reputational harm or legal liability. 

We may be subject to information technology system failures or disruptions that could harm our operations, financial 
condition, or reputation.

We rely extensively on information technology systems to operate and manage our business and to process, maintain, and 
safeguard information, including information belonging to our customers, partners, and personnel.  These systems may be 
subject to failures or disruptions as a result of, among other things, natural disasters, accidents, power disruptions, 
telecommunications failures, new system implementations, acts of terrorism or war, physical security breaches, computer 
viruses, or other cyber security attacks.  We have experienced cyber security attacks in the past and may experience them in the 
future, potentially with greater frequency.  While we are continually working to maintain secure and reliable systems, our 
security, redundancy, and business continuity efforts may be ineffective or inadequate.  We must continuously improve our 
design and coordination of security controls across our business groups and geographies. Despite our efforts, it is possible that 
our security controls and other procedures that we follow may not prevent systems failures or disruptions. Such system failures 
or disruptions could subject us to research and development or production downtimes, delays in our ability to process orders, 
delays in our ability to provide products and services to customers, including SaaS or other hosted or managed services 
offerings, delays or errors in financial reporting, compromise or loss of sensitive or confidential information or intellectual 
property, destruction or corruption of data, financial losses from remedial actions, liabilities to customers or other third parties, 
or damage to our reputation.  Any of the foregoing could harm our competitive position, result in a loss of customer confidence, 
and materially and adversely affect our results of operations or financial condition.

Risks Related to Our Finances and Capital Structure

Our future success depends on our ability to execute on our growth strategy and properly manage investment in our 
business and operations.

20

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Our strategy is to continue to invest in, enhance, and secure our business and operations and grow, both organically and through 
acquisitions.  Investments in, among other things, new products and technologies, research and development, infrastructure and 
systems, geographic expansion, and headcount are critical to achieving our growth strategy.  However, such investments and 
efforts may not be successful, and even if successful, may negatively impact our short-term profitability.  Our success depends 
on our ability to effectively and efficiently execute on our growth strategy, including our ability to properly allocate limited 
investment dollars, balance the extent and timing of investments with the associated impact on expenses and profitability, and 
capture efficiencies and economies of scale.  If we are unable to effectively and efficiently execute on our growth strategy and 
properly manage our investments and expenditures, our results of operations and stock price may be materially adversely 
affected.

We may not be able to identify suitable targets for acquisition or investment, or complete acquisitions or investments, on 
terms acceptable to us, which could negatively impact our ability to implement our growth strategy.

As part of our growth strategy, we have made a number of acquisitions and investments and expect to continue to make 
acquisitions and investments in the future, subject to the terms of our credit agreement and other restrictions.

In some areas, we have seen the market for acquisitions become more competitive and valuations increase.  In recent periods, 
several of our competitors have also completed acquisitions of companies in or adjacent to our markets.  As a result, it may be 
more difficult for us to identify suitable acquisition or investment targets or to consummate acquisitions or investments once 
identified on acceptable terms or at all.  If we are not able to execute on our acquisition strategy, we may not be able to achieve 
our growth strategy, may lose market share, or may lose our leadership position in one or more of our markets.

Our acquisition and investment activity presents certain risks to our business, operations and financial position.

Future acquisitions or investments could result in potentially dilutive issuances of equity securities, the incurrence of debt and 
contingent liabilities, and amortization expenses related to intangible assets, any of which could have a material adverse effect 
on our operating results and financial condition. In addition, investments in immature businesses with unproven track records 
and technologies have a high degree of risk, with the possibility that we may lose the value of our entire investments and 
potentially incur additional unexpected liabilities.  Acquisitions or investments that are not immediately accretive to earnings 
may also make it more difficult for us to maintain satisfactory profitability levels and compliance with the maximum leverage 
ratio covenant under the revolving credit facility under our credit agreement.

The process of integrating an acquired company's business into our operations and investing in new technologies is challenging 
and may result in expected or unexpected operating or compliance challenges, which may require a significant amount of our 
management's attention that would otherwise be focused on the ongoing operation of our business, as well as significant 
expenditures.  Other risks we may encounter with acquisitions include the effect of the acquisition on our financial and strategic 
positions and our reputation, the inability to obtain the anticipated benefits of the acquisition, including synergies or economies 
of scale on a timely basis or at all, or challenges in reconciling business practices, particularly in foreign geographies, 
combining systems, retaining key employees, and maintaining and integrating product development.  Due to rapidly changing 
market conditions, we may also find the value of our acquired technologies and related intangible assets, such as goodwill, as 
recorded in our financial statements, to be impaired, resulting in charges to operations.

There can be no assurance that we will be successful in making additional acquisitions or that we will be able to effectively 
integrate any acquisitions we do make or realize the expected benefits of such transactions.

If our goodwill or other intangible assets become impaired, our financial condition and results of operations would be 
negatively affected.

Because we have historically acquired a significant number of companies, goodwill and other intangible assets have 
represented a substantial portion of our assets. Goodwill and other intangible assets totaled approximately $1.0 billion, or 
approximately 62% of our total assets, as of January 31, 2013. We test our goodwill for impairment at least annually, or more 
frequently if an event occurs indicating the potential for impairment, and we assess on an as-needed basis whether there have 
been impairments in our other intangible assets. We make assumptions and estimates in this assessment which are complex and 
often subjective. These assumptions and estimates can be affected by a variety of factors, including external factors such as 
industry and economic trends, and internal factors such as changes in our business strategy or our internal forecasts.  To the 
extent that the factors described above change, we could be required to record additional non-cash impairment charges in the 
future. Any significant impairment charges would negatively affect our financial condition and results of operations.

If we discover that CTI had contingent liabilities or other obligations for which indemnification is not available, or 

21

 
 
Table of Contents

regulatory or other compliance issues that we assumed or were not aware at the time of the CTI Merger, our business 
could be materially and adversely affected. 

As a result of the CTI Merger, CTI's liabilities, including contingent liabilities, will be consolidated into our financial 
statements. We may also discover additional information about CTI's financial condition or pre-CTI Merger business that 
adversely affects us, including, among other matters, unknown or underestimated liabilities, additional tax liabilities, issues 
relating to internal controls over financial reporting, or legal or regulatory compliance issues. If CTI's liabilities are greater than 
represented, if the contingent liabilities we have assumed become fixed, or if there are obligations of CTI of which we were not 
aware at the time of completion of the CTI Merger, we may have exposure for those obligations and our business or financial 
condition could be materially and adversely affected. 

We are entitled to certain rights to indemnification in connection with the transactions contemplated by the CTI Merger 
Agreement and the agreements entered into in connection with the Comverse share distribution.  However, no assurance can be 
given that the parties responsible for providing us with such indemnification (including Comverse) will comply with their 
obligations.  If we become responsible for liabilities (including tax liabilities) not covered by indemnification or substantially in 
excess of amounts covered by indemnification, or if the parties responsible for providing us with such indemnification 
(including Comverse) are unwilling or unable to stand behind such protections, our financial condition and results of operations 
could be materially and adversely affected.

If Comverse does not timely perform certain transition services following the CTI Merger, our ability to comply with 
certain regulatory requirements may be affected, which may result in the incurrence of additional costs and delays in 
meeting filing deadlines or satisfying other regulatory requirements.

As a result of the completion of the CTI Merger, we are reliant upon Comverse to provide certain transition services, including 
the preparation and filing of tax returns with respect to CTI for periods prior to the CTI Merger.  Comverse is also obligated to 
provide information regarding CTI to us on a timely basis in order to enable us to comply with certain regulatory requirements. 
We rely on Comverse to provide us and CTI with these services under the Transition Services Agreement and Tax Disaffiliation 
Agreement that were entered into in connection with the Comverse share distribution.  If Comverse is unable or unwilling to 
provide such services and support on a timely basis, our ability to timely comply with applicable regulatory requirements may 
be impaired. 

We could be adversely affected in the future as a result of previously having been a consolidated, controlled subsidiary 
of CTI, particularly with respect to tax liabilities.

Prior to our IPO in May 2002, we were included in CTI's consolidated U.S. federal income tax return. Under applicable federal 
and state laws, we could be liable, under certain circumstances, for taxes of other members of the CTI consolidated group for 
such pre-IPO periods.  Adjustments to the consolidated group's tax liability for periods prior to our IPO could also affect the net 
operating losses ("NOLs") allocated to us by CTI and cause us to incur additional tax liability in future periods.  This continues 
to be true notwithstanding the completion of the Comverse share distribution and consummation of the CTI Merger. 

In connection with the Comverse share distribution, CTI and Comverse entered into a Tax Disaffiliation Agreement for periods 
prior to the distribution date, which provides, among other things, that Comverse will indemnify CTI and its successor for all 
taxes payable by CTI allocable to periods prior to the distribution date.  Under applicable federal and state laws, CTI could also 
be liable, under certain circumstances, for taxes of other members of the consolidated group for such pre-distribution periods.  
To the extent CTI is required to pay these tax liabilities, the Tax Disaffiliation Agreement provides that Comverse will 
indemnify CTI for those payments. If we become responsible for tax liabilities not covered by indemnification or substantially 
in excess of amounts covered by indemnification, or if the parties responsible for providing us with such indemnification 
(including Comverse) are unwilling or unable to stand behind such protections, our financial condition and results of operations 
could be materially and adversely affected. 

Changes in our tax rates, the adoption of new U.S. or international tax legislation, inability to realize value from our 
NOLs, or exposure to additional tax liabilities could affect our future results.

We are subject to taxes in the United States and numerous foreign jurisdictions. Our future effective tax rates could be affected 
by changes in the mix of earnings in countries with differing statutory tax rates, changes in valuation allowance on deferred tax 
assets (including our NOL carryforwards), changes in unrecognized tax benefits or changes in tax laws or their interpretation.  
Any of these changes could have a material adverse effect on our profitability.  In addition, the tax authorities in the 
jurisdictions in which we operate, including the United States, may from time to time review the pricing arrangements between 
us and our foreign subsidiaries. An adverse determination by one or more tax authorities in this regard may have a material 

22

 
Table of Contents

adverse effect on our financial results.  

We have significant deferred tax assets which can provide us with significant future cash tax savings if we are able to use them.  
In addition, as a result of the CTI Merger, significant CTI NOLs have become available for use on our consolidated U.S. tax 
returns. However, the extent to which we will be able to use these NOLs may be impacted, restricted, or eliminated by a 
number of factors, including changes in tax rates, laws or regulations, whether we generate sufficient future taxable income, 
and possible adjustments to the tax attributes of CTI or its non-Verint subsidiaries for periods prior to the CTI Merger.  To the 
extent that we are unable to utilize our NOLs or other losses, our results of operations, liquidity, and financial condition could 
be adversely affected in a significant manner.  When we cease to have NOLs available to us in a particular tax jurisdiction, 
either through their expiration, disallowance, or utilization, our cash tax liability will increase in that jurisdiction.

Our international operations subject us to currency exchange risk.

Most of our revenue is denominated in U.S. dollars, while a significant portion of our operating expenses, primarily labor 
expenses, is denominated in the local currencies where our foreign operations are located, principally Israel, the United 
Kingdom, Germany, Canada, Brazil, and Australia.   As a result, we are exposed to the risk that fluctuations in the value of 
these currencies relative to the U.S. dollar could increase the U.S. dollar cost of our operations in these countries, which could 
have a material adverse effect on our results of operations. In addition, because a portion of our sales are made in foreign 
currencies, primarily the euro and the British pound, fluctuations in the value of these currencies relative to the U.S. dollar 
could impact our revenue (on a U.S. dollar basis) and materially adversely affect our results of operations.  We attempt to 
mitigate a portion of these risks through foreign currency hedging, based on our judgment of the appropriate trade-offs among 
risk, opportunity and expense, however, our hedging activities are limited in scope and duration and may not be effective at 
reducing the U.S. dollar cost of our global operations. 

We have a significant amount of debt under our credit agreement, which exposes us to leverage risks and subjects us to 
covenants which may adversely affect our operations. 

At March 15, 2013, we had total outstanding indebtedness of $650.0 million under our credit agreement, meaning that we are 
significantly leveraged. Our leverage position may, among other things:

• 

• 

• 

• 

limit our ability to obtain additional debt financing in the future for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions, 
or other general corporate purposes;

require us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to debt service, reducing the availability 
of our cash flow for other purposes;

require us to repatriate cash for debt service from our foreign subsidiaries resulting in dividend tax costs or require us 
to adopt other disadvantageous tax structures to accommodate debt service payments; or

increase our vulnerability to economic downturns, limit our ability to capitalize on significant business opportunities, 
and restrict our flexibility to react to changes in market or industry conditions. 

In addition, because our indebtedness bears interest at a variable rate, we are exposed to risk from fluctuations in interest rates 
in periods where market rates exceed the interest rate floor provided by our credit agreement.

The revolving credit facility under our credit agreement contains a financial covenant that requires us to maintain a maximum 
consolidated leverage ratio. Our ability to comply with the leverage ratio covenant is dependent upon our ability to continue to 
generate sufficient earnings each quarter, or in the alternative, to reduce expenses and/or reduce the level of our outstanding 
debt and we cannot assure that we will be successful in any or all of these regards.

Our credit agreement also includes a number of restrictive covenants which limit our ability to, among other things:

• 

• 

• 

• 

incur additional indebtedness or liens or issue preferred stock;

pay dividends or make other distributions or repurchase or redeem our stock or subordinated indebtedness;

engage in transactions with affiliates;

engage in sale-leaseback transactions;

23

 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

• 

• 

sell certain assets;

change our lines of business;

•  make investments, loans, or advances; and

• 

engage in consolidations, mergers, liquidations, or dissolutions. 

These covenants could limit our ability to plan for or react to market conditions, to meet our capital needs, or to otherwise 
engage in transactions that might be considered beneficial to us.  Additionally, under any change of control, as defined in our 
credit agreement, the lenders under our credit facilities would have the right to require us to repay all of our outstanding 
obligations under the facilities. 

If certain events of default occur under our credit agreement, our lenders could declare all amounts outstanding to be 
immediately due and payable. In that event, we may be forced to seek an amendment of and/or waiver under the credit 
agreement, raise additional capital through securities offerings, asset sales, or other transactions, or seek to refinance or 
restructure our debt. In such a case, there can be no assurance that we will be able to consummate such an amendment and/or 
waiver, capital raising transaction, refinancing, or restructuring on reasonable terms or at all.

We consider other financing and refinancing options from time to time, however, we cannot assure you that such options will 
be available to us on reasonable terms or at all.  If one or more rating agencies were to downgrade our credit ratings, that could 
also impede our ability to refinance our existing debt or secure new debt, increase our future cost of borrowing, and create 
third-party concerns about our financial condition or results of operations.

Our internal controls over financial reporting may not prevent misstatements and material weaknesses or deficiencies 
could arise in the future which could lead to restatements or filing delays.

Our system of internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the 
reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of consolidated financial statements for external reporting purposes in 
accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles ("GAAP").  Because of its inherent limitations, internal control 
over financial reporting may not prevent or detect every misstatement.  As previously disclosed, our management has in the 
past concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was not effective at prior fiscal year ends as a result of material 
weaknesses. An evaluation of effectiveness is subject to the risk that the controls may become inadequate because of changes in 
conditions, because the degree of compliance with policies or procedures decreases over time, or because of unanticipated 
circumstances or other factors.  As a result, although our management has concluded that our internal controls are effective as 
of January 31, 2013, we cannot assure you that our internal controls will prevent or detect every misstatement, that material 
weaknesses or other deficiencies will not reoccur or be identified in the future, that this or future financial reports will not 
contain material misstatements or omissions, that future restatements will not be required, or that we will be able to timely 
comply with our reporting obligations in the future. 

Our stock price has been volatile and your investment could lose value.

All of the risk factors discussed in this section could affect our stock price. The timing of announcements in the public market 
regarding new products, product enhancements or technological advances by our competitors or us, and any announcements by 
us or our competitors of acquisitions, major transactions, or management changes could also affect our stock price.  Our stock 
price is subject to speculation in the press and the analyst community, including with respect to changes in recommendations or 
earnings estimates by financial analysts, changes in investors' or analysts' valuation measures for our stock, our credit ratings 
and market trends unrelated to our performance. Stock sales by our directors, officers, or other significant holders may also 
affect our stock price.  A significant drop in our stock price could also expose us to the risk of securities class actions lawsuits, 
which could result in substantial costs and divert management's attention and resources, which could adversely affect our 
business.

Item 1B.  Unresolved Staff Comments

None.

Item 2.  Properties

24

 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

The following describes our material properties as of the date of this report. 

We lease a total of approximately 700,000 square feet of office space covering approximately 40 offices around the world and 
we own an aggregate of approximately 75,000 square feet of office space at two sites in Colorado and Germany.  Other than as 
described below, these properties are comprised of small and mid-sized facilities that are used to support our administrative, 
marketing, manufacturing, product development, sales, training, support, and services needs for our three operating segments.  

Our corporate headquarters are located in a leased facility in Melville, New York, and consist of approximately 45,800 square 
feet under a lease that expires in November 2015. The Melville facility is used primarily by our executive management, 
corporate, and finance groups, as well as for customer support and services for our Enterprise Intelligence operations. 

We lease approximately 132,700 square feet at a facility in Alpharetta, Georgia under a lease that expires in September 2026.  
The Alpharetta facility is used primarily by the administrative, marketing, product development, support, and sales groups for 
our Enterprise Intelligence operations. 

We also occupy approximately 176,000 square feet at a facility in Herzliya, Israel under a lease that expires in October 2015. 
This Herzliya facility is used primarily for manufacturing, storage, development, sales, marketing, and support related to our 
Communications Intelligence operations, as well as for product development related to our Enterprise Intelligence and Video 
Intelligence operations.

For additional information regarding our lease obligations, see Note 17, "Commitments and Contingencies" to our consolidated 
financial statements included elsewhere in this report.

We believe that our leased and owned facilities are in good operating condition and are adequate for our current requirements, 
although growth in our business may require us to acquire additional facilities or modify existing facilities. We believe that 
alternative locations are available in all areas where we currently do business.

Item 3.  Legal Proceedings

On March 26, 2009, legal actions were commenced by Ms. Orit Deutsch, a former employee of our subsidiary, Verint Systems 
Limited ("VSL"), against VSL in the Tel Aviv Regional Labor Court (Case Number 4186/09) (the “Deutsch Labor Action”) and 
against CTI in the Tel Aviv Regional District Court (Case Number 1335/09) (the “Deutsch District Action”).  In the Deutsch 
Labor Action, Ms. Deutsch filed a motion to approve a class action lawsuit on the grounds that she purports to represent a class 
of our employees and former employees who were granted Verint and CTI stock options and were allegedly damaged as a 
result of the suspension of option exercises during our previous extended filing delay period.  In the Deutsch District Action, in 
addition to a small amount of individual damages, Ms. Deutsch is seeking to certify a class of plaintiffs who were allegedly 
damaged due to their inability to exercise Verint and CTI stock options as a result of alleged negligence by CTI in its financial 
reporting.  The class certification motions do not specify an amount of damages.  On February 8, 2010, the Deutsch Labor 
Action was dismissed for lack of material jurisdiction and was transferred to the Tel Aviv Regional District Court and 
consolidated with the Deutsch District Action. On March 16, 2009 and March 26, 2009, respectively, legal actions were 
commenced by Ms. Roni Katriel, a former employee of CTI's former subsidiary, Comverse Limited, against Comverse Limited 
in the Tel Aviv Regional Labor Court (Case Number 3444/09) (the “Katriel Labor Action”) and against CTI in the Tel Aviv 
Regional District Court (Case Number 1334/09) (the “Katriel District Action”).  In the Katriel Labor Action, Ms. Katriel is 
seeking to certify a class of plaintiffs who were granted CTI stock options and were allegedly damaged as a result of the 
suspension of option exercises during CTI's previous extended filing delay period.  In the Katriel District Action, in addition to 
a small amount of individual damages, Ms. Katriel is seeking to certify a class of plaintiffs who were allegedly damaged due to 
their inability to exercise CTI stock options as a result of alleged negligence by CTI in its financial reporting.  The class 
certification motions do not specify an amount of damages. On March 2, 2010, the Labor Court ordered the transfer of the case 
to the District Court in Tel Aviv - Jaffa, based on an agreed motion filed by the parties requesting such transfer.

On April 4, 2012, Ms. Deutsch and Ms. Katriel filed an uncontested motion to consolidate and amend their claims and on 
June 7, 2012, the court allowed Ms. Deutsch and Ms. Katriel to file the consolidated class certification motion and an amended 
consolidated complaint against VSL, CTI, and Comverse Limited.  Following CTI's announcement of its intention to effect the 
Comverse share distribution, on July 12, 2012, the plaintiffs filed a motion requesting that the District Court order CTI to set 
aside up to $150 million in assets to secure any future judgment.  The District Court ruled that it would not decide this motion 
until the Deutsch and Katriel class certification motion was heard.  On August 16, 2012, in light of the announcement of the 
signing of the CTI Merger Agreement, the plaintiffs filed a motion for leave to appeal this District Court ruling to the Israeli 
Supreme Court.  We filed our response to this motion on September 6, 2012.  

25

Table of Contents

Prior to the consummation of the Comverse share distribution, CTI either sold or transferred substantially all of its business 
operations and assets (other than its equity ownership interests in us and Comverse) to Comverse or unaffiliated third parties.  
On October 31, 2012, CTI completed the Comverse share distribution, in which it distributed all of the outstanding shares of 
common stock of Comverse to CTI's shareholders.  As a result of the Comverse share distribution, Comverse became an 
independent public company and ceased to be a wholly owned subsidiary of CTI, and CTI ceased to have any material assets 
other than its equity interest in us.

We and the other defendants filed our responses to the complaint on November 11, 2012 and plaintiffs filed their replies on 
December 20, 2012.  A pre-trial hearing for the case was held on December 25, 2012, during which all parties agreed to attempt 
to settle the dispute through mediation.  

On February 4, 2013, we completed the CTI Merger.  As a result of the CTI Merger, we have assumed certain rights and 
liabilities of CTI, including any liability of CTI arising out of the Deutsch District Action and the Katriel District Action.  
However, under the terms of the Distribution Agreement between CTI and Comverse relating to the Comverse share 
distribution, we, as successor to CTI, are entitled to indemnification from Comverse for any losses we suffer in our capacity as 
successor-in-interest to CTI in connection with the Deutsch District Action and the Katriel District Action.

On February 28, 2013, a preliminary mediation meeting was held with the mediator, during which the mediator met with all 
parties together and with the respective parties separately.  Another mediation meeting between us and the mediator is 
scheduled for April 4, 2013.   

From time to time we or our subsidiaries may be involved in legal proceedings and/or litigation arising in the ordinary course 
of our business. While the outcome of these matters cannot be predicted with certainty, we do not believe that the outcome of 
any current claims will have a material effect on our consolidated financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.

Item 4.  Mine Safety Disclosures

Not applicable.

26

 
Table of Contents

PART II

Item 5.  Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters, and Issuer Purchases of Equity 
Securities

Market Information

Our common stock trades on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol "VRNT".  

The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, the high and low sales prices per share of our common stock as 
reported by the NASDAQ Global Select Market.

Year Ended January 31, 2012:
First quarter
Second quarter
Third quarter
Fourth quarter

Year Ended January 31, 2013:
First quarter
Second quarter
Third quarter
Fourth quarter

Holders

Low

High

$
$
$
$

$
$
$
$

32.00
32.46
22.50
25.88

26.56
27.10
25.87
24.60

$
$
$
$

$
$
$
$

37.92
37.99
34.33
29.42

32.76
31.69
29.60
35.29

There were 3,793 holders of record of our common stock at March 15, 2013. Such record holders include holders who are 
nominees for an undetermined number of beneficial owners.

Dividends

We have not declared or paid any cash dividends on our equity securities and have no current plans to pay any dividends on our 
equity securities. We intend to retain our earnings to finance the development of our business, repay debt, and for other 
corporate purposes. In addition, the terms of our credit agreement restrict our ability to pay cash dividends on shares of our 
common stock.  See "Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Liquidity 
and Capital Resources" under Item 7 for a more detailed discussion of these limitations.  As of January 31, 2013, our ability to 
pay dividends on our common stock was also limited by the terms of our Series A Convertible Perpetual Preferred Stock, par 
value $0.001 per share ("Preferred Stock"), which ranked senior to our common stock with respect to the payment of dividends 
and bore a preferred dividend which accrued at the rate of 3.875% per year.  As a result of the consummation of the CTI Merger 
on February 4, 2013, all shares of our Preferred Stock were canceled and the limitations that the terms of those securities 
imposed on our ability to pay dividends on our common stock no longer apply.  See Note 9, "Convertible Preferred Stock" to 
our consolidated financial statements included in Item 8 of this report, for a more detailed discussion of these past restrictions.

Any future determination as to the payment of dividends on our common stock will be made by our board of directors at its 
discretion, subject to the limitations contained in the credit agreement and will depend upon our earnings, financial condition, 
capital requirements, and other relevant factors.

Stock Performance Graph

The following table compares the cumulative total stockholder return on our common stock with the cumulative total return on 
the NASDAQ Composite Index and the NASDAQ Computer & Data Processing Services Index, assuming an investment of 
$100 on January 31, 2008 through January 31, 2013, and the reinvestment of any dividends.  The comparisons in the graph 
below are based upon (i) closing sale prices on NASDAQ for our common stock from July 6, 2010 through January 31, 2013 
and (ii) the closing bid quotations on the over-the-counter securities market (as reported by the Pink Sheets) for all other 
periods. This data is not indicative of, nor intended to forecast, future performance of our common stock.

27

Table of Contents

January 31,

2008

2009

2010

2011

2012

2013

Verint Systems Inc.
NASDAQ Composite Index
NASDAQ Computer & Data Processing Index

$ 100.00
$ 100.00
$ 100.00

$ 35.14
$ 60.26
$ 61.82

$ 98.92
$ 84.82
$ 93.97

$ 186.27
$ 110.53
$ 111.70

$ 152.86
$ 114.46
$ 113.72

$ 182.70
$ 128.46
$ 128.36

Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

None.

Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers

None.

Item 6.  Selected Financial Data

The following selected consolidated financial data has been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements. The 
data below should be read in conjunction with "Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of 
Operations" under Item 7 and our consolidated financial statements and notes thereto included in Item 8 of this report. 

Our historical results should not be viewed as indicative of results expected for any future period.

Five-Year Selected Financial Highlights:

28

Table of Contents

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data

Year Ended January 31,

(in thousands, except per share data)

2013

2012

2011

2010

2009

Revenue

Operating income (loss)

Net income (loss)

Net income (loss) attributable to Verint Systems
Inc.

Net income (loss) attributable to Verint Systems 
Inc. common shares

Net income (loss) per share attributable to 
Verint Systems Inc.:

Basic

Diluted
Weighted-average shares:

Basic

Diluted

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

839,542

$ 782,648

99,553

58,804

54,002

38,530

0.97

0.96

$

$

$

$

$

$

86,478

40,625

36,993

22,203

0.58

0.56

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

39,748

40,312

38,419

39,499

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

726,799

73,105

28,585

25,581

11,403

0.33

0.31

34,544

37,179

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

703,633

65,679

17,100

15,617

2,026

0.06

0.06

33,478

32,127

669,544
(15,026)
(78,577)

(80,388)

(93,452)

(2.88)
(2.88)

32,394

32,394

We have never declared a cash dividend to common stockholders.

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data

(in thousands)

Total assets

January 31,

2013

2012

2011

2010

2009

$ 1,564,269

$ 1,502,868

$ 1,376,127

$ 1,396,337

$ 1,337,393

Long-term debt, including current maturities

Preferred stock

Total stockholders' equity (deficit)

576,689

285,542

229,676

597,379

285,542

144,295

583,234

285,542

77,687

620,912

285,542
(14,567)

625,000

285,542
(76,070)

During the five-year period ended January 31, 2013, we acquired a number of businesses, the more significant of which were 
the acquisitions of Vovici Corporation ("Vovici") in August 2011, and Global Management Technologies ("GMT") in October 
2011.  The operating results of acquired businesses have been included in our consolidated financial statements since their 
respective acquisition dates and have contributed to our revenue growth.

Operating results for the year ended January 31, 2013 include:

• 

professional fees and related expenses of $16.1 million associated with the CTI Merger.

Operating results for the year ended January 31, 2012 include:

• 

a loss on extinguishment of debt of $8.1 million associated with the termination of a credit agreement.

Operating results for the year ended January 31, 2011 include:

• 
• 

realized losses on our interest rate swap of $3.1 million; and
approximately $29 million in professional fees and related expenses associated with our restatement of previously filed 
consolidated financial statements for periods through January 31, 2005 and our previous extended filing delay status. 
During this year, we resumed filing timely periodic reports with the SEC.

29

Table of Contents

Operating results for the year ended January 31, 2010 include:

• 
• 

realized and unrealized losses on our interest rate swap of $13.6 million; and
approximately $54 million in professional fees and related expenses associated with our restatement of previously filed 
consolidated financial statements for periods through January 31, 2005 and our previous extended filing delay status.

Operating results for the year ended January 31, 2009 include:

• 

• 

• 
• 

• 

integration costs of $3.2 million incurred to support and facilitate the combination of Verint and Witness Systems Inc. 
("Witness"), acquired by us in May 2007, into a single organization;
net proceeds after legal fees of approximately $4.3 million associated with the settlement of pre-existing litigation between 
Witness and a competitor;
realized and unrealized losses on our interest rate swap of $11.5 million;
restructuring costs of $5.7 million and approximately $28 million in professional fees and related expenses associated with 
our restatement of previously filed consolidated financial statements for periods through January 31, 2005 and our 
previous extended filing delay status; and
non-cash goodwill impairment charges of $26.0 million.

Item 7.   Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

The following management’s discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in 
conjunction with "Business" under Item 1, "Selected Financial Data" under Item 6, and our consolidated financial statements 
and the related notes thereto included in Item 8 of this report. This discussion contains a number of forward-looking statements, 
all of which are based on our current expectations and all of which could be affected by uncertainties and risks. Our actual 
results may differ materially from the results contemplated in these forward-looking statements as a result of many factors 
including, but not limited to, those described in "Risk Factors" under Item 1A.

Business Overview

Verint is a global leader in Actionable Intelligence solutions and value-added services. Our solutions enable organizations of all 
sizes to make more timely and effective decisions to improve enterprise performance and make the world a safer place.

More than 10,000 organizations in over 150 countries—including over 80 percent of the Fortune 100—use Verint solutions.  
Our portfolio of Enterprise Intelligence Solutions and Security Intelligence Solutions helps organizations Make Big Data 
Actionable™ through the ability to capture, analyze, and act on large volumes of rich, complex, and often underused 
information sources—such as voice, video, and unstructured text. In the enterprise intelligence market, our customer-centric 
workforce optimization and voice of the customer solutions help organizations improve the customer service experience, 
increase customer loyalty, enhance products and services, reduce operating costs, and drive revenue. In the security intelligence 
market, our communications and cyber intelligence, video and situation intelligence, and public safety solutions help 
government and commercial organizations in their efforts to protect people and property, and neutralize terrorism and crime.

Verint was founded in 1994 and is headquartered in Melville, New York.

Our Business

We serve two markets through three operating segments. Our Enterprise Intelligence segment serves the enterprise intelligence 
market, while our Video Intelligence segment and Communications Intelligence segment serve the security intelligence market.

In our Enterprise Intelligence segment, we are a leading provider of enterprise intelligence software and services. Our solutions 
enable organizations to extract, analyze and take action based on valuable information from customer interactions and related 
operational data in order to make more effective, proactive decisions for optimizing the performance of their customer service 
operations, improving the customer experience, facilitating compliance, and enhancing products and services. For the years 
ended January 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011, this segment represented approximately 59%, 56%, and 57% of our total revenue, 
respectively.

In our Video Intelligence segment, we are a leading provider of video intelligence solutions and a provider of situation 
intelligence solutions designed to optimize security and enhance operations. Our Video Intelligence solutions portfolio includes 
IP video management software and services; edge devices for capturing, digitizing, and transmitting video over networks; video 

30

 
Table of Contents

analytics; networked video recorders; and PSIM. For the years ended January 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011, this segment 
represented approximately 14%, 18%, and 18% of our total revenue, respectively.

In our Communications Intelligence segment, we are a leading provider of communications intelligence solutions and a 
developer of cyber security solutions that help law enforcement, national security, intelligence, and civilian government 
agencies effectively detect, investigate, and neutralize criminal and terrorist threats, and detect and thwart cyber-attacks. Our 
solutions are designed to handle massive amounts of unstructured and structured information from different sources, quickly 
make sense of complex scenarios, and generate evidence and intelligence. For the years ended January 31, 2013, 2012, and 
2011, this segment represented approximately 27%, 26%, and 25% of our total revenue, respectively.

Generally, we make business decisions by evaluating the risks and rewards of the opportunities available to us in the markets 
served by each of our segments. We view each operating segment differently and allocate capital, personnel, resources, and 
management attention accordingly. In reviewing each operating segment, we also review the performance of that segment by 
geography. Our marketing and sales strategies, expansion opportunities, and product offerings may differ materially within a 
particular segment geographically, as may our allocation of resources between segments. When making decisions regarding 
investment in our business, increasing capital expenditures, or making other decisions that may reduce our profitability, we also 
consider the leverage ratio in our revolving credit facility. See "— Liquidity and Capital Resources" for more information.

Key Trends and Developments in Our Business

We believe that there are many factors that affect our ability to sustain and increase both revenue and profitability, including:

•  Market acceptance of Actionable Intelligence for unstructured data, particularly analytics. We are in an early stage 

market where the value of certain aspects of our products and solutions is still in the process of market acceptance. We 
believe that our future growth depends in part on the continued and increasing acceptance and realization of the value 
of our data analytics across our product offerings.

• 

• 

Technological change. Our success depends in part on our ability to keep pace with technological changes and 
evolving industry standards in our product offerings and to successfully develop, launch, and drive demand for new 
and enhanced, innovative, high-quality solutions that meet or exceed customer needs.

Information technology spending. Our growth and results depend in part on general economic conditions and the pace 
of information technology spending by both commercial and governmental customers.

See also "Risk Factors" under Item 1A for a more complete description of these and other risks that may impact future revenue 
and profitability.

Recent Developments

On August 12, 2012, we entered into the CTI Merger Agreement providing for the CTI Merger, upon the terms and subject to 
the conditions set forth in the CTI Merger Agreement.  Following the satisfaction of the various conditions precedent to closing 
the CTI Merger, including the requisite approval of the CTI Merger Agreement and the transactions contemplated by that 
agreement by our stockholders and the shareholders of CTI, the CTI Merger was completed on February 4, 2013.  The CTI 
Merger eliminated CTI's majority ownership and control of us. Further details regarding the CTI Merger appear in Note 4, 
"Merger Agreement with CTI" to our consolidated financial statements included in Item 8 of this report.

On March 6, 2013, we entered into an amendment and restatement agreement with the lenders under the 2011 Credit 
Agreement providing for the 2013 Amended Credit Agreement, which amended and restated the 2011 Credit Agreement. The 
2013 Amended Credit Agreement provides for $850.0 million of senior secured credit facilities, comprised of a $650.0 million 
term loan maturing in September 2019 and a $200.0 million revolving credit facility maturing in March 2018, subject to 
increase (up to a maximum increase of $300.0 million) and reduction from time to time according to the terms of the 2013 
Amended Credit Agreement.

The majority of the proceeds of the term loan under the 2013 Amended Credit Agreement were used to repay all $576.0 million 
of outstanding term loan borrowings under the 2011 Credit Agreement at the closing date of the 2013 Amended Credit 
Agreement.  There were no outstanding borrowings under the 2011 Credit Agreement's revolving credit facility at the closing 
date. Further details regarding the 2013 Amended Credit Agreement appear in Note 19, "Subsequent Events" to our 
consolidated financial statements included in Item 8 of this report.

31

 
Table of Contents

Our Previous Extended Filing Delay and Related Matters

As previously disclosed, from March 2006 through March 2010, we did not make periodic filings with the SEC. Our previous 
extended filing delay arose as a result of certain internal and external investigations and reviews of accounting matters 
discussed in our prior public filings and led to the identification of material weaknesses in our internal control over financial 
reporting and the delisting of our common stock from NASDAQ. In connection with the foregoing and related matters, we 
incurred approximately $137 million of professional fees and related expenses during the four years ended January 31, 2011. 
By June 2010, we had concluded our internal investigation and reviews, filed with the SEC annual reports for all required 
periods and quarterly reports for certain quarters for which we had not previously filed reports, resumed making timely periodic 
filings with the SEC, relisted our common stock on NASDAQ, settled an injunctive action by the SEC, and resolved certain 
other matters with the SEC.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

An appreciation of our critical accounting policies is necessary to understand our financial results. The accounting policies 
outlined below are considered to be critical because they can materially affect our operating results and financial condition, as 
these policies may require management to make difficult and subjective judgments regarding uncertainties. The accuracy of 
these estimates and the likelihood of future changes depend on a range of possible outcomes and a number of underlying 
variables, many of which are beyond our control, and there can be no assurance that our estimates are accurate.

Revenue Recognition

Our revenue recognition policy is a critical component of determining our operating results and is based on a complex set of 
accounting rules that require us to make significant judgments and estimates. We derive and report our revenue in two 
categories: (a) product revenue, including sale of hardware products (which include software that works together with the 
hardware to deliver the product's essential functionality) and licensing of software products, and (b) service and support 
revenue, including revenue from installation services, post-contract customer support ("PCS"), project management, hosting 
services, SaaS, product warranties, consulting and training services. Our customer arrangements may include any combination 
of these elements. We follow the appropriate revenue recognition rules for each type of revenue. For additional information, see 
Note 1, "Summary of Significant Accounting Policies" to our consolidated financial statements included in Item 8 of this 
report. Revenue recognition for a particular arrangement is dependent upon such factors as the level of customization within the 
solution and the contractual delivery, acceptance, payment, and support terms with the customer. Significant judgment is 
required to conclude on each of these factors, and if we were to change any of these assumptions or judgments, it could cause a 
material increase or decrease in the amount of revenue that we report in a particular period.

We generally consider a purchase order or executed sales quote, when combined with a master license agreement, to constitute 
evidence of an arrangement. Delivery occurs when the product is shipped or transmitted and title and risk of loss have 
transferred to the customers. Our typical customer arrangements do not include substantive product acceptance provisions; 
however, if such provisions are provided, delivery is deemed to occur upon acceptance. We consider the fee to be fixed or 
determinable unless the fee is subject to refund or adjustment or is not payable within our standard payment terms. If the fee 
due from a customer is not fixed or determinable due to extended payment terms, revenue is recognized when payment 
becomes due or upon cash receipt, whichever is earlier.

In October 2009, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued amended revenue recognition accounting 
standards that removed tangible products containing software components and non-software components that function together 
to deliver the product's essential functionality from the scope of industry-specific software revenue recognition guidance. Also 
in October 2009, the FASB amended the requirements for establishing separate units of accounting in a multiple-deliverable 
arrangement to require the allocation of arrangement consideration to each deliverable to be based on the relative selling price. 
The selling price used for each deliverable will be based on vendor-specific objective evidence ("VSOE") if available, third-
party evidence ("TPE") if VSOE is not available, or estimated selling price ("ESP") if neither VSOE nor TPE is available. We 
elected to prospectively adopt the provisions of this new guidance as of February 1, 2011 for new and materially modified 
transactions entered into on or after that date. 

Our multiple-element arrangements consist of a combination of our product and service offerings that may be delivered at 
various points in time. For arrangements within the scope of the multiple-deliverable guidance, a deliverable constitutes a 
separate unit of accounting when it has stand-alone value and there are no customer-negotiated refunds or return rights for the 
delivered elements. For multiple-element arrangements comprised only of hardware products and related services, we allocate 
revenue to each element in an arrangement based on a selling price hierarchy. The selling price for a deliverable is based on its 

32

Table of Contents

VSOE, if available, TPE, if VSOE is not available, or ESP, if neither VSOE nor TPE is available. The total transaction revenue 
is allocated to the multiple elements based on each element's relative selling price compared to the total selling price.

The manner in which we account for multiple-element arrangements that contain only software and software-related elements 
was not affected by the amended multiple-deliverable guidance. We allocate a portion of the total purchase price to the 
undelivered elements, primarily installation services, PCS, consulting, and training, using VSOE of fair value of the 
undelivered elements. The remaining portion of the total transaction value is allocated to the delivered software, referred to as 
the residual method. If we are unable to establish VSOE for the undelivered elements of the arrangement, revenue recognition 
is deferred for the entire arrangement until all elements of the arrangement are delivered. However, if the only undelivered 
element is PCS, we recognize the arrangement fee ratably over the PCS period.

For new or materially modified multiple-element arrangements entered into on or after February 1, 2011 that are comprised of a 
combination of hardware and software elements, the total transaction value is bifurcated between the hardware elements and 
the software elements that are not essential to the functionality of the hardware, based on the relative selling prices of the 
hardware elements and the software elements as a group. Revenue is then recognized for the hardware and hardware-related 
services following the hardware revenue recognition methodology outlined above and revenue for the software and software-
related services is recognized following the residual method or ratably over the PCS period if VSOE for PCS does not exist.

Our policy for establishing VSOE for installation, consulting, and training is based upon an analysis of separate sales of 
services. We utilize either the substantive renewal rate approach or the bell-shaped curve approach to establish VSOE for our 
PCS offerings, depending upon the business segment, geographical region, or product line. The timing of revenue recognition 
on software licenses and other revenue could be significantly impacted if we are unable to maintain VSOE on one or more 
undelivered elements during any quarterly period. Loss of VSOE could result in (i) the complete deferral of all revenue or (ii) 
ratable recognition of all revenue under a customer arrangement until such time as VSOE is re-established. If we are unable to 
re-establish VSOE on one or more undelivered elements for an extended period of time it would impact our ability to 
accurately forecast the timing of quarterly revenue, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial 
position, results of operations or cash flows.

We typically are not able to determine TPE for our products or our service and support offerings. TPE of selling price is 
established by evaluating largely similar and interchangeable competitor products or services in stand-alone sales to similarly 
situated customers.

If we are unable to determine the selling price because VSOE or TPE does not exist, we determine ESP for the purposes of 
allocating the arrangement by considering several external and internal factors including, but not limited to, pricing practices, 
similar product offerings, margin objectives, geographies in which we offer our products and services, internal costs, 
competition, and product lifecycle. The determination of ESP is made through consultation with and approval by our 
management, taking into consideration our go-to-market strategies. We have established processes to update ESP for each 
element, when appropriate, to ensure that it reflects recent pricing experience.

PCS revenue is derived from providing technical software support services and unspecified software updates and upgrades to 
customers on a when-and-if-available basis. PCS revenue is recognized ratably over the term of the maintenance period which, 
in most cases, is one year. When PCS is included within a multiple-element arrangement, we utilize either the substantive 
renewal rate approach or the bell-shaped curve approach to establish VSOE of the PCS, depending upon the business operating 
segment, geographical region, or product line.

Under the substantive renewal rate approach, we believe it is necessary to evaluate whether both the support renewal rate and 
term are substantive, and whether the renewal rate is being consistently applied to subsequent renewals for a particular 
customer. We establish VSOE under this approach through analyzing the renewal rate stated in the customer agreement and 
determining whether that rate is above the minimum substantive VSOE renewal rate established for that particular PCS 
offering. The minimum substantive VSOE rate is determined based upon an analysis of revenue associated with historical PCS 
contracts. Typically, renewal rates of 15% for PCS plans that provide when-and-if-available upgrades, and 10% for plans that 
do not provide for when-and-if-available upgrades, would be deemed to be minimum substantive renewal rates. For contracts 
that do not contain a stated renewal rate, revenue associated with the entire bundled arrangement is recognized ratably over the 
PCS term. Contracts that have a renewal rate below the minimum substantive VSOE rate are deemed to contain a more than 
insignificant discount element, for which VSOE cannot be established. We recognize revenue for these arrangements over the 
period that the customer is entitled to renew their PCS at the discounted rate, but not to exceed the estimated economic life of 
the product.

33

Table of Contents

Under the bell-shaped curve approach of establishing VSOE, we perform a VSOE compliance test to ensure that a substantial 
majority (75% or over) of our actual PCS renewals are within a narrow range of plus or minus 15% of the median pricing.

Some of our arrangements require significant customization of the product to meet the particular requirements of the customer. 
For these arrangements, revenue is recognized under contract accounting methods, typically using the percentage of completion 
("POC") method. Under the POC method, revenue recognition is generally based upon the ratio of hours incurred to date to the 
total estimated hours required to complete the contract. Profit estimates on long-term contracts are revised periodically based 
on changes in circumstances, and any losses on contracts are recognized in the period that such losses become evident. 
Generally, the terms of long-term contracts provide for progress billings based on completion of milestones or other defined 
phases of work. Significant judgment is often required when estimating total hours and progress to completion on these 
arrangements, as well as whether a loss is expected to be incurred on the contract due to several factors including the degree of 
customization required and the customer's existing environment. We use historical experience, project plans, and an assessment 
of the risks and uncertainties inherent in the arrangement to establish these estimates. Uncertainties in these arrangements 
include implementation delays or performance issues that may or may not be within our control.

Our SaaS offerings generally provide customers access to certain of our software within a cloud-based information technology 
environment that we manage and offer to customers on a subscription basis. We recognize revenue for subscription and related 
support services over the contract period originating when the subscription service is made available to the customer and the 
contractual hosting period has commenced.  

We extend customary trade payment terms to our customers in the normal course of conducting business. To assess the 
probability of collection for purposes of revenue recognition, we have established credit policies that establish prudent credit 
limits for our customers. These credit limits are based upon our risk assessment of the customer's ability to pay, their payment 
history, geographic risk, and other factors, and are not contingent upon the resale of the product or upon the collection of 
payments from their customers. These credit limits are reviewed and revised periodically on the basis of updated customer 
financial statement information, payment performance, and other factors.  When a customer is not deemed creditworthy, 
revenue is recognized when payment is received.

We record provisions for estimated product returns in the same period in which the associated revenue is recognized. We base 
these estimates of product returns upon historical levels of sales returns and other known factors. Actual product returns could 
be different from our estimates and current or future provisions for product returns may differ from historical provisions. 
Concessions granted to customers are recorded as reductions to revenue in the period in which they were granted and have been 
minimal in both amount and frequency.

Product revenue derived from shipments to resellers and OEMs who purchase our products for resale are generally recognized 
when such products are shipped (on a "sell-in" basis) since we do not expect our resellers or OEMs to carry inventory of our 
products. This policy is predicated on our ability to estimate sales returns as well as other criteria regarding these customers. 
We are also required to evaluate whether our resellers and OEMs have the ability to honor their commitment to make fixed or 
determinable payments regardless of whether they collect payment from their customers. In this regard, we assess whether our 
resellers and OEMs are new, poorly capitalized, or experiencing financial difficulty, and whether they have a pattern of not 
paying as amounts become due on previous arrangements or seeking payment terms longer than those provided to end 
customers. If we were to change any of these assumptions or judgments, it could cause a material change to the revenue 
reported in a particular period. We have historically experienced insignificant product returns from resellers and OEMs, and our 
payment terms for these customers are similar to those granted to our end-users. Our policy also presumes that we have no 
significant performance obligations in connection with the sale of our products by our resellers and OEMs to their customers. If 
a reseller or OEM develops a pattern of payment delinquency, or seeks payment terms longer than generally granted to our 
resellers or OEMs, we defer the recognition of revenue from transactions with that reseller or OEM until the receipt of cash.

Multiple contracts with a single counterparty executed within close proximity of each other are evaluated to determine if the 
contracts should be combined and accounted for as a single arrangement. We record reimbursements from customers for out-of-
pocket expenses as revenue. Shipping and handling fees and expenses that are billed to customers are recognized in revenue 
and the costs associated with such fees and expenses are recorded in cost of revenue. Historically, these fees and expenses have 
not been material. Taxes collected from customers and remitted to government authorities are excluded from revenue. 
For multiple-element arrangements that contain software and software related elements for which we are unable to establish 
VSOE of one or more elements, we use various available indicators of fair value and apply our best judgment to reasonably 
classify the arrangement's revenue into product revenue and service revenue for financial reporting purposes. Installation 
services associated with our Communications Intelligence arrangements are included within product revenue as such amounts 
are not considered material.

34

Table of Contents

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

We estimate the collectability of our accounts receivable balances each accounting period and adjust our allowance for doubtful 
accounts accordingly. We exercise a considerable amount of judgment in assessing the collectability of accounts receivable, 
including consideration of the creditworthiness of each customer, their collection history, and the related aging of past due 
receivables balances. We evaluate specific accounts when we learn that a customer may be experiencing a deterioration of its 
financial condition due to lower credit ratings, bankruptcy, or other factors that may affect its ability to render payment.

Accounting for Business Combinations

We allocate the purchase price of acquired companies to the tangible and intangible assets acquired, including in-process 
research and development assets, and liabilities assumed, based upon their estimated fair values at the acquisition date. These 
fair values are typically estimated with assistance from independent valuation specialists. The purchase price allocation process 
requires our management to make significant estimates and assumptions, especially at the acquisition date with respect to 
intangible assets, contractual support obligations assumed, and pre-acquisition contingencies.

Although we believe the assumptions and estimates we have made in the past have been reasonable and appropriate, they are 
based in part on historical experience and information obtained from the management of the acquired companies and are 
inherently uncertain. 

Examples of critical estimates in valuing certain of the intangible assets we have acquired or may acquire in the future include 
but are not limited to:

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

future expected cash flows from software license sales, support agreements, consulting contracts, other customer 
contracts, and acquired developed technologies;

expected costs to develop in-process research and development into commercially viable products and estimated cash 
flows from the projects when completed;

the acquired company’s brand and competitive position, as well as assumptions about the period of time the acquired 
brand will continue to be used in the combined company’s product portfolio;

cost of capital and discount rates; and

estimating the useful lives of acquired assets as well as the pattern or manner in which the assets will amortize.

In connection with the purchase price allocations for applicable acquisitions, we estimate the fair value of the contractual 
support obligations we are assuming from the acquired business. The estimated fair value of the support obligations is 
determined utilizing a cost build-up approach, which determines fair value by estimating the costs related to fulfilling the 
obligations plus a reasonable profit margin. The estimated costs to fulfill the support obligations are based on the historical 
direct costs related to providing the support services. The sum of these costs and operating profit represents an approximation 
of the amount that we would be required to pay a third party to assume the support obligations.

Impairment of Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

We perform our goodwill impairment test on an annual basis, as of November 1, or more frequently if changes in facts and 
circumstances indicate that impairment in the value of goodwill may exist. We review goodwill for impairment utilizing either 
a qualitative assessment or a two-step process. If we decide that it is appropriate to perform a qualitative assessment and 
conclude that the fair value of a reporting unit more likely than not exceeds its carrying value, no further evaluation is 
necessary. For reporting units where we perform the two-step process, the first step requires us to estimate the fair value of each 
reporting unit and compare that fair value to the respective carrying value, which includes goodwill. If the fair value of the 
reporting unit exceeds its carrying value, the goodwill is not considered impaired and no further evaluation is necessary. If the 
carrying value is higher than the estimated fair value, there is an indication that impairment may exist and the second step is 
required. In the second step, the implied fair value of goodwill is calculated as the excess of the fair value of a reporting unit 
over the fair values assigned to its assets and liabilities. If the implied fair value of goodwill is less than the carrying value of 
the reporting unit’s goodwill, the difference is recognized as an impairment charge.

For reporting units where we decide to perform a qualitative assessment, our management assesses and makes judgments 
regarding a variety of factors which potentially impact the fair value of a reporting unit, including general economic conditions, 
35

Table of Contents

industry and market-specific conditions, customer behavior, cost factors, our financial performance and trends, our strategies 
and business plans, capital requirements, management and personnel issues, and our stock price, among others. Management 
then considers the totality of these and other factors, placing more weight on the events and circumstances that are judged to 
most affect a reporting unit’s fair value or the carrying amount of its net assets, to reach a qualitative conclusion regarding 
whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit exceeds its carrying amount.

For reporting units where we perform the two-step process, we utilize some or all of three primary approaches to assess fair 
value: (a) an income-based approach, using projected discounted cash flows, (b) a market-based approach, using multiples of 
comparable companies, and (c) a transaction-based approach, using multiples for recent acquisitions of similar businesses made 
in the marketplace.

Our estimate of fair value of each reporting unit is based on a number of subjective factors, including: (a) appropriate 
consideration of valuation approaches (income approach, comparable public company approach, and comparable transaction 
approach), (b) estimates of future growth rates, (c) estimates of our future cost structure, (d) discount rates for our estimated 
cash flows, (e) selection of peer group companies for the comparable public company and the comparable transaction 
approaches, (f) required levels of working capital, (g) assumed terminal value, and (h) time horizon of cash flow forecasts.

The determination of reporting units also requires management judgment. We assess whether a reporting unit exists within a 
reportable segment by identifying the unit, determining whether the unit qualifies as a business under GAAP, and assessing the 
availability and regular review by segment management of discrete financial information for the unit.

We review intangible assets that have finite useful lives and other long-lived assets when an event occurs indicating the 
potential for impairment. If any indicators are present, we perform a recoverability test by comparing the sum of the estimated 
undiscounted future cash flows attributable to the assets in question to their carrying amounts. If the undiscounted cash flows 
used in the test for recoverability are less than the long-lived assets carrying amount, we determine the fair value of the long-
lived asset and recognize an impairment loss if the carrying amount of the long-lived asset exceeds its fair value. The 
impairment loss recognized is the amount by which the carrying amount of the long-lived asset exceeds its fair value.

We did not record any impairments of goodwill for the years ended January 31, 2013, 2012 or 2011, as the fair values of all of 
our reporting units significantly exceeded their carrying values.

Since the estimated fair values of our reporting units significantly exceeded their carrying values as of November 1, 2012, and 
no indicators of potential impairment were identified between November 1, 2012 and January 31, 2013, we currently do not 
believe that our reporting units are at risk of impairment.

The assumptions and estimates used in this process are complex and often subjective. They can be affected by a variety of 
factors, including external factors such as industry and economic trends, and internal factors such as changes in our business 
strategy or our internal forecasts. Although we believe the assumptions, judgments, and estimates we have used in our 
assessments are reasonable and appropriate, a material change in any of our assumptions or external factors could lead to future 
goodwill or other intangible asset impairment charges.

Income Taxes

We account for income taxes under the asset and liability method which includes the recognition of deferred tax assets and 
liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been included in our consolidated financial statements. 
Under this approach, deferred taxes are recorded for the future tax consequences expected to occur when the reported amounts 
of assets and liabilities are recovered or paid. The provision for income taxes represents income taxes paid or payable for the 
current year plus deferred taxes. Deferred taxes result from differences between the financial statement and tax bases of our 
assets and liabilities, and are adjusted for changes in tax rates and tax laws when changes are enacted. The effects of future 
changes in income tax laws or rates are not anticipated.

We are subject to income taxes in the United States and numerous foreign jurisdictions. The calculation of our tax provision 
involves the application of complex tax laws and requires significant judgment and estimates.

We evaluate the realizability of our deferred tax assets for each jurisdiction in which we operate at each reporting date, and we 
establish a valuation allowance when it is more likely than not that all or a portion of our deferred tax assets will not be 
realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income of the same 
character and in the same jurisdiction. We consider all available positive and negative evidence in making this assessment, 
including, but not limited to, the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income, and tax planning 
36

Table of Contents

strategies. In circumstances where there is sufficient negative evidence indicating that our deferred tax assets are not more 
likely than not realizable, we establish a valuation allowance.

We use a two-step approach to recognizing and measuring uncertain tax positions. The first step is to evaluate tax positions 
taken or expected to be taken in a tax return by assessing whether they are more likely than not sustainable, based solely on 
their technical merits, upon examination, and including resolution of any related appeals or litigation process. The second step 
is to measure the associated tax benefit of each position as the largest amount that we believe is more likely than not realizable. 
Differences between the amount of tax benefits taken or expected to be taken in our income tax returns and the amount of tax 
benefits recognized in our financial statements represent our unrecognized income tax benefits, which we either record as a 
liability or as a reduction of deferred tax assets. Our policy is to include interest (expense and/or income) and penalties related 
to unrecognized income tax benefits as a component of income tax expense.

Contingencies

We recognize an estimated loss from a claim or loss contingency when and if information available prior to issuance of the 
financial statements indicates that it is probable that an asset has been impaired or a liability has been incurred at the date of the 
financial statements and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. Accounting for claims and contingencies requires 
the use of significant judgment and estimates. One notable potential source of loss contingencies is pending or threatened 
litigation. Legal counsel and other advisors and experts are consulted on issues related to litigation as well as on matters related 
to contingencies occurring in the ordinary course of business.

Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation

We recognize the cost of employee services received in exchange for awards of equity instruments based on the grant-date fair 
value of the award.

We estimate the fair value of stock-based payment awards on the date of grant using an option-pricing model. We use the 
Black-Scholes option-pricing model, which requires the input of significant assumptions including an estimate of the average 
period of time employees will retain stock options before exercising them, the estimated volatility of our common stock price 
over the expected term, the number of options that will ultimately be forfeited before completing vesting requirements, and the 
risk-free interest rate. Changes in the assumptions can materially affect the estimate of fair value of stock-based compensation 
and, consequently, the related expense recognized. The assumptions we use in calculating the fair value of stock-based payment 
awards represent our best estimates, which involve inherent uncertainties and the application of judgment. As a result, if factors 
change and we use different assumptions, our stock-based compensation expense could be materially different in the future.

Cost of Revenue

We have made an accounting policy election whereby certain costs of product revenue, including hardware and third-party 
software license fees, are capitalized and amortized over the same period that product revenue is recognized, while installation 
and other service costs are generally expensed as incurred, except for certain contracts recognized according to contract 
accounting.

For example, in a multiple-element arrangement where revenue is recognized over the PCS support period, the cost of revenue 
associated with the product is capitalized upon product delivery and amortized over that same period. However, the cost of 
revenue associated with the services is expensed as incurred in the period in which the services are performed. In addition, we 
expense customer acquisition and origination costs to selling, general and administrative expense, including sales commissions, 
as incurred, with the exception of certain sales referral fees in our Communications Intelligence segment which are capitalized 
and amortized ratably over the revenue recognition period.

Results of Operations

Seasonality and Cyclicality

As is typical for many software and technology companies, our business is subject to seasonal and cyclical factors. Our revenue 
and operating income are typically highest in the fourth quarter and lowest in the first quarter. Moreover, revenue and operating 
income in the first quarter of a new year may be lower than in the fourth quarter of the preceding year, potentially by a 
significant margin. In addition, we generally receive a higher volume of orders in the last month of a quarter, with orders 
concentrated in the later part of that month. We believe that these seasonal and cyclical factors primarily reflect customer 
spending patterns and budget cycles, as well as the impact of incentive compensation plans for our sales personnel. While 

37

 
 
Table of Contents

seasonal and cyclical factors such as these are common in the software and technology industry, this pattern should not be 
considered a reliable indicator of our future revenue or financial performance.  Many other factors, including general economic 
conditions, may also have an impact on our business and financial results.

Overview of Operating Results

The following table sets forth a summary of certain key financial information for the years ended January 31, 2013, 2012, and 
2011: 

(in thousands, except per share data)
Revenue
Operating income
Net income attributable to Verint Systems Inc. common shares
Net income per share attributable to Verint Systems Inc.:
Basic
Diluted

Year Ended January 31,
2012

2011

2013

$
$
$

$
$

839,542
99,553
38,530

0.97
0.96

$
$
$

$
$

782,648
86,478
22,203

0.58
0.56

$
$
$

$
$

726,799
73,105
11,403

0.33
0.31

Year Ended January 31, 2013 compared to Year Ended January 31, 2012. Our revenue increased approximately $56.9 million, 
or 7%, to $839.5 million in the year ended January 31, 2013 from $782.6 million in the year ended January 31, 2012.  In our 
Enterprise Intelligence segment, revenue increased approximately $52.5 million, or 12%, to $490.5 million in the year ended 
January 31, 2013 from $438.0 million in the year ended January 31, 2012.  The increase consisted of a $40.2 million increase in 
service and support revenue, and a $12.3 million increase in product revenue.  In our Communications Intelligence segment, 
revenue increased approximately $23.0 million, or 11%, from $206.6 million in the year ended January 31, 2012 to $229.6 
million in the year ended January 31, 2013.  The increase consisted of a $16.3 million increase in service and support revenue 
and a $6.7 million increase in product revenue.  In our Video Intelligence segment, revenue decreased approximately $18.5 
million, or 13%, from $138.0 million in the year ended January 31, 2012 to $119.5 million in the year ended January 31, 2013, 
primarily due to a decrease in product revenue.  For additional details on our revenue by segment, see "—Revenue by 
Operating Segment".  Revenue in the Americas, EMEA, and APAC represented approximately 55%, 24%, and 21% of our total 
revenue, respectively, in the year ended January 31, 2013, compared to approximately 53%, 27%, and 20%, respectively, in the 
year ended January 31, 2012.  Further details of changes in revenue are provided below.

Operating income was $99.6 million in the year ended January 31, 2013 compared to $86.5 million in the year ended 
January 31, 2012.  This increase in operating income was primarily due to a $43.2 million increase in gross profit from $514.3 
million to $557.5 million, partially offset by an $30.2 million increase in operating expenses, from $427.8 million to $458.0 
million.  The increase in gross profit was primarily due to increased gross profit in our Enterprise Intelligence segment.  The 
increase in operating expenses consisted of a $23.7 million increase in selling, general and administrative expense, a $4.9 
million increase in net research and development expenses, and a $1.5 million increase in amortization of other acquired 
intangible assets.  Further details of changes in operating income are provided below.

Net income attributable to Verint Systems Inc. common shares was $38.5 million, and diluted net income per common share 
was $0.96, in the year ended January 31, 2013 compared to net income attributable to Verint Systems Inc. common shares of 
$22.2 million, and diluted net income per common share of $0.56, in the year ended January 31, 2012.  The increase in net 
income attributable to Verint Systems Inc. common shares and diluted net income per common share in the year ended 
January 31, 2013 was primarily due to our increased operating income, as described above, and a decrease in total other 
expense, net, due primarily to the termination of our May 2007 credit agreement (the "2007 Credit Agreement") during the year 
ended January 31, 2012 and repayment of the term loan under that agreement, which resulted in an $8.1 million loss during the 
year ended January 31, 2012.  There were no such losses recognized during the year ended January 31, 2013.

A portion of our business is conducted in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, and therefore our revenue and operating 
expenses are affected by fluctuations in applicable foreign currency exchange rates as noted above.  When comparing average 
exchange rates for the year ended January 31, 2013 to average exchange rates for the year ended January 31, 2012, the U.S. 
dollar strengthened relative to the British pound sterling, euro, Israeli shekel, and Brazilian real, resulting in decreases in our 
revenue, cost of revenue and operating expenses on a U.S. dollar-denominated basis.  For the year ended January 31, 2013, had 
foreign exchange rates remained unchanged from rates in effect for the year ended January 31, 2012, our revenue would have 
been approximately $11.7 million higher and our cost of revenue and operating expenses would have been approximately $17.1 
million higher, which would have resulted in a $5.4 million decrease in operating income.

38

 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

We employed approximately 3,200 employees, including part-time employees and certain contractors, in each of the years 
ended January 31, 2013 and 2012.

Year Ended January 31, 2012 compared to Year Ended January 31, 2011. Our revenue increased approximately $55.8 million, 
or 8%, to $782.6 million in the year ended January 31, 2012 from $726.8 million in the year ended January 31, 2011.  In our 
Enterprise Intelligence segment, revenue increased $27.5 million, or 7%. The increase was primarily due to a $30.1 million 
increase in service revenue, partially offset by a $2.6 million decrease in product revenue. In our Communications Intelligence 
segment, revenue increased $24.4 million, or 13%. The increase was due to a $15.0 million increase in service revenue and a 
$9.4 million increase in product revenue.  In our Video Intelligence segment, revenue increased $4.0 million, or 3%, primarily 
due to an increase in product revenue.  For more details on our revenue by segment, see "—Revenue by Operating Segment".  
Revenue in the Americas, EMEA, and APAC represented approximately 53%, 27%, and 20% of our total revenue, respectively, 
in the year ended January 31, 2012 compared to approximately 53%, 26%, and 21%, respectively, in the year ended January 31, 
2011.

Operating income was $86.5 million in the year ended January 31, 2012 compared to operating income of $73.1 million in the 
year ended January 31, 2011.  The increase in operating income was primarily due to an increase in gross profit of $25.8 
million to $514.3 million, from $488.5 million, partially offset by an increase in operating expenses of $12.4 million to $427.8 
million, from $415.4 million.  The increase in gross profit was primarily due to increases in our Enterprise Intelligence and 
Communication Intelligence segments as a result of increases in our customer install base and the related support revenue 
generated from this customer base during the year ended January 31, 2012, which carry higher margins than our 
implementation services.  The increase in operating expenses was primarily due to a $14.5 million increase in research and 
development costs, net, partially offset by a $3.5 million decrease in selling, general and administrative expenses.  

Net income attributable to Verint Systems Inc. common shares was $22.2 million and diluted net income per common share 
was $0.56 in the year ended January 31, 2012 compared to net income attributable to Verint Systems Inc. common shares of 
$11.4 million and diluted net income per common share of $0.31 in the year ended January 31, 2011.  The increase in net 
income attributable to Verint Systems Inc. common shares and diluted net income per common share in the year ended 
January 31, 2012 was due to our increased operating income, as described above, partially offset by $5.7 million of higher other 
expense, net, which was primarily driven by an $8.1 million loss on extinguishment of debt recorded in connection with the 
termination of the 2007 Credit Agreement during the year ended January 31, 2012 and a $2.5 million increase in interest 
expense due to a higher interest rate on our borrowings associated with a July 2010 amendment to the 2007 Credit Agreement 
as compared to the 2011 Credit Agreement, which became effective April 2011, offset by a $4.7 million decrease in other 
expense, net, due primarily to a $5.0 million decrease in losses on derivative financial instruments.  Also contributing to the 
increase in net income attributable to Verint Systems Inc. common shares is a $4.4 million decrease in the provision for income 
taxes. For additional information on other expenses, net, and the provision for income taxes, see "— Other Income (Expense), 
Net," and "— Provision for Income Taxes" below.

When comparing average exchange rates for the year ended January 31, 2012 to average exchange rates for the year ended 
January 31, 2011, the U.S. dollar weakened relative to the British pound sterling, euro, Israeli shekel, Canadian dollar, 
Australian dollar, Singapore dollar, and Brazilian real, which are the major foreign currencies in which we transacted business, 
resulting in increases in our revenue, cost of revenue, and operating expenses on a dollar-denominated basis.  For the year 
ended January 31, 2012, had foreign exchange rates remained unchanged from rates in effect for the year ended January 31, 
2011, our revenue would have been approximately $12.9 million lower and our cost of revenue and operating expenses would 
also have been approximately $12.9 million lower, which would have resulted in a minimal impact on operating income.

Revenue by Operating Segment

The following table sets forth revenue for each of our three operating segments for the years ended January 31, 2013, 2012, and 
2011:

(in thousands)
Enterprise Intelligence
Communications Intelligence
Video Intelligence
Total revenue

$

$

Year Ended January 31,
2012
438,018
206,614
138,016
782,648

2013
490,478
229,607
119,457
839,542

$

$

$

$

% Change

2011
410,529
182,258
134,012
726,799

2013 - 2012
12%
11%
(13)%
7%

2012 - 2011
7%
13%
3%
8%

39

 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Enterprise Intelligence Segment

Year Ended January 31, 2013 compared to Year Ended January 31, 2012. Enterprise Intelligence revenue increased 
approximately $52.5 million, or 12%, from $438.0 million in the year ended January 31, 2012 to $490.5 million in the year 
ended January 31, 2013.  The increase consisted of a $40.2 million increase in service and support revenue and a $12.3 million 
increase in product revenue.  The increase in service and support revenue was primarily due to an increase in our customer 
install base and the related support revenue generated from this customer base during the year ended January 31, 2013 and an 
increase in service and support revenue from business acquisitions in our Enterprise Intelligence segment that were 
consummated during the year ended January 31, 2012.  The increase in product revenue was primarily due to an increase in 
product sales to new and existing customers during the year ended January 31, 2013.  The continued growth of service revenue 
is attributable to various factors, including an increase in services associated with customer product upgrades, a higher 
component of service offerings in our standard arrangements, and our growing install base. The aggregate value of executed 
license arrangements, which comprises the majority of our product revenue, can fluctuate from quarter to quarter.  

Year Ended January 31, 2012 compared to Year Ended January 31, 2011.  Enterprise Intelligence revenue increased 
approximately $27.5 million, or 7%, to $438.0 million in the year ended January 31, 2012 from $410.5 million in the year 
ended January 31, 2011.  The increase was primarily due to a $30.1 million increase in service revenue due primarily to an 
increase in our customer install base and the related support revenue generated from this customer base during the year ended 
January 31, 2012 and, to a lesser extent, acquisitions in our Enterprise Intelligence segment (primarily Vovici) during the year 
ended January 31, 2012. The increase in service revenue was partially offset by a $2.6 million decrease in product revenue, 
which primarily relates to a large transaction whereby product delivery occurred in the year ended January 31, 2012 but a 
significant portion of the product revenue was not able to be recognized in the year ended January 31, 2012 due to certain 
contractual terms which caused the remaining product revenue to be recognized in future periods. There were no comparable 
transactions in the prior year.

Communications Intelligence Segment

Year Ended January 31, 2013 compared to Year Ended January 31, 2012. Communications Intelligence revenue increased 
approximately $23.0 million, or 11%, from $206.6 million in the year ended January 31, 2012 to $229.6 million in the year 
ended January 31, 2013.  The increase consisted of an $16.3 million increase in service and support revenue and a $6.7 million 
increase in product revenue.  The increase in service and support revenue was primarily attributable to the progress realized 
during the current year on projects recognized using the POC method, some of which commenced in the previous fiscal year, 
and an increase in the customer install base.  The increase in product revenue was mainly due to an increase in product 
deliveries to customers, new communications intelligence product offerings, the inclusion of a full year's product revenue from 
a business acquisition in our Communications Intelligence segment that was consummated during the year ended January 31, 
2012, and to a lesser extent, on progress on projects being accounted for under the POC method, some of which commenced in 
the previous fiscal year. 

Year Ended January 31, 2012 compared to Year Ended January 31, 2011.  Communications Intelligence revenue increased 
approximately $24.4 million, or 13%, to $206.6 million in the year ended January 31, 2012 from $182.3 million in the year 
ended January 31, 2011.  This increase was primarily due to a $15.0 million increase in service revenue. Approximately $6.7 
million of the increase was attributable to an increase in our customer install base and the related support revenue generated 
from this customer install base. The remaining increase was primarily attributable to the progress realized during the current-
year period on certain large projects, some of which commenced in the previous fiscal year, which resulted in an increase in 
service revenue during the year ended January 31, 2012 compared to the year ended January 31, 2011.  Product revenue 
increased $9.4 million, or 8%, primarily due to new communications intelligence product offerings.

Video Intelligence Segment

Year Ended January 31, 2013 compared to Year Ended January 31, 2012.  Video Intelligence revenue decreased approximately 
$18.5 million, or 13%, from $138.0 million in the year ended January 31, 2012 to $119.5 million in the year ended January 31, 
2013.  The decrease was primarily attributable to a $19.6 million decrease in product revenue, resulting largely from a decrease 
in sales of certain hardware products to a single large customer during the year ended January 31, 2013 as compared to the year 
ended January 31, 2012, as well as a reduction in product deliveries associated with a few other customers from period to 
period.  These decreases were partially offset by an increase in product deliveries to other customers in the year ended 
January 31, 2013 as compared to the year ended January 31, 2012.

Year Ended January 31, 2012 compared to Year Ended January 31, 2011. Video Intelligence revenue increased approximately 
$4.0 million, or 3%, to $138.0 million in the year ended January 31, 2012 from $134.0 million in the year ended January 31, 

40

 
 
 
Table of Contents

2011.  The increase was primarily due to an $8.5 million increase in product revenue attributable to an increase in product 
deliveries to customers and recognition of revenue associated with the completion of a project for a large customer during the 
year ended January 31, 2012, partially offset by a reduction in product revenue recognized from prior years’ multiple-element 
arrangements. These arrangements are being recognized ratably and allocated between product and service revenue over 
several quarters or years primarily due to the prior business practice of providing implied PCS to Video Intelligence customers 
for which VSOE did not exist.  The increase in product revenue was partially offset by a $4.5 million decrease in service 
revenue due to a reduction in service revenue recognized from prior years’ multiple-element arrangements where the entire 
arrangement was being recognized ratably over several quarters or years primarily due to the prior business practice of 
providing implied PCS to Video Intelligence customers for which VSOE did not exist.

Volume and Price

We sell products in multiple configurations, and the price of any particular product varies depending on the configuration of the 
product sold. Due to the variety of customized configurations for each product we sell, we are unable to quantify the amount of 
any revenue increases attributable to a change in the price of any particular product and/or a change in the number of products 
sold.

Revenue by Product Revenue and Service and Support Revenue

We derive and report our revenue in two categories: (a) product revenue, including licensing of software products and sale of 
hardware products (which include software that works together with the hardware to deliver the product's essential 
functionality), and (b) service and support revenue, including revenue from installation services, post-contract customer 
support, project management, hosting services, SaaS, product warranties, and training services.  For multiple-element 
arrangements for which we are unable to establish VSOE, of one or more elements, we use various available indicators of fair 
value and apply our best judgment to reasonably classify the arrangement's revenue into product revenue and service and 
support revenue.

The following table sets forth product revenue and service and support revenue for the years ended January 31, 2013, 2012, and 
2011:

(in thousands)
Product revenue
Service and support revenue
Total revenue

Product Revenue

$

$

Year Ended January 31,
2012
390,392
392,256
782,648

2013
389,787
449,755
839,542

$

$

$

$

% Change

2011
375,164
351,635
726,799

2013 - 2012
—%
15%
7%

2012 - 2011
4%
12%
8%

Year Ended January 31, 2013 compared to Year Ended January 31, 2012.  Product revenue decreased approximately $0.6 
million from $390.4 million for the year ended January 31, 2012 to $389.8 million for the year ended January 31, 2013, 
resulting from a decrease in our Video Intelligence segment of $19.6 million, partially offset by a $12.3 million increase in our 
Enterprise Intelligence segment and a $6.7 million increase in our Communications Intelligence segment.  

Year Ended January 31, 2012 compared to Year Ended January 31, 2011.  Product revenue increased approximately $15.2 
million, or 4%, to $390.4 million in the year ended January 31, 2012 from $375.2 million in the year ended January 31, 2011 
due to increases in product revenue in our Video Intelligence and Communication Intelligence segments of $8.5 million and 
$9.4 million, respectively, offset by a decrease in product revenue in our Enterprise Intelligence segment of $2.6 million.

For additional information see "— Revenue by Operating Segment".

Service and Support Revenue

Year Ended January 31, 2013 compared to Year Ended January 31, 2012. Service and support revenue increased approximately 
$57.5 million, or 15%, from $392.3 million for the year ended January 31, 2012 to $449.8 million for the year ended 
January 31, 2013.  This increase was primarily attributable to increases of $40.2 million and $16.3 million in our Enterprise 
Intelligence and Communications Intelligence segments, respectively.

41

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Year Ended January 31, 2012 compared to Year Ended January 31, 2011.  Service and support revenue increased 
approximately $40.6 million, or 12%, to $392.3 million for the year ended January 31, 2012 from $351.6 million for the year 
ended January 31, 2011.  The increase was primarily attributable to increases of $30.1 million and $15.0 million in our 
Enterprise Intelligence and Communications Intelligence segments, respectively, partially offset by a $4.5 million decrease in 
our Video Intelligence segment.  

For additional information see "— Revenue by Operating Segment".

Cost of Revenue

The following table sets forth cost of revenue by product and service and support, as well as amortization of acquired 
technology and backlog for the years ended January 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011:

(in thousands)
Cost of product revenue
Cost of service and support revenue
Amortization of acquired technology and 
backlog
Total cost of revenue

$

$

Cost of Product Revenue

Year Ended January 31,
2012
126,050
129,911

2013
121,748
145,444

$

$

% Change

2011
111,989
117,261

2013 - 2012
(3)%
12%

2012 - 2011
13%
11%

14,812
282,004

$

12,400
268,361

$

9,094
238,344

19%
5%

36%
13%

Cost of product revenue primarily consists of hardware material costs and royalties due to third parties for software 
components that are embedded in our software solutions. When revenue is deferred, we also defer hardware material costs and 
third-party software royalties and recognize those costs over the same period that the product revenue is recognized. Cost of 
product revenue also includes amortization of capitalized software development costs, employee compensation and related 
expenses associated with our global operations, facility costs, and other allocated overhead expenses. In our Communications 
Intelligence segment, cost of product revenue also includes employee compensation and related expenses, contractor and 
consulting expenses, and travel expenses, in each case for resources dedicated to project management and associated product 
delivery.

Our product gross margins are impacted by the mix of products that we sell from period to period.  As with many other 
technology companies, our software products tend to have higher gross margins than our hardware products.

Year Ended January 31, 2013 compared to Year Ended January 31, 2012.  Cost of product revenue decreased approximately 
3% from $126.1 million in the year ended January 31, 2012 to $121.7 million in the year ended January 31, 2013.  Our overall 
product gross margins increased to 69% in the year ended January 31, 2013 from 68% in the year ended January 31, 
2012. Product gross margins in our Enterprise Intelligence segment increased from 89% in the year ended January 31, 2012 to 
91% in the year ended January 31, 2013 primarily as a result of a continued decrease in hardware sales as part of our product 
offering.  Product gross margins in our Communications Intelligence segment decreased to 57% for the year ended January 31, 
2013 from 59% in the year ended January 31, 2012 as a result of a change in product mix.  Product gross margins in our Video 
Intelligence segment increased to 57% in the year ended January 31, 2013 compared to 56% in the year ended January 31, 2012 
due to a change in product mix.

Year Ended January 31, 2012 compared to Year Ended January 31, 2011.  Cost of product revenue increased approximately 
13% to $126.1 million in the year ended January 31, 2012 from $112.0 million in the year ended January 31, 2011.  Our overall 
product gross margins decreased to 68% in the year ended January 31, 2012 from 70% in the year ended January 31, 
2011. Product gross margins in our Enterprise Intelligence segment increased to 89% in the year ended January 31, 2012 from 
87% in the year ended January 31, 2011 as a result of growth in sales of software licenses, as we continue to transition to a 
more software-based solution within the Enterprise Intelligence segment.  Product gross margins in our Communications 
Intelligence segment decreased to 59% for the year ended January 31, 2012 from 68% in the year ended January 31, 2011 as a 
result of higher profit margins on projects recognized in the year ended January 31, 2011 as compared to the year ended 
January 31, 2012 due to an increase in projects requiring customized implementation services, which carry lower gross margins 
than our standard implementation services.  Product gross margins in our Video Intelligence segment decreased to 56% in the 
year ended January 31, 2012 from 58% in the year ended January 31, 2011 primarily due to a change in product mix.

Cost of Service and Support Revenue

42

 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Cost of service and support revenue primarily consists of employee compensation and related expenses, contractor costs, and 
travel expenses relating to installation, training, consulting, and maintenance services. Cost of service and support revenue also 
includes stock-based compensation expenses, facility costs, and other overhead expenses. In accordance with GAAP
and our accounting policy, the cost of revenue associated with the services is generally expensed as incurred in the period in 
which the services are performed, with the exception of certain transactions accounted for under the POC method.

Year Ended January 31, 2013 compared to Year Ended January 31, 2012.  Cost of service and support revenue increased 
approximately 12% from $129.9 million in the year ended January 31, 2012 to $145.4 million in the year ended January 31, 
2013.  Employee compensation and related expenses increased $7.4 million, primarily driven by a $6.6 million increase in our 
Enterprise Intelligence segment, reflecting an increase in employee headcount required to deliver the increased implementation 
services.  Contractor costs increased $6.7 million, of which $3.4 million was due to increased use of contractors in our 
Enterprise Intelligence segment to deliver services during the year ended January 31, 2013 compared to the year ended 
January 31, 2012. The remaining $3.2 million increase in contractor costs was due to increased use of contractors resulting 
from product mix and geographical locations of implementation services in our Communications Intelligence segment.   Our 
overall service and support gross margins increased to 68% in the year ended January 31, 2013 compared to 67% in the year 
ended January 31, 2012.

Year Ended January 31, 2012 compared to Year Ended January 31, 2011.  Service and support cost of revenue increased 
approximately 11% to $129.9 million in the year ended January 31, 2012 from $117.3 million in the year ended January 31, 
2011.  Employee compensation and related expenses increased $14.0 million primarily in our Enterprise Intelligence and 
Communication Intelligence segments due to an increase in employee headcount required to deliver the increased 
implementation services.  Our overall service and support gross margins remained constant at 67% in each of the years ended 
January 31, 2012 and 2011.

Amortization of Acquired Technology and Backlog

Amortization of acquired technology and backlog consists of amortization of technology assets and customer backlog acquired 
in connection with business combinations.

Year Ended January 31, 2013 compared to Year Ended January 31, 2012.  Amortization of acquired technology and backlog 
increased approximately 19% from $12.4 million in the year ended January 31, 2012 to $14.8 million in the year ended 
January 31, 2013, primarily due to an increase in amortization expense of acquired technology-based intangible assets 
associated with business combinations that closed during the year ended January 31, 2012.

Year Ended January 31, 2012 compared to Year Ended January 31, 2011.  Amortization of acquired technology and backlog 
increased approximately 36% to $12.4 million in the year ended January 31, 2012 from $9.1 million in the year ended 
January 31, 2011 primarily due to an increase in amortization expense of acquired technology-based intangible assets 
associated with business combinations that closed during the year ended January 31, 2012.  

Further discussion regarding our business combinations appears in Note 5, "Business Combinations" to our consolidated 
financial statements included in Item 8 of this report.

Research and Development, Net

Research and development expenses consist primarily of personnel and subcontracting expenses, facility costs, and other 
allocated overhead, net of certain software development costs that are capitalized as well as reimbursements under government 
programs. Software development costs are capitalized upon the establishment of technological feasibility and continue to be 
capitalized through the general release of the related software product.

The following table sets forth research and development, net for the years ended January 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011:

(in thousands)
Research and development, net

$

Year Ended January 31,
2012
111,001

$

$

2013
115,906

% Change

2011

96,525

2013 - 2012
4%

2012 - 2011
15%

Year Ended January 31, 2013 compared to Year Ended January 31, 2012. Research and development, net increased 
approximately $4.9 million, or 4%, from $111.0 million in the year ended January 31, 2012 to $115.9 million in the year ended 
43

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

January 31, 2013.  The increase was primarily attributable to a $5.2 million increase in employee compensation and related 
expenses, which resulted from an increase in employee headcount in our Enterprise Intelligence and Communication 
Intelligence segments and merit increases to employee salaries, and a $0.7 million increase in contractor expense primarily due 
to increased use of contractors in our Enterprise Intelligence and Video Intelligence segments during the year ended January 31, 
2013 compared to the year ended January 31, 2012.  These increases were partially offset by a $0.6 million increase in research 
and development reimbursements from government programs that were received during the year ended January 31, 2013, and a 
$0.4 million decrease in stock-based compensation primarily due to the impact of a shift in the mix of outstanding restricted 
stock units from awards with two-year vesting periods to awards with three-year vesting periods and a decrease in outstanding 
phantom stock awards, in each case associated with our research and development employees.

Year Ended January 31, 2012 compared to Year Ended January 31, 2011.  Research and development, net increased 
approximately $14.5 million, or 15%, to $111.0 million in the year ended January 31, 2012 from $96.5 million in the year 
ended January 31, 2011.  Employee compensation and related expenses increased $16.0 million, which was attributable to an 
increase in employee headcount as well as an increase due to the impact of the weakening U.S. dollar against the Israeli shekel 
and Canadian dollar on research and development wages in our Israeli and Canadian research and development facilities.  Also 
contributing to the increase in research and development costs was a $2.0 million increase in contractor costs primarily due to 
additional headcount required for research and development efforts in the year ended January 31, 2012 compared to the year 
ended January 31, 2011.  The increases were partially offset by a decrease in stock-based compensation of $4.0 million due to a 
decrease in the number of outstanding stock-based compensation arrangements accounted for as liability awards and lower 
average amounts of outstanding restricted stock units compared to the year ended January 31, 2011, in each case associated 
with our research and development employees.

 Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

Selling, general and administrative expenses consist primarily of personnel costs and related expenses, professional fees, sales 
and marketing expenses, including travel, sales commissions and sales referral fees, facility costs, communication expenses, 
and other administrative expenses.

The following table sets forth selling, general and administrative expenses for the years ended January 31, 2013, 2012, and 
2011:

(in thousands)
Selling, general and administrative

$

Year Ended January 31,
2012
293,906

$

$

2013
317,637

% Change

2011
297,365

2013 - 2012
8%

2012 - 2011
(1)%

Year Ended January 31, 2013 compared to Year Ended January 31, 2012.  Selling, general and administrative expenses 
increased approximately $23.7 million, or 8%, from $293.9 million in the year ended January 31, 2012 to $317.6 million in the 
year ended January 31, 2013.   During the year ended January 31, 2013, we incurred approximately $16.1 million of 
professional fees in connection with the CTI Merger, with no such costs incurred during the year ended January 31, 2012. 
Employee compensation and related expenses increased $14.8 million, primarily due to an increase in employee headcount and 
merit increases. Sales commissions increased $3.5 million due to a $4.6 million increase in our Enterprise Intelligence segment 
primarily due to an increase in revenue, and a $0.5 million increase in our Communications Intelligence segment, partially 
offset by a $1.6 million decrease in our Video Intelligence segment as a result of a decrease in revenue.  Contractor costs 
increased $1.3 million primarily due to increased use of contractors resulting from prior-year acquisitions in our 
Communications Intelligence segment, and to a lesser extent, increased use of contractors in our Enterprise Intelligence 
segment.  These increases were partially offset by a $8.1 million decrease in legal and other professional fees related to 
business combinations, a net $2.9 million decrease in the change in fair value of our obligations under contingent consideration 
arrangements, and a $1.8 million decrease in stock-based compensation expense primarily due to a decrease in the number of 
outstanding stock-based compensation arrangements accounted for as liability awards and lower average amounts of 
outstanding restricted stock units compared to the year ended January 31, 2012.

Year Ended January 31, 2012 compared to Year Ended January 31, 2011.  Selling, general and administrative expenses 
decreased approximately $3.5 million, or 1%, to $293.9 million in the year ended January 31, 2012 from $297.4 million in the 
year ended January 31, 2011.  Professional fees, excluding fees associated with business combinations, decreased by $27.9 
million following the completion of our restatement of previously filed financial statements and the conclusion of our previous 
extended filing delay period in June 2010.  Stock-based compensation decreased by $12.0 million primarily due to a decrease 
in the number of outstanding stock-based compensation arrangements accounted for as liability awards and lower average 
amounts of outstanding restricted stock units compared to the year ended January 31, 2011.  These decreases were partially 
offset by increases of $19.3 million in employee compensation and related expenses, a $4.0 million increase in employee travel 
44

 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

expenses, both of which were due to an increase in headcount, a $2.8 million increase in facilities expenses, partially due to 
business combinations which closed during the year ended January 31, 2012, a $1.8 million increase in sales and marketing 
costs, and a $3.2 million increase in contractor costs primarily due to increased use of contractors resulting from acquisitions, 
as well as other internal support activities.  In addition, costs associated with business combinations increased by $4.8 million, 
primarily due to $6.8 million of higher legal and other professional fees and $1.6 million of other acquisition-related costs, both 
resulting principally from business combinations which closed during the year ended January 31, 2012, offset by a $3.6 million 
net decrease in the change in fair value of contingent consideration arrangements.  

Amortization of Other Acquired Intangible Assets

Amortization of other acquired intangible assets consists of amortization of certain intangible assets acquired in connection 
with business combinations, including customer relationships, distribution networks, trade names and non-compete agreements.
The following table sets forth amortization of other acquired intangible assets for the years ended January 31, 2013, 2012, and 
2011:

(in thousands) 
Amortization of other acquired intangible
assets

Year Ended January 31,
2012

2011

2013

% Change

2013 - 2012

2012 - 2011

$

24,442

$

22,902

$

21,460

7%

7%

Year Ended January 31, 2013 compared to Year Ended January 31, 2012.  Amortization of other acquired intangible assets 
increased approximately 7% from $22.9 million in the year ended January 31, 2012 to $24.4 million in the year ended 
January 31, 2013 primarily due to an increase in amortization associated with business combinations that closed during the year 
ended January 31, 2012.

Year Ended January 31, 2012 compared to Year Ended January 31, 2011.  Amortization of other acquired intangible assets 
increased approximately 7% to $22.9 million in the year ended January 31, 2012 from $21.5 million in the year ended 
January 31, 2011 primarily due to an increase in amortization associated with business combinations that closed during the year 
ended January 31, 2012.  

Further discussion surrounding our business combinations appears in Note 5, "Business Combinations" to our consolidated 
financial statements included in Item 8 of this report.

Other Income (Expense), Net

The following table sets forth total other expense, net for the years ended January 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011:

(in thousands)
Interest income
Interest expense
Loss on extinguishment of debt
Other income (expense):

Foreign currency gains (losses)
Gains (losses) on derivatives
Other, net

Total other income (expense)
Total other expense, net

* Percentage is not meaningful.

Year Ended January 31,
2012

2011

2013

$

531
(31,034)
—

$

661
(32,358)
(8,136)

960
(399)
(1,847)
(1,286)
(31,789) $

1,382
(896)
(974)
(488)
(40,321) $

454
(29,896)
—

857
(5,864)
(131)
(5,138)
(34,580)

$

$

% Change

2013 - 2012
(20)%
(4)%
*

2012 - 2011
46%
8%
*

(31)%
(55)%
90%
164%
(21)%

61%
(85)%
644%
(91)%
17%

Year Ended January 31, 2013 compared to Year Ended January 31, 2012. Total other expense, net, decreased by $8.5 million 
from $40.3 million in the year ended January 31, 2012 to $31.8 million in the year ended January 31, 2013.  Interest expense 
decreased to $31.0 million in the year ended January 31, 2013 from $32.4 million in the year ended January 31, 2012 primarily 
due to lower interest rates on borrowings associated with the 2011 Credit Agreement, which was effective in April 2011, 
compared to interest incurred under the 2007 Credit Agreement.  We recorded $1.0 million of net foreign currency gains in the 
year ended January 31, 2013 compared to a $1.4 million of net gains in the year ended January 31, 2012.  Foreign currency 
gains in the year ended January 31, 2013 resulted primarily from the weakening of the U.S. dollar against the Singapore dollar 

45

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

and the euro, which resulted in foreign currency gains on our U.S. dollar-denominated liabilities in certain entities which use 
those functional currencies, partially offset by foreign currency losses due to the strengthening of the U.S. dollar against the 
Japanese yen, which resulted in foreign currency losses on our U.S. dollar-denominated liabilities in certain entities which use 
the yen as their functional currency.

In the year ended January 31, 2013, there were net losses on derivative financial instruments (not designated as hedging 
instruments) of $0.4 million, compared to net losses of $0.9 million on such instruments for the year ended January 31, 2012.  
The higher net losses in the prior year resulted from weakening of the hedged currencies against the functional currencies, 
primarily the U.S. dollar against the Singapore dollar, during that period.   Movements of hedged currencies against functional 
currencies were generally not significant during the year ended January 31, 2013.

During the year ended January 31, 2012, we recorded an $8.1 million loss upon termination of the 2011 Credit Agreement and 
repayment of the term loan under that agreement.  There were no such losses recognized during the year ended January 31, 
2013.  Further discussion regarding our credit facilities appears in Note 7, "Long-Term Debt" to our consolidated financial 
statements included in Item 8 of this report.

Other, net expense was $1.8 million in the year ended January 31, 2013 compared to $1.0 million in the year ended January 31, 
2012.    The increase was primarily attributable to a $1.1 million write-off of an indemnification asset in connection with the 
resolution of an uncertain tax position from a prior-year business combination in our Communications Intelligence segment.  
Further discussion surrounding our business combinations appears in Note 5, "Business Combinations" to our consolidated 
financial statements included in Item 8 of this report.

Year Ended January 31, 2012 compared to Year Ended January 31, 2011. Total other expense, net, increased by $5.7 million, to 
$40.3 million in the year ended January 31, 2012 from $34.6 million in the year ended January 31, 2011.  Interest expense 
increased to $32.4 million in the year ended January 31, 2012 from $29.9 million in the year ended January 31, 2011 primarily 
due to a higher interest rate on our borrowings associated with a July 2010 amendment to our 2007 Credit Agreement as 
compared to our 2011 Credit Agreement, which was effective April 2011.  We recorded a $1.4 million gain on foreign currency 
in the year ended January 31, 2012 compared to a $0.9 million gain in the year ended January 31, 2011.  Foreign currency gains 
in the year ended January 31, 2012 resulted from the weakening of the U.S. dollar against the British pound sterling, euro, and 
Singapore dollar during such period, which resulted in gains on U.S. dollar-denominated net liabilities in certain entities which 
use those functional currencies.

In the year ended January 31, 2012, there was a net loss on derivative financial instruments (not designated as hedging 
instruments) of $0.9 million.  This loss was primarily attributable to losses on foreign currency forward contracts due to the 
weakening of the U.S. dollar against the Singapore dollar and euro during such period. In the year ended January 31, 2011, net 
loss on derivative financial instruments was $5.9 million.  This loss was primarily attributable to a loss in connection with our 
$450.0 million interest rate swap agreement entered into concurrently with the 2007 Credit Agreement.  This interest rate swap 
agreement was not designated as a hedging instrument under derivative accounting guidance, and accordingly, gains and losses 
from changes in the fair value were recorded in other income (expense), net.

During the year ended January 31, 2012, we recorded an $8.1 million loss upon termination of the 2007 Credit Agreement and 
repayment of the term loan under that agreement.  

Provision for Income Taxes

The following table sets forth our provision for income taxes for the years ended January 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011:

(in thousands)
Provision for income taxes

Year Ended January 31,
2012

2011

2013

% Change

2013 - 2012

2012 - 2011

$

8,960

$

5,532

$

9,940

62%

(44)%

Year Ended January 31, 2013 compared to Year Ended January 31, 2012.  Our effective tax rate was 13.2% for the year ended 
January 31, 2013, compared to 12.0% for the year ended January 31, 2012.  For the year ended January 31, 2013, our effective 
income tax rate was lower than the U.S. federal statutory rate of 35% primarily due to the mix and levels of income and losses 
by jurisdiction, partially offset by the write-off of certain tax attributes resulting from the merger of certain foreign subsidiaries, 
an increase in unrecognized tax benefits and an increase in valuation allowances. Pre-tax income in our profitable jurisdictions, 
where we recorded tax provisions at rates lower than the U.S. federal statutory rate, was partially offset by our domestic losses 
where we maintain valuation allowances and did not record the related tax benefits. The result was an income tax provision of 
$9.0 million on $67.8 million of pre-tax income, resulting in an effective tax rate of 13.2%.  For the year ended January 31, 

46

 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

2012, our effective income tax rate was lower than the U.S. federal rate of 35% primarily due to the level and mix of income 
and losses by jurisdiction, the recognition of unrecognized tax benefits and the partial release of a valuation allowance. The 
income generated in foreign jurisdictions, taxed at rates lower than the U.S. federal statutory rate, was higher than domestic 
losses where we maintain valuation allowances and did not record a tax benefit. The result was an income tax provision of $5.5 
million on $46.2 million of pre-tax income, which represented an effective tax rate of 12.0%. 

Year Ended January 31, 2012 compared to Year Ended January 31, 2011.  Our effective tax rate was 12.0% for the year ended 
January 31, 2012, compared to 25.8% for the year ended January 31, 2011.  For the year ended January 31, 2012, our effective 
income tax rate was lower than the U.S. federal statutory rate of 35% primarily due to the level and mix of income and losses 
by jurisdiction, the recognition of unrecognized tax benefits and the partial release of a valuation allowance.  We recorded an 
income tax provision on income from certain foreign subsidiaries taxed at rates lower than the U.S. federal statutory rate, but 
we do not recognize a U.S. federal income tax benefit on losses incurred by certain domestic operations where we maintain 
valuation allowances.  We recorded deferred tax liabilities related to a business combination with a corresponding release of 
valuation allowance in the U.S, resulting in an income tax benefit.  The result was an income tax provision of $5.5 million on 
$46.2 million of pre-tax income, which represents an effective tax rate of 12.0%. For the year ended January 31, 2011, our 
effective income tax rate was lower than the U.S. federal statutory rate of 35%.  The rate was decreased because pre-tax income 
in our profitable jurisdictions, where we recorded tax provisions, was partially offset by our domestic losses where we maintain 
valuation allowances and did not record the related tax benefits.  The result was an income tax provision of $9.9 million on 
$38.5 million of pre-tax income, which represents an effective tax rate of 25.8%.  The comparison of our effective tax rates 
between periods is impacted by the level and mix of earnings and losses by tax jurisdiction, foreign income tax rate 
differentials, amount of permanent book to tax differences, and the effects of valuation allowances on certain loss jurisdictions.

The comparison of our effective tax rates between periods is impacted by the level and mix of earnings and losses by tax 
jurisdiction, foreign income tax rate differentials, amount of permanent book to tax differences, and the effects of valuation 
allowances on certain loss jurisdictions.

Backlog

The delivery cycles of most of our products are generally very short, ranging from days to several months, with the exception 
of certain projects with multiple deliverables over longer periods of time. Therefore, we do not view backlog as a meaningful 
indicator of future business activity and do not consider it a meaningful financial metric for evaluating our business.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Overview

Our primary source of cash is the collection of proceeds from the sale of products and services to our customers, including cash 
periodically collected in advance of delivery or performance.

In April 2011, we entered into the 2011 Credit Agreement and terminated the 2007 Credit Agreement. The 2011 Credit 
Agreement included a term loan facility, with an outstanding balance of $576.0 million at January 31, 2013, and a $170.0 
million revolving line of credit, which was unused at January 31, 2013.  On March 6, 2013, the 2011 Credit Agreement was 
replaced by the 2013 Amended Credit Agreement. The 2013 Amended Credit Agreement includes a term loan facility, with an 
outstanding balance of $650.0 million at March 6, 2013, and a $200.0 million revolving credit facility, which was unused at 
March 6, 2013. Further discussion of our credit agreements appears below, under "Credit Agreements".

Our primary recurring use of cash is payment of our operating costs, which consist primarily of employee-related expenses, 
such as compensation and benefits, as well as general operating expenses for marketing, facilities and overhead costs, and 
capital expenditures.  We also utilize cash for debt service under our credit agreements and periodically for business 
acquisitions.  Cash generated from operations is our primary source of operating liquidity, and we believe that internally 
generated cash flows are sufficient to support our current business operations, including debt service and capital expenditure 
requirements.

As discussed earlier under "— Recent Developments", on February 4, 2013, we completed the CTI Merger, which eliminated 
CTI's majority ownership in and control of us.  The CTI Merger was accomplished through an exchange of new shares of our 
common stock for all of the issued and outstanding shares of CTI common stock. Other than the payment of professional fees 
and other transaction expenses, no cash was used in the CTI Merger.

47

 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Although we did not complete any business acquisitions during the year ended January 31, 2013, we have historically 
expanded our business in part by investing in strategic growth initiatives, including acquisitions of products, technologies, and 
businesses. We have used cash as consideration for substantially all of our historical business acquisitions, including $109.8 
million of net cash expended for business acquisitions during the year ended January 31, 2012.  To the extent that we continue 
this strategy, our future cash requirements and liquidity may be impacted. We may utilize external capital sources, including 
debt and equity, to supplement our internally generated sources of liquidity as necessary and if available.  We also may consider 
initiatives to modify the debt and equity components of our current capitalization, as we did in March 2013 by entering into the 
2013 Amended Credit Agreement, which amended and restated the 2011 Credit Agreement, or as we did in February 2013 by 
completing the CTI Merger.

A considerable portion of our operating income is earned outside the United States.  Cash, cash equivalents, short-term 
investments, and restricted cash and bank time deposits (including any long-term portions) held by our subsidiaries outside the 
United States were $192.9 million and $144.2 million as of January 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, and are generally used to 
fund the subsidiaries’ operating requirements and to invest in company growth initiatives, including business acquisitions.  We 
currently do not anticipate that we will need funds generated from foreign operations to fund our domestic operations for the 
next 12 months and for the foreseeable future.

Should other circumstances arise whereby we require more capital in the United States than is generated by our domestic 
operations, or should we otherwise consider it in our best interests, we could repatriate future earnings from foreign 
jurisdictions, which could result in higher effective tax rates.  We have not provided for deferred taxes on the excess of the 
amount for financial reporting over the tax basis of investments in our foreign subsidiaries because we currently plan to 
indefinitely reinvest such earnings outside the United States.

In the past, we have periodically reported a working capital deficit (current liabilities in excess of current assets), due largely to 
the impact of changes in our deferred revenue balances.  Because deferred revenue is not a cash-settled liability, working 
capital in this case may not be a meaningful indicator of our liquidity.  We believe our liquidity is better measured and assessed 
by our operating cash flow.

The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash and bank time deposits, short-term investments and 
long-term debt as of January 31, 2013 and 2012:

(in thousands) 
Cash and cash equivalents
Restricted cash and bank time deposits
Short-term investments
Long-term debt

January 31,

2013

2012

$
$
$
$

209,973
11,128
13,593
570,822

$
$
$
$

150,662
12,863
—
591,151

At January 31, 2013, our cash and cash equivalents totaled $210.0 million, an increase of $59.3 million from $150.7 million at 
January 31, 2012.   Our operating activities generated $123.4 million of cash during the year ended January 31, 2013, which 
was partially offset by $65.0 million of cash used in investing and financing activities during this period.  Further discussion of 
these items appears below.

Consolidated Cash Flow Activity

The following table summarizes selected items from our consolidated statements of cash flows for the year ended January 31, 
2013, 2012 and 2011:

(in thousands)
Net cash provided by operating activities
Net cash used in investing activities
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities

$

$

48

$

Year Ended January 31,
2012
106,498
(126,848)
2,078
(972)
(19,244) $

2013
123,385
(35,696)
(29,306)
928
59,311

$

$

2011

70,520
(77,833)
(6,937)
(179)
(14,429)

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Net cash provided by operating activities is driven primarily by our net income, adjusted for non-cash items, and working 
capital changes. Operating activities generated $123.4 million of net cash during the year ended January 31, 2013, compared to 
$106.5 million generated during the year ended January 31, 2012.  The improved operating cash flow in the current year 
resulted primarily from our higher operating income in the year ended January 31, 2013, which contributed to higher accounts 
receivable collections and customer deposits, compared to the year ended January 31, 2012.

Operating activities generated $106.5 million of net cash during the year ended January 31, 2012, compared to $70.5 million of 
cash provided by operating activities during the year ended January 31, 2011. Part of the improved operating cash flow in the 
year ended January 31, 2012 resulted from our improved operating results, including a $13.4 million increase in operating 
income compared to the prior year. Operating cash flow for the year ended January 31, 2011 included significant payments for 
professional fees and related expenses associated with our restatement of previously filed financial statements and our previous 
extended filing delay, and such payments were significantly lower during the year ended January 31, 2012.

Net Cash Used in Investing Activities

During the year ended January 31, 2013, our investing activities used $35.7 million of net cash, primarily reflecting $20.0 
million of payments for property, equipment, and capitalized software development costs.  We also purchased $13.6 million of 
short-term investments during this year.  During the years ended January 31, 2012 and 2011, our funds were held entirely in 
cash and cash equivalents and we therefore did not make any purchases of short-term investments during those years.

During the year ended January 31, 2012, our investing activities used $126.8 million of net cash, of which the most significant 
use was $109.8 million of net cash utilized for business acquisitions, including $56.0 million of net cash paid to acquire Vovici 
in August 2011, and $24.6 million of net cash paid to acquire GMT in October 2011. In addition, we made $16.5 million of 
payments for property, equipment, and capitalized software development costs during the year ended January 31, 2012.

During the year ended January 31, 2011, our investing activities used $77.8 million of net cash, including $15.2 million of net 
cash utilized to acquire Iontas Limited, and $34.8 million paid for settlements of derivative financial instruments not designated 
as hedges, $21.7 million of which was paid in August 2010 in connection with the termination of an interest rate swap 
agreement. We also increased our restricted cash and bank time deposit balances by $8.5 million during the year, primarily 
reflecting short-term deposits to secure bank guarantees in connection with sales contracts. In addition, we made $11.1 million 
of payments for property, equipment, and capitalized software development costs during the year ended January 31, 2011.

Currently, we have no significant commitments for capital expenditures.

Net Cash Provided by (Used in) Financing Activities

During the year ended January 31, 2013, our financing activities used $29.3 million of net cash, the primary use of which was 
$22.0 million of repayments of borrowings, including an optional $15.0 million term loan payment.  We also made payments of 
$6.5 million for the financing portion of payments under contingent consideration arrangements related to prior business 
combinations. These uses were partially offset by $2.6 million of proceeds from exercises of stock options.

During the year ended January 31, 2012, our financing activities provided $2.1 million of net cash, which included $12.5 
million of proceeds from exercises of stock options, partially offset by cash used in several other financing activities. During 
the year, we borrowed $597.0 million under the 2011 Credit Agreement (consisting of gross borrowings of $600.0 million, 
reduced by a $3.0 million original issuance discount), repaid $587.5 million of outstanding borrowings, including $583.2 
million of outstanding borrowings under our 2007 Credit Agreement, and paid $15.3 million of debt issuance and other debt-
related costs. The net impact of this debt refinancing activity was a use of $5.8 million of cash for the year. We also made 
payments of $2.0 million during the year for the financing portion of payments under contingent consideration arrangements 
related to prior business combinations.

During the year ended January 31, 2011, our financing activities used $6.9 million of net cash. Financing activities during the 
year included $38.2 million in repayments of financing arrangements, including a $22.1 million "excess cash flow" payment on 
our then-outstanding term loan in May 2010 and the December 2010 repayment of $15.0 million previously borrowed under 
our then-outstanding revolving credit facility. We also acquired, at market value, $4.1 million of treasury stock from directors 
and officers during the year for purposes of providing funds for the recipient’s obligation to pay associated income taxes in 
connection with the vesting of stock awards. In addition, we paid $4.0 million of fees and expenses related to our 2007 Credit 
Agreement during the year, $3.6 million of which were consideration for amendments to the agreement. Partially offsetting 
these uses of cash was $40.8 million of proceeds from exercises of stock options. Following the completion of certain delayed 

49

 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

SEC filings in June 2010, stock option holders were permitted to resume exercising vested stock options. Stock option 
exercises had been suspended during our previous extended filing delay period.

Liquidity and Capital Resources Requirements

Based on past performance and current expectations, we believe that our cash, cash equivalents, and cash generated from 
operations will be sufficient to meet anticipated operating costs, required payments of principal and interest, working capital 
needs, ordinary course capital expenditures, research and development spending, and other commitments for at least the next 
12 months. Currently, we have no plans to pay any cash dividends on our common stock, which are not permitted under our 
2013 Amended Credit Agreement.

Our liquidity could be negatively impacted by a decrease in demand for our products and service and support, including the 
impact of changes in customer buying behavior due to the economic environment.  If we determine to make acquisitions or 
otherwise require additional funds, we may need to raise additional capital, which could involve the issuance of equity or debt 
securities.

Credit Agreements

In May 2007, we entered into the 2007 Credit Agreement, comprised of a $650.0 million seven-year term loan facility and a 
$25.0 million six-year revolving line of credit. The borrowing capacity under the revolving line of credit was increased to $75.0 
million in July 2010.

In April 2011, we entered into the 2011 Credit Agreement and concurrently terminated the 2007 Credit Agreement.  The 2011 
Credit Agreement provided for $770.0 million of secured credit facilities, comprised of a $600.0 million term loan maturing in 
October 2017 and a $170.0 million revolving credit facility maturing in April 2016, subject to increase (up to a maximum 
increase of $300.0 million) and reduction from time to time according to the terms of the 2011 Credit Agreement.

The 2011 Credit Agreement included an original issuance term loan discount of 0.50%, or $3.0 million, resulting in net term 
loan proceeds of $597.0 million.

The majority of the proceeds of the term loan under the 2011 Credit Agreement were used to repay all $583.2 million of 
outstanding term loan borrowings under the 2007 Credit Agreement at the closing date of the 2011 Credit Agreement. There 
were no outstanding borrowings under the 2007 Credit Agreement's revolving credit facility at the closing date.

As of January 31, 2013, the term loan under the 2011 Credit Agreement had a gross outstanding balance of $576.0 million, and 
there were no outstanding borrowings under the revolving credit facility, all of which was available at that date.

On March 6, 2013, we entered into an amendment and restatement agreement with the lenders under the 2011 Credit 
Agreement providing for the 2013 Amended Credit Agreement.  The 2013 Amended Credit Agreement provides for $850.0 
million of senior secured credit facilities, comprised of a $650.0 million term loan maturing in September 2019 and a $200.0 
million revolving credit facility maturing in March 2018, subject to increase (up to a maximum increase of $300.0 million) and 
reduction from time to time according to the terms of the 2013 Amended Credit Agreement.

The 2013 Amended Credit Agreement included an original issuance term loan discount of 0.50%, or $3.3 million, resulting in 
net term loan proceeds of $646.7 million.

The majority of the proceeds of the term loan under the 2013 Amended Credit Agreement were used to repay all $576.0 million 
of outstanding term loan borrowings under the 2011 Credit Agreement at the closing date of the 2013 Amended Credit 
Agreement.  There were no outstanding borrowings under the 2011 Credit Agreement's revolving credit facility at the closing 
date.

The terms and conditions of the 2011 Credit Agreement have been superseded by the terms and conditions of the 2013 
Amended Credit Agreement, although some terms and conditions have remained consistent.  Further details regarding the 2011 
Credit Agreement and 2013 Amended Credit Agreement are described below:

The 2011 Credit Agreement

Loans under the 2011 Credit Agreement incurred interest, payable quarterly or, in the case of Eurodollar loans with an interest 
period of three months or shorter, at the end of any interest period, at a per annum rate of, at our election:

50

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

(a)  in the case of Eurodollar loans, the Adjusted LIBO Rate plus 3.25% (or, if our corporate credit ratings were at least 
BB- and Ba3 or better, 3.00%). The Adjusted LIBO Rate was the greater of (i) 1.25% per annum and (ii) the product of the 
LIBO Rate and Statutory Reserves (both as defined in the 2011 Credit Agreement), and

(b)  in the case of Base Rate loans, the Base Rate plus 2.25% (or, if our corporate credit ratings were at least BB- and Ba3 
or better, 2.00%).  The Base Rate was the greatest of (i) the administrative agent’s prime rate, (ii) the Federal Funds 
Effective Rate (as defined in the 2011 Credit Agreement) plus 0.50% and (iii) the Adjusted LIBO Rate for a one-month 
interest period plus 1.00%.

We were required to pay a commitment fee equal to 0.50% per annum on the unused portion of the revolving credit facility, 
payable quarterly, and customary administrative agent and letter of credit fees.

The 2011 Credit Agreement required us to make term loan principal payments of $1.5 million per quarter through August 2017, 
beginning in August 2011, with the remaining balance due in October 2017. Optional prepayments of the loans were permitted 
without premium or penalty, other than customary breakage costs associated with the prepayment of loans bearing interest 
based on LIBO Rates. The loans were also subject to mandatory prepayment requirements with respect to certain asset sales, 
excess cash flows (as defined in the 2011 Credit Agreement), and certain other events. Prepayments were applied first to the 
eight immediately following scheduled term loan principal payments, then pro rata to other remaining scheduled term loan 
principal payments, if any, and thereafter as otherwise provided in the 2011 Credit Agreement. During the year ended January 
31, 2013, we made an optional term loan repayment of $15.0 million, $1.5 million of which was applied to the principal 
payment that was otherwise due on February 1, 2013, $10.5 million which would have been applied to the seven immediately 
following principal payments, and $3.0 million of which would have been applied pro rata to the remaining principal payments. 
The requirements for mandatory excess cash flow payments, which were otherwise payable in April 2013 and April 2014 under 
the 2011 Credit Agreement, were canceled by the 2013 Amended Credit Agreement.

Obligations under the 2011 Credit Agreement were guaranteed by substantially all of our domestic subsidiaries and certain 
foreign subsidiaries that have elected to be disregarded for U.S. tax purposes and were secured by security interests in 
substantially all of our and their assets, subject to certain exceptions detailed in the 2011 Credit Agreement and related ancillary 
documents.

The 2011 Credit Agreement contained customary affirmative and negative covenants for credit facilities of this type, and also 
contained a financial covenant that required us to maintain a ratio of Consolidated Total Debt to Consolidated EBITDA (each 
as defined in the 2011 Credit Agreement) until July 31, 2013 of no greater than 5.00 to 1 and thereafter of no greater than 4.50 
to 1.  At January 31, 2013, calculated retrospectively under the terms of the 2013 Amended Credit Agreement (as required by 
our lenders), our consolidated leverage ratio was approximately 2.2 to 1 compared to a permitted consolidated leverage ratio of 
5.0 to 1, and our EBITDA for the twelve-month period then ended exceeded the minimum EBITDA required to satisfy the 
leverage ratio covenant by at least $110.0 million, given our outstanding debt as of such date.

The 2011 Credit Agreement provided for customary events of default with corresponding grace periods. Upon an event of 
default, all of our indebtedness under the 2011 Credit Agreement could have been declared immediately due and payable, and 
the lenders’ commitments to provide loans under the 2011 Credit Agreement could have been terminated.

The 2013 Amended Credit Agreement

Loans under the 2013 Amended Credit Agreement bear interest, payable quarterly or, in the case of Eurodollar loans with an 
interest period of three months or shorter, at the end of any interest period, at a per annum rate of, at our election:

(a) in the case of Eurodollar loans, the Adjusted LIBO Rate plus 3.00% (or, if our corporate credit ratings are BB- and Ba3 
or better, 2.75%). The Adjusted LIBO Rate is the greater of (i) 1.00% per annum and (ii) the product of the LIBO Rate and 
Statutory Reserves (both as defined in the 2013 Amended Credit Agreement), and

(b) in the case of Base Rate loans, the Base Rate plus 2.00% (or, if our corporate credit ratings are BB- and Ba3 or better, 
1.75%). The Base Rate is the greatest of (i) the administrative agent's prime rate, (ii) the Federal Funds Effective Rate (as 
defined in the 2013 Amended Credit Agreement) plus 0.50% and (iii) the Adjusted LIBO Rate for a one-month interest 
period plus 1.00%.

The initial interest rate on the new term loan was 4.00%. 

51

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Under the 2013 Amended Credit Agreement, we are required to pay a commitment fee equal to 0.50% per annum of the 
undrawn portion on the revolving credit facility, payable quarterly, and customary administrative agent and letter of credit fees.  
These fees are unchanged from the 2011 Credit Agreement.

The 2013 Amended Credit Agreement requires us to make term loan principal payments of $1.6 million per quarter 
commencing on May 1, 2013 and continuing through August 1, 2019, with the remaining balance due in September 2019.  
Optional prepayments of the loans are permitted without premium or penalty, other than customary breakage costs associated 
with the prepayment of loans bearing interest based on LIBO Rates and a 1.0% premium applicable in the event of a Repricing 
Transaction (as defined in the 2013 Amended Credit Agreement) prior to March 5, 2014.  The loans are also subject to 
mandatory prepayment requirements with respect to certain asset sales, excess cash flows (as defined in the 2013 Amended 
Credit Agreement), and certain other events. Prepayments are applied first to the eight immediately following scheduled term 
loan principal payments, then pro rata to other remaining scheduled term loan principal payments, if any, and thereafter as 
otherwise provided in the 2013 Amended Credit Agreement. 

Our obligations under the 2013 Amended Credit Agreement are guaranteed, in the same manner as under the 2011 Credit 
Agreement, by substantially all of our domestic subsidiaries and certain foreign subsidiaries that have elected to be disregarded 
for U.S. tax purposes, and are secured, in the same manner as under the 2011 Credit Agreement, by security interests in 
substantially all of our and their assets, subject to certain exceptions detailed in the 2013 Amended Credit Agreement and 
related ancillary documents.

The 2013 Amended Credit Agreement contains certain customary affirmative and negative covenants for credit facilities of this 
type, which covenants are substantially similar to those in the 2011 Credit Agreement.  These covenants include limitations on 
us and our subsidiaries with respect to indebtedness, liens, nature of business, investments and loans, distributions, acquisitions, 
dispositions of assets, sale-leaseback transactions and transactions with affiliates.  The revolving credit facility also contains a 
financial covenant that requires us to maintain a ratio of Consolidated Total Debt to Consolidated EBITDA (each as defined in 
the 2013 Amended Credit Agreement) of no greater than 5.00 to 1 until January 31, 2015 and no greater than 4.50 to 1 
thereafter (the "Leverage Ratio Covenant"). The limitations imposed by the covenants are subject to certain exceptions as 
detailed in the 2013 Amended Credit Agreement.

The 2013 Amended Credit Agreement provides for certain customary events of default with corresponding grace periods. These 
events of default include failure to pay principal or interest when due under the 2013 Amended Credit Agreement, failure to 
comply with covenants, any representation or warranty made by us proving to be inaccurate in any material respect, defaults 
under certain other indebtedness of us or our subsidiaries, the occurrence of a Change of Control (as defined in the 2013 
Amended Credit Agreement) with respect to us and certain insolvency or receivership events affecting us or our significant 
subsidiaries. Upon the occurrence of an event of default resulting from a violation of the Leverage Ratio Covenant, the lenders 
under our revolving credit facility may require us to immediately repay outstanding borrowings under the revolving credit 
facility and may terminate their commitments to provide loans under that facility. A violation of the Leverage Ratio Covenant 
would not, by itself, result in an event of default under the term loan but may trigger a cross-default under the term loan in the 
event we are required to repay outstanding borrowings under the revolving credit facility.  Upon the occurrence of other events 
of default, the lenders may require us to immediately repay all outstanding borrowings under the 2013 Amended Credit 
Agreement and the lenders under our revolving credit facility may terminate their commitments to provide loans under the 
facility.

Convertible Preferred Stock

Our capitalization included Series A Convertible Perpetual Preferred Stock originally issued in May 2007 which, as of 
January 31, 2013, had a carrying value of $285.5 million and a liquidation preference and redemption value of $365.9 million.  
All of the Preferred Stock was originally issued to, and as of January 31, 2013 continued to be held by, CTI.

On August 12, 2012, we entered into the CTI Merger Agreement providing for the merger of CTI with and into our new, wholly 
owned subsidiary. The CTI Merger was completed on February 4, 2013 and eliminated CTI's majority ownership and control of 
us.  Each outstanding share of our Preferred Stock, all of which was held by CTI, was canceled upon completion of the CTI 
Merger.

Further details regarding our Preferred Stock’s prior rights and preferences, including dividend and conversion rights, appear in 
Note 9, "Convertible Preferred Stock" and further details regarding the CTI Merger Agreement appear in Note 4, "Merger 
Agreement with CTI" to our consolidated financial statements included in Item 8 of this report. 

Contractual Obligations

52

 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

At January 31, 2013, our contractual obligations were as follows: 

(in thousands)
Long-term debt obligations, including interest
Operating lease obligations
Capital lease obligations
Purchase obligations
Other long-term obligations
Total contractual obligations

Total
702,263
81,986
351
48,805
2,022
835,427

$

$

$

$

Payments Due by Period
1-3 years

< 1 year

3-5 years

> 5 years

26,877
13,063
351
43,995
2,022
86,308

$

59,691
24,982
—
4,810
—
89,483

$

615,695
12,422
—
—
—
628,117

$

—
31,519
—
—
—
31,519

The long-term debt obligations reflected above include projected interest payments over the term of our outstanding debt as of 
January 31, 2013, assuming an interest rate of 4.50%, which was the interest rate in effect for our term loan borrowings as of 
January 31, 2013.

As described above under "Credit Agreements", in March 2013, we entered into the 2013 Amended Credit Agreement, which, 
among other things, modified our future debt principal and interest obligations. The 2013 Amended Credit Agreement has 
increased our long-term debt obligations, including projected future interest, from approximately $702.3 million at January 31, 
2013 to approximately $817.1 million at March 6, 2013. This increase results primarily from the impact of the larger term loan 
under the 2013 Amended Credit Agreement compared to the term loan under the 2011 Credit Agreement, partially offset by the 
impact of a lower projected interest rate under the 2013 Amended Credit Agreement. Details regarding scheduled principal 
payments for the term loan under the 2013 Amended Credit Agreement, along with further information regarding our long-term 
debt obligations, are provided in Note 7, "Long-Term Debt" to our consolidated financial statements included in Item 8 of this 
report.

Operating lease obligations reflected above exclude future sublease income from certain space we have subleased to third 
parties. As of January 31, 2013, total expected future sublease income is $3.2 million and ranges from $0.3 million to $0.8 
million on an annual basis through March 2018.

Our purchase obligations are associated with agreements for purchases of goods or services generally including agreements that 
are enforceable and legally binding and that specify all significant terms, including fixed or minimum quantities to be 
purchased; fixed, minimum, or variable price provisions; and the approximate timing of the transactions. Agreements to 
purchase goods or services that have cancellation provisions with no penalties are excluded from these purchase obligations.

Our consolidated balance sheet at January 31, 2013 included $37.9 million of non-current tax reserves, net of related benefits 
(including interest and penalties of $8.3 million, net of federal benefit) for uncertain tax positions. However, these amounts are 
not included in the table above because it is not possible to predict or estimate the timing of payments for these obligations. We 
do not expect to make any significant payments for these uncertain tax positions within the next 12 months.

Contingent Payments Associated with Business Combinations

In connection with certain of our business combinations, we have agreed to make contingent cash payments to the former 
shareholders of the acquired companies based upon achievement of performance targets following the acquisition dates.  
Although we did not complete any business combinations during the year ended January 31, 2013, we completed seven 
business combinations during the year ended January 31, 2012, all of which included contingent cash consideration 
arrangements.  Please refer to Note 5, "Business Combinations" to our consolidated financial statements included in Item 8 of 
this report for information regarding our business combinations.

For the year ended January 31, 2013, we made $7.4 million of payments under contingent consideration arrangements.  As of 
January 31, 2013, potential future cash payments under contingent consideration arrangements total $68.3 million, the 
estimated fair value of which was $25.0 million of which $13.9 million is included within accrued expenses and other current 
liabilities, and $11.1 million is included within other liabilities. The performance periods associated with these potential 
payments extend through January 2015.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

53

 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

As of January 31, 2013, we did not have any off-balance sheet arrangements that we believe have or are reasonably likely to 
have a current or future effect on our financial condition, changes in financial condition, revenue or expenses, results of 
operations, liquidity, capital expenditures or capital resources that are material to investors.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

New Accounting Pronouncements Implemented

In June 2011, the FASB issued amended standards regarding the presentation of comprehensive income. These amendments 
eliminate the option to present components of other comprehensive income as part of the statement of stockholders’ equity and 
require the presentation of comprehensive income, the components of net income, and the components of other comprehensive 
income in either a single continuous statement of comprehensive income or in two separate but consecutive statements. In 
December 2011, the FASB updated this guidance to indefinitely defer the requirement to present items that are reclassified 
from accumulated other comprehensive income ("AOCI") to net income separately with their respective components of net 
income and other comprehensive income. This guidance does not change the items that must be reported within other 
comprehensive income or the criteria for determining when an item of other comprehensive income must be reclassified to net 
income. This guidance was effective for us on February 1, 2012 and has been applied retrospectively, as required by the 
standards. Other than the change in presentation, adoption of this guidance did not impact our consolidated financial 
statements. 

In May 2011, the FASB issued updated accounting guidance to amend existing requirements for fair value measurements and 
disclosures. The guidance expands the disclosure requirements around fair value measurements categorized in Level 3 of the 
fair value hierarchy and requires disclosure of the level in the fair value hierarchy of items that are not measured at fair value 
but whose fair value must be disclosed. It also clarifies and expands upon existing requirements for fair value measurements of 
financial assets and liabilities as well as instruments classified in stockholders’ equity. This guidance was effective for us on 
February 1, 2012, and its adoption did not materially impact our consolidated financial statements. 

New Accounting Pronouncements To Be Implemented

In July 2012, the FASB issued amended standards to simplify how entities test indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment 
which are intended to improve consistency in impairment testing requirements among long-lived asset categories. These 
amended standards permit an assessment of qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value 
of an indefinite-lived intangible asset is less than its carrying value. For assets in which this assessment concludes that it is 
more likely than not that the fair value is more than its carrying value, these amended standards eliminate the requirement to 
perform quantitative impairment testing. The amended guidance is effective for annual and interim impairment tests performed 
for fiscal years beginning after September 15, 2012, with early adoption permitted. We do not expect these new standards to 
materially impact our consolidated financial statements.

In February 2013, the FASB issued amended standards regarding disclosure requirements for items reclassified out of AOCI. 
These amended standards require the disclosure of information about the amounts reclassified out of AOCI by component, and 
in addition, require disclosure, either on the face of the financial statements or in the notes, of significant amounts reclassified 
out of AOCI by the respective line items of net income, but only if the amount reclassified is required to be reclassified in its 
entirety in the same reporting period. For amounts that are not required to be reclassified in their entirety to net income, an 
entity is required to cross-reference to other disclosures that provide additional details about those amounts. These amended 
standards do not change the current requirements for reporting net income or other comprehensive income in the consolidated 
financial statements, and is effective for us on February 1, 2013. We do not expect these new standards to materially impact our 
consolidated financial statements.

Item 7A.  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

Market risk represents the risk of loss that may impact our financial condition due to adverse changes in financial market prices 
and rates. We are exposed to market risk related to changes in interest rates and foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations. To 
manage the volatility relating to interest rate and foreign currency risks, we periodically enter into derivative instruments 
including foreign currency forward exchange contracts and interest rate swap agreements. It is our policy to enter into 
derivative transactions only to the extent considered necessary to meet our risk management objectives. We use derivative 
instruments solely to reduce the financial impact of these risks and do not use derivative instruments for speculative purposes.

Interest Rate Risk on Our Debt

54

 
 
 
Table of Contents

On March 6, 2013, we entered into an amendment and restatement agreement with the lenders under the 2011 Credit 
Agreement providing for the 2013 Amended Credit Agreement.  The 2013 Amended Credit Agreement provides for $850.0 
million of senior secured credit facilities, comprised of a $650.0 million term loan maturing in September 2019 and a $200.0 
million revolving credit facility maturing in March 2018, subject to increase (up to a maximum increase of $300.0 million) and 
reduction from time to time according to the terms of the 2013 Amended Credit Agreement.

The majority of the proceeds of the term loan under the 2013 Amended Credit Agreement were used to repay all $576.0 million 
of outstanding term loan borrowings under the 2011 Credit Agreement at the closing date of the 2013 Amended Credit 
Agreement.  There were no outstanding borrowings under the 2011 Credit Agreement's revolving credit facility at the closing 
date.

Loans under the 2013 Amended Credit Agreement bear interest, payable quarterly or, in the case of Eurodollar loans with an 
interest period of three months or shorter, at the end of any interest period, at a per annum rate of, at our election:

(a) in the case of Eurodollar loans, the Adjusted LIBO Rate plus 3.00% (or, if our corporate credit ratings are BB- and Ba3 
or better, 2.75%).  The Adjusted LIBO Rate is the greater of (i) 1.00% per annum and (ii) the product of the LIBO Rate and 
Statutory Reserves (both as defined in the 2013 Amended Credit Agreement), and

(b) in the case of Base Rate loans, the Base Rate plus 2.00% (or, if our corporate credit ratings are BB- and Ba3 or better, 
1.75%). The Base Rate is the greatest of (i) the administrative agent's prime rate, (ii) the Federal Funds Effective Rate (as 
defined in the 2013 Amended Credit Agreement) plus 0.50% and (iii) the Adjusted LIBO Rate for a one-month interest 
period plus 1.00%.

Because the interest rates applicable to borrowings under the 2013 Amended Credit Agreement are variable, we are exposed to 
market risk from changes in the underlying index rates, which affect our cost of borrowing. The periodic interest rate on the 
term loan under the 2013 Amended Credit Agreement is currently a function of several factors, most importantly the LIBO 
Rate and the applicable interest rate margin. However, borrowings are subject to a 1.00% LIBO Rate floor in the interest rate 
calculation, which currently reduces the likelihood of increases in the periodic interest rate, because current short-term LIBO 
Rates are well below 1.00%. Although the periodic interest rate may still fluctuate based upon our corporate credit ratings, 
which determine the interest rate margin, changes in short-term LIBO Rates will not impact the calculation unless those rates 
increase above 1.00%. Based upon our borrowings as of the March 6, 2013 closing date of the 2013 Amended Credit 
Agreement, for each 1.00% increase in the applicable LIBO Rate above 1.00%, our annual interest payments would increase by 
approximately $6.5 million.

We had utilized a pay-fixed/receive-variable interest rate swap agreement to partially mitigate the variable interest rate risk 
associated with the 2007 Credit Agreement. We terminated that agreement in July 2010. We may consider utilizing interest rate 
swap agreements, or other agreements intended to mitigate variable interest rate risk, in the future.

Interest Rate Risk on Our Investments

We invest in cash, cash equivalents, bank time deposits and marketable debt securities.  Interest rate changes could result in an 
increase or decrease in interest income we generate from these interest-bearing assets. Our cash, cash equivalents, bank time 
deposits and marketable debt securities are primarily maintained at high credit-quality financial institutions around the world. 
We have not invested in marketable debt securities with remaining maturities in excess of three months or in equity securities 
during the three-year period ended January 31, 2013, but may do so in the future as permitted under our investment guidelines.

The primary objective of our investment activities is the preservation of principal while maximizing investment income and 
minimizing risk. We have investment guidelines relative to diversification and maturities designed to maintain safety and 
liquidity.

As of January 31, 2013 and 2012, we had cash and cash equivalents totaling approximately $210.0 million and $150.7 million, 
respectively, consisting of demand deposits, bank time deposits with maturities of three months or less, money market 
accounts, and marketable debt securities with remaining maturities of three months or less. At such dates we also held $11.1 
million and $12.9 million, respectively, of cash equivalents which were restricted and were not available for general operating 
use. These balances primarily represent short-term deposits to secure bank guarantees in connection with sales contracts. The 
amounts of these deposits can vary depending upon the terms of the underlying contracts.

To provide a meaningful assessment of the interest rate risk associated with our investment portfolio, we performed a 
sensitivity analysis to determine the impact a change in interest rates would have on the value of the investment portfolio 

55

 
 
 
Table of Contents

assuming, during the year ending January 31, 2014, average short-term interest rates increase or decrease by 50 basis points 
relative to average rates realized during the year ended January 31, 2013. Such a change would cause our projected interest 
income from cash, cash equivalents, and bank time deposits to increase or decrease by approximately $1.2 million, assuming a 
similar level of investments in the year ending January 31, 2014 as in the year ended January 31, 2013.

Due to the short-term nature of our cash and cash equivalents, time deposits, money market accounts and marketable debt 
securities, their carrying values approximate their market values and are not generally subject to price risk due to fluctuations in 
interest rates. See Note 3, "Investments" to our consolidated financial statements included in Item 8 of this report for more 
information regarding our short-term investments.

Foreign Currency Exchange Risk

The functional currency for most of our foreign subsidiaries is the applicable local currency, of which the notable exceptions 
are our subsidiaries in Israel and Canada, whose functional currencies are the U.S. dollar. We are exposed to foreign exchange 
rate fluctuations as we convert the financial statements of our foreign subsidiaries into U.S. dollars for consolidated reporting 
purposes. If there are changes in foreign currency exchange rates, the conversion of the foreign subsidiaries’ financial 
statements into U.S. dollars results in a gain or loss which is recorded as a component of accumulated other comprehensive 
income (loss) within stockholders’ equity.

Our international operations subject us to risks associated with currency fluctuations. While most of our revenue and expenses 
are denominated in U.S. dollars, we do have significant portions of our operating expenses, primarily labor expenses, that are 
denominated in the local currencies where our foreign operations are located, primarily Israel, the United Kingdom, Germany, 
and Canada. We also generate some of our revenue in foreign currencies, mainly the euro and British pound sterling. As a 
result, our consolidated U.S. dollar operating results are subject to the potentially adverse impact of fluctuations in foreign 
currency exchange rates between the U.S. dollar and the other currencies in which we transact.

In addition, we have certain assets and liabilities that are denominated in currencies other than the respective entity’s functional 
currency. Changes in the functional currency value of these assets and liabilities create fluctuations that result in gains or losses. 
We recorded $1.0 million, $1.4 million, and $0.9 million of net foreign currency gains for the years ended January 31, 2013, 
2012, and 2011, respectively.

From time to time, we enter into foreign currency forward contracts in an effort to reduce the volatility of cash flows primarily 
related to forecasted payroll and payroll-related expenses denominated in Israeli shekels and Canadian dollars. These contracts 
are generally limited to durations of approximately 12 months or less. Our 50% owned joint venture in Singapore enters into 
foreign currency forward contracts in an effort to reduce the volatility of cash flows primarily related to forecasted U.S. dollar 
payments to its suppliers. These contracts are generally limited to durations of approximately 12 months or less. We have also 
periodically entered into foreign currency forward contracts to manage exposures resulting from forecasted customer 
collections denominated in currencies other than the respective entity’s functional currency and exposures from cash, cash 
equivalents and short-term investments denominated in currencies other than the applicable functional currency.

We have not entered into any foreign currency forward contracts for trading or speculative purposes.

During the years ended January 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011, we realized net losses of $0.4 million, $1.3 million, and $0.7 
million, respectively, on settlements of foreign currency forward contracts not designated as hedges for accounting purposes. 
We had $2.3 million of net unrealized gains on outstanding foreign currency forward contracts as of January 31, 2013, with 
notional amounts totaling $108.1 million. We had $0.4 million of net unrealized gains on outstanding foreign currency forward 
contracts as of January 31, 2012, with notional amounts totaling $94.1 million.

A sensitivity analysis was performed on all of our foreign exchange derivatives as of January 31, 2013. This sensitivity analysis 
was based on a modeling technique that measures the hypothetical market value resulting from a 10% shift in the value of 
exchange rates relative to the U.S. dollar, and assumes no changes in interest rates. A 10% increase in the relative value of the 
U.S. dollar would decrease the estimated fair value of our foreign exchange derivatives by approximately $4.5 million. 
Conversely, a 10% decrease in the relative value of the U.S. dollar would increase the estimated the fair value of these financial 
instruments by approximately $5.5 million.

The counterparties to these foreign currency forward contracts are multinational commercial banks. While we believe the risk 
of counterparty nonperformance is not material, disruption in the global financial markets in recent years has impacted some of 
the financial institutions with which we do business. A sustained decline in the financial stability of financial institutions as a 

56

Table of Contents

result of disruption in the financial markets could affect our ability to secure creditworthy counterparties for our foreign 
currency hedging programs.

57

Table of Contents

Item 8.   Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

VERINT SYSTEMS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of January 31, 2013 and 2012

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Years Ended January 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the Years Ended January 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit) for the Years Ended January 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended January 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Page

59

60

61

62

63

64

65

58

Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders 
of Verint Systems Inc.
Melville, New York

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Verint Systems Inc. and subsidiaries (the "Company") as of 
January 31, 2013 and 2012, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income, stockholders’ equity 
(deficit), and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended January 31, 2013. These financial statements are the 
responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on 
our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). 
Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial 
statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and 
disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates 
made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a 
reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Verint
Systems Inc. and subsidiaries as of January 31, 2013 and 2012, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each 
of the three years in the period ended January 31, 2013, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the 
United States of America.

As noted in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company changed its method of recognizing revenue for 
multiple element arrangements for the year ended January 31, 2012 in accordance with the Financial Accounting Standards 
Board’s Accounting Standards Update ("ASU") 2009-13, Multiple Deliverable Revenue Arrangements, and ASU 2009-14, 
Certain Revenue Arrangements That Include Software Elements.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), 
the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of January 31, 2013, based on the criteria established in Internal 
Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our 
report dated March 27, 2013 expressed an unqualified opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP
New York, New York
March 27, 2013

59

Table of Contents

VERINT SYSTEMS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Balance Sheets
January 31, 2013 and 2012

 (in thousands, except share and per share data)
Assets
Current Assets:
Cash and cash equivalents
Restricted cash and bank time deposits
Short-term investments
Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $1.8 million and $2.9 million,
respectively
Inventories
Deferred cost of revenue
Deferred income taxes
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
  Total current assets
Property and equipment, net
Goodwill
Intangible assets, net
Capitalized software development costs, net
Long-term deferred cost of revenue
Long-term deferred income taxes
Other assets
  Total assets

Liabilities, Preferred Stock, and Stockholders' Equity
Current Liabilities:
Accounts payable
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities
Current maturities of long-term debt
Deferred revenue
Deferred income taxes
Liabilities to affiliates

  Total current liabilities

Long-term debt
Long-term deferred revenue
Long-term deferred income taxes
Other liabilities

  Total liabilities

Preferred Stock - $0.001 par value; authorized 2,500,000 shares.  Series A convertible preferred 
stock; 293,000 shares issued and outstanding; aggregate liquidation preference and redemption value 
of $365,914 at January 31, 2013.
Commitments and Contingencies
Stockholders' Equity:
Common stock - $0.001 par value; authorized 120,000,000 shares.  Issued 40,460,000 and 39,265,000

shares; outstanding 40,158,000 and 38,982,000 shares as of January 31, 2013 and January 31,
2012, respectively.
Additional paid-in capital
Treasury stock, at cost - 302,000 and 283,000 shares as of January 31, 2013 and January 31, 2012,

respectively.

Accumulated deficit
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
Total Verint Systems Inc. stockholders' equity
Noncontrolling interest

  Total stockholders' equity
  Total liabilities, preferred stock, and stockholders' equity

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

60

January 31,

2013

2012

$

209,973
11,128
13,593

168,415
15,014
6,253
10,447
66,830
501,653
38,161
829,909
144,261
6,343
7,742
10,342
25,858
1,564,269

47,355
176,972
5,867
163,252
764
—
394,210
570,822
13,562
10,261
60,196
1,049,051

$

$

150,662
12,863
—

154,753
14,414
11,951
13,060
42,987
400,690
28,289
828,758
184,230
5,846
13,285
9,536
28,961
1,499,595

49,441
167,891
6,228
156,772
1,056
1,760
383,148
591,151
25,987
10,284
59,188
1,069,758

285,542

285,542

40
580,762

(8,013)
(303,762)
(44,225)
224,802
4,874
229,676
1,564,269

$

40
554,351

(7,466)
(357,764)
(47,736)
141,425
2,870
144,295
1,499,595

$

$

$

$

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

VERINT SYSTEMS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Statements of Operations
Years Ended January 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

 (in thousands, except per share data)
Revenue:
Product
Service and support
  Total revenue
Cost of revenue:
Product
Service and support
Amortization of acquired technology and backlog
  Total cost of revenue
Gross profit
Operating expenses:
Research and development, net
Selling, general and administrative
Amortization of other acquired intangible assets
  Total operating expenses
Operating income
Other income (expense), net:
Interest income
Interest expense
Loss on extinguishment of debt
Other expense, net
  Total other expense, net
Income before provision for income taxes
Provision for income taxes
Net income
Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest
Net income attributable to Verint Systems Inc.
Dividends on preferred stock
Net income attributable to Verint Systems Inc. common shares

Net income per common share attributable to Verint Systems Inc.:
Basic
Diluted

Weighted-average common shares outstanding:
Basic
Diluted

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

Year Ended January 31,
2012

2011

2013

$

$

389,787
449,755
839,542

$

390,392
392,256
782,648

121,748
145,444
14,812
282,004
557,538

115,906
317,637
24,442
457,985
99,553

531
(31,034)
—
(1,286)
(31,789)
67,764
8,960
58,804
4,802
54,002
(15,472)
38,530

0.97
0.96

39,748
40,312

$

$
$

126,050
129,911
12,400
268,361
514,287

111,001
293,906
22,902
427,809
86,478

661
(32,358)
(8,136)
(488)
(40,321)
46,157
5,532
40,625
3,632
36,993
(14,790)
22,203

0.58
0.56

38,419
39,499

$

$
$

$

$
$

375,164
351,635
726,799

111,989
117,261
9,094
238,344
488,455

96,525
297,365
21,460
415,350
73,105

454
(29,896)
—
(5,138)
(34,580)
38,525
9,940
28,585
3,004
25,581
(14,178)
11,403

0.33
0.31

34,544
37,179

61

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

VERINT SYSTEMS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income
Years Ended January 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

(in thousands)
Net income
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of reclassification adjustments:
Foreign currency translation adjustments
Net unrealized gains (losses) on derivative financial instruments designated as

hedges

Benefit from (provision for) income taxes on net unrealized gains (losses) on

derivative financial instruments designated as hedges

Other comprehensive income (loss)
Comprehensive income
Comprehensive income attributable to noncontrolling interest
Comprehensive income attributable to Verint Systems Inc.

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

Year Ended January 31,
2012

2011

2013

$

58,804

$

40,625

$

28,585

2,002

1,993

(212)
3,783
62,587
5,074
57,513

$

(6,685)

1,055

(149)
(5,779)
34,846
3,520
31,326

$

1,684

(410)

59
1,333
29,918
3,272
26,646

$

62

 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

VERINT SYSTEMS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)
Years Ended January 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

Verint Systems Inc. Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)

(in thousands) 

Common Stock

Shares

Par
Value

Additional
Paid-in
Capital

Treasury
Stock

Accumulated
Deficit

Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Loss

Total Verint 
Systems Inc. 
Stockholders' 
Equity (Deficit)

Non-
controlling
Interest

Total 
Stockholders' 
Equity (Deficit)

Balances as of January 31,
2010

32,584

$

Net income

Other comprehensive loss

Stock-based compensation - 
equity portion

—

—

—

Exercises of stock options

2,164

Common stock issued for
stock awards

Purchases of treasury stock

Dividends to noncontrolling
interest

Tax effects from stock award
plans

Balances as of January 31,
2011

Net income

Other comprehensive loss

Stock-based compensation - 
equity portion

Exercises of stock options

Common stock issued for
stock awards

Purchases of treasury stock

Treasury stock retired

Stock options issued in
business combination

Dividends to noncontrolling
interest

Tax effects from stock award
plans

Balances as of January 31,
2012

Net income

Other comprehensive income

Stock-based compensation - 
equity portion

Exercises of stock options

Common stock issued for
stock awards and stock
bonuses

Purchases of treasury stock

Treasury stock retired

Dividends to noncontrolling
interest

Tax effects from stock award
plans

Balances as of January 31,
2013

2,498

(157)

—

—

37,089

—

—

—

623

1,323

(53)

—

—

—

—

38,982

—

—

—

121

1,076

(21)

—

—

—

33

—

—

—

2

3

—

—

—

38

—

—

—

1

1

—

—

—

—

—

40

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

$ 451,166

$ (2,493) $

(420,338) $

(43,134) $

(14,766) $

199

$

(14,567)

—

—

28,784

40,833

(3)

—

—

(946)

—

—

—

—

—

(4,146)

—

—

25,581

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

1,065

—

—

—

—

—

—

519,834

(6,639)

(394,757) $

(42,069)

—

—

21,781

12,843

(52)

—

(777)

60

—

662

—

—

—

—

51

(1,655)

777

—

—

—

36,993

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

(5,667)

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

554,351

(7,466)

(357,764)

(47,736)

—

—

20,174

2,222

4,073

—

(68)

—

10

—

—

—

—

—

(615)

68

—

—

54,002

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

3,511

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

25,581

1,065

28,784

40,835

—

(4,146)

3,004

268

—

—

—

—

28,585

1,333

28,784

40,835

—

(4,146)

—

(2,191)

(2,191)

(946)

—

(946)

76,407

36,993

(5,667)

21,781

12,844

—

(1,655)

—

60

—

1,280

3,632

(112)

—

—

—

—

—

—

77,687

40,625

(5,779)

21,781

12,844

—

(1,655)

—

60

(1,930)

(1,930)

662

—

662

141,425

54,002

3,511

20,174

2,222

4,073

(615)

—

—

10

2,870

4,802

272

—

—

—

—

—

144,295

58,804

3,783

20,174

2,222

4,073

(615)

—

(3,070)

(3,070)

—

10

40,158

$

40

$ 580,762

$ (8,013) $

(303,762) $

(44,225) $

224,802

$

4,874

$

229,676

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

63

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

VERINT SYSTEMS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
Years Ended January 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

(in thousands) 
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net income
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization
Provision for doubtful accounts
Stock-based compensation - equity portion
Provision for (benefit from) deferred income taxes
Excess tax benefits from stock award plans
Non-cash losses on derivative financial instruments, net
Loss on extinguishment of debt
Other non-cash items, net
Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of effects of business combinations:
Accounts receivable
Inventories
Deferred cost of revenue
Prepaid expenses and other assets
Accounts payable and accrued expenses
Deferred revenue
Other liabilities
Other, net
Net cash provided by operating activities

Cash flows from investing activities:
Cash paid for business combinations, including adjustments, net of cash acquired
Purchases of property and equipment
Purchases of investments
Sales and maturities of investments
Settlements of derivative financial instruments not designated as hedges
Cash paid for capitalized software development costs
Change in restricted cash and bank time deposits, including long-term portion
Net cash used in investing activities

Cash flows from financing activities:
Proceeds from borrowings, net of original issuance discount
Repayments of borrowings and other financing obligations
Payments of debt issuance and other debt-related costs
Proceeds from exercises of stock options
Dividends paid to noncontrolling interest
Purchases of treasury stock
Excess tax benefits from stock award plans
Payments of contingent consideration for business combinations (financing portion)
Other financing activities
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

64

Year Ended January 31,
2012

2011

2013

$

58,804

$

40,625

$

28,585

57,097
734
21,004
328
(139)
399
—
(5,297)

(13,809)
(1,957)
11,421
(17,577)
(598)
(6,104)
19,078
1
123,385

(660)
(16,045)
(13,593)
—
(270)
(3,916)
(1,212)
(35,696)

384
(22,035)
(217)
2,605
(3,070)
(615)
139
(6,497)
—
(29,306)
928
59,311
150,662
209,973

$

53,040
1,055
21,781
(11,101)
(847)
896
8,136
(802)

(2,942)
1,080
3,199
6,339
(7,192)
(3,424)
(3,326)
(19)
106,498

(109,780)
(13,080)
—
245
(1,313)
(3,399)
479
(126,848)

597,136
(587,549)
(15,276)
12,474
(1,930)
(1,655)
847
(2,004)
35
2,078
(972)
(19,244)
169,906
150,662

$

48,951
1,863
28,784
(1,092)
(815)
5,863
—
1,139

(24,574)
(3,471)
16,616
9,924
15,839
(51,226)
(5,933)
67
70,520

(23,485)
(8,536)
—
—
(34,783)
(2,527)
(8,502)
(77,833)

—
(38,163)
(4,039)
40,787
(2,191)
(4,146)
815
—
—
(6,937)
(179)
(14,429)
184,335
169,906

$

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

VERINT SYSTEMS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

1.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES 

Description of Business

Unless the context otherwise requires, the terms "Verint", "we", "us", and "our" in these notes to consolidated financial 
statements refer to Verint Systems Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries.

Verint is a global leader in Actionable Intelligence solutions and value-added services. Our solutions enable organizations of all 
sizes to make more timely and effective decisions to improve enterprise performance and make the world a safer place.  Our 
solutions are used to capture, distill, and analyze complex and underused information sources, such as voice, video, and 
unstructured text.  In the enterprise intelligence market, our workforce optimization and voice of the customer solutions help 
organizations enhance the customer service experience, increase customer loyalty, enhance products and services, reduce 
operating costs, and drive revenue.  In the security intelligence market, our communications and cyber intelligence, video and 
situation intelligence, and public safety solutions help government and commercial organizations in their efforts to protect 
people and property and neutralize terrorism and crime.

Significant Ownership

For all periods presented in these consolidated financial statements, Comverse Technology, Inc. ("CTI"), beneficially owned a 
majority of our common stock (assuming the conversion of CTI’s preferred stock holdings into common stock) and held a 
majority of the voting power of our common stock.  On February 4, 2013, subsequent to the January 31, 2013 consolidated 
financial statements contained herein, CTI was merged with and into our new, wholly owned subsidiary, eliminating CTI's 
majority ownership and control of us.  Further details are provided in Note 4, "Merger Agreement with CTI". 

During the three years ended January 31, 2013, CTI did not provide us with material levels of corporate or administrative 
services.

Principles of Consolidation 

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Verint Systems Inc., our wholly owned 
subsidiaries, and a joint venture in which we hold a 50% equity interest.  This joint venture functions as a systems integrator for 
Asian markets and is a variable interest entity in which we are the primary beneficiary.  Investments in companies in which we 
have less than a 20% ownership interest and do not exercise significant influence are accounted for at cost.  We include the 
results of operations of acquired companies from the date of acquisition.  All significant intercompany transactions and 
balances are eliminated.

Use of Estimates 

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles ("GAAP") requires 
our management to make estimates and assumptions, which may affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the 
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of 
revenue and expenses during the reporting period.  Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Measurement Period Adjustments

Please refer to Note 5, "Business Combinations", for information regarding measurement period adjustments related to certain 
business combinations that have been applied retrospectively to our January 31, 2012 consolidated balance sheet.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash primarily consists of cash on hand and bank deposits. Cash equivalents primarily consist of interest-bearing money 
market accounts and other highly liquid investments with remaining maturities of three months or less when purchased.

Restricted Cash and Bank Time Deposits

65

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Restricted cash and restricted bank time deposits are pledged as collateral or otherwise restricted as to use for vendor payables, 
general liability insurance, workers’ compensation insurance, warranty programs, and other obligations. Restricted bank time 
deposits generally consist of certificates of deposit with original maturities of between 30 and 360 days.

Investments

Our investments generally consist of time deposits with maturities in excess of 90 days, marketable debt securities of 
corporations, the U.S. government, and agencies of the U.S. government. We do not invest in auction rate securities as a matter 
of policy.

Investments in marketable securities which are classified as available-for-sale are stated at fair value based on market quotes.  
Investments in time deposits and in certain marketable debt securities which are classified as held-to-maturity are stated at 
amortized cost. Investments with stated maturities beyond one year are classified as short-term if the securities are highly 
marketable and readily convertible into cash for current operations. Unrealized gains and losses on available-for-sale securities, 
net of deferred taxes, are recorded as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) in stockholders’ equity. 
We recognize realized gains and losses upon sale of short-term investments and declines in value deemed to be other than 
temporary using the specific identification method. Interest on short-term investments is recognized within income when 
earned.

We periodically review our investments for indications of possible impairment in value. Factors considered in determining 
whether a loss is other than temporary include the length of time and extent to which fair value has been below the cost basis, 
the financial condition and near-term prospects of the investee, and our intent and ability to hold the investment for a period of 
time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in market value. Upon sale, the cumulative unrealized gain or loss 
associated with the sold security that was previously recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) is reclassified 
into the consolidated statement of operations as a realized gain (loss), which is included in other income (expense), net.

Concentrations of Credit Risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject us to concentrations of credit risk consist principally of cash and cash equivalents, 
bank time deposits, short-term investments, and trade accounts receivable. We invest our cash in bank accounts, certificates of 
deposit, and money market accounts with major financial institutions, in U.S. Treasury and agency obligations, and in debt 
securities of corporations. By policy, we seek to limit credit exposure on investments through diversification and by restricting 
our investments to highly rated securities.

We grant credit terms to our customers in the ordinary course of business. Concentrations of credit risk with respect to trade 
accounts receivable are limited due to the large number of customers comprising our customer base and their dispersion across 
different industries and geographic areas.

Accounts Receivable, Net

Trade accounts receivable are recorded at the invoiced amount and are not interest-bearing.

Accounts receivable, net, includes costs in excess of billings and estimated earnings on arrangements recognized under contract
accounting methods, representing revenue recognized on contracts for which billing will occur in subsequent periods, in 
accordance with the terms of the contracts. Costs in excess of billings and estimated earnings on such contracts were $5.1 
million and $11.2 million as of January 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

The application of our revenue recognition policies sometimes results in circumstances for which we are unable to recognize 
revenue relating to sales transactions that have been billed, but the related account receivable has not been collected. For 
consolidated balance sheet presentation purposes, we do not recognize the deferred revenue or the related account receivable 
and no amounts appear in our consolidated balance sheets for such transactions. Only to the extent that we have received cash 
for a given deferred revenue transaction is the amount included in deferred revenue on the consolidated balance sheets.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

We estimate the collectability of our accounts receivable balances each accounting period and adjust our allowance for doubtful
accounts accordingly. We exercise a considerable amount of judgment in assessing the collectability of accounts receivable, 
including consideration of the creditworthiness of each customer, their collection history, and the related aging of past due 

66

Table of Contents

receivables balances.  We evaluate specific accounts when we learn that a customer may be experiencing a deterioration of its 
financial condition due to lower credit ratings, bankruptcy, or other factors that may affect its ability to render payment.

The following table summarizes the activity in our allowance for doubtful accounts for the years ended January 31, 2013, 2012, 
and 2011:

(in thousands)
Balance at beginning of year
Provisions charged to expense
Amounts written off
Other (1)
Balance at end of year

Year Ended January 31,
2012

2011

2013

$

$

2,929
250
(1,520)
116
1,775

$

$

5,395
399
(2,912)
47
2,929

$

$

4,706
1,832
(1,126)
(17)
5,395

(1) Includes balances from acquisitions and changes in balances resulting from fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates.

Inventories

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market. Cost is determined using the weighted-average method of inventory 
accounting.  The valuation of our inventories requires us to make estimates regarding excess or obsolete inventories, including 
making estimates of the future demand for our products. Although we make every effort to ensure the accuracy of our forecasts 
of future product demand, any significant unanticipated changes in demand, price, or technological developments could have a 
significant impact on the value of our inventory and reported operating results. Charges for excess and obsolete inventories are 
included within cost of revenue.

Property and Equipment, net

Property and equipment are stated at cost, net of accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation is computed using 
the straight-line method based over the estimated useful lives of the assets. We depreciate buildings over periods ranging from 
twenty-five to thirty years. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of their estimated useful lives or the related 
lease term.  Software is depreciated over periods ranging from three to four years. Equipment, furniture and other are 
depreciated over periods ranging from three to ten years.

The cost of maintenance and repairs of property and equipment is charged to operations as incurred. When assets are retired or
disposed of, the cost and accumulated depreciation or amortization thereon are removed from the consolidated balance sheet 
and any resulting gain or loss is recognized in the consolidated statement of operations.

Goodwill, Other Acquired Intangible Assets, and Long-lived Assets

We record goodwill when the purchase price of net tangible and intangible assets we acquire exceeds their fair value. Other 
acquired intangible assets include identifiable acquired technologies, in-process research and development ("IPR&D"), trade 
names, customer relationships, distribution networks, non-competition agreements, and sales backlog. We amortize the cost of 
finite-lived identifiable intangible assets on a straight-line basis, which approximates the pattern in which the economic benefits 
of the assets are expected to be realized, over their estimated useful lives, which are periods of ten years or less.

We regularly perform reviews to determine if the carrying values of our goodwill and other intangible assets are impaired. We 
review goodwill for impairment at least annually on November 1, or more frequently if an event occurs indicating the potential 
for impairment. We review goodwill for impairment utilizing either a qualitative assessment or a two-step process. If we decide 
that it is appropriate to perform a qualitative assessment and conclude that the fair value of a reporting unit more likely than not 
exceeds its carrying value, no further evaluation is necessary. For reporting units where we perform the two-step process, the 
first step requires us to estimate the fair value of each reporting unit and compare that fair value to the respective carrying 
value, which includes goodwill. If the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds its carrying value, the goodwill is not considered 
impaired and no further evaluation is necessary. If the carrying value is higher than the estimated fair value, there is an 
indication that impairment may exist and the second step is required. In the second step, the implied fair value of goodwill is 
calculated as the excess of the fair value of a reporting unit over the fair values assigned to its assets and liabilities. If the 
implied fair value of goodwill is less than the carrying value of the reporting unit’s goodwill, the difference is recognized as an 
impairment charge.

67

Table of Contents

For reporting units where we decide to perform a qualitative assessment, our management assesses and makes judgments 
regarding a variety of factors which potentially impact the fair value of a reporting unit, including general economic conditions, 
industry and market-specific conditions, customer behavior, cost factors, our financial performance and trends, our strategies 
and business plans, capital requirements, management and personnel issues, and our stock price, among others. Management 
then considers the totality of these and other factors, placing more weight on the events and circumstances that are judged to 
most affect a reporting unit’s fair value or the carrying amount of its net assets, to reach a qualitative conclusion regarding 
whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit exceeds its carrying amount.

For reporting units where we perform the two-step process, we utilize some or all of three primary approaches to assess fair 
value: (a) an income-based approach, using projected discounted cash flows, (b) a market-based approach, using multiples of 
comparable companies, and (c) a transaction-based approach, using multiples for recent acquisitions of similar businesses made 
in the marketplace.  Our estimate of fair value of each reporting unit is based on a number of subjective factors, including: (a) 
appropriate consideration of valuation approaches (income approach, comparable public company approach, and comparable 
transaction approach), (b) estimates of future growth rates, (c) estimates of our future cost structure, (d) discount rates for our 
estimated cash flows, (e) selection of peer group companies for the public company and the market transaction approaches, (f) 
required levels of working capital, (g) assumed terminal value, and (h) time horizon of cash flow forecasts.

We did not record any impairment of goodwill for the years ended January 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011.

Acquired IPR&D projects which have not reached technological feasibility at the date of acquisition are considered indefinite-
lived intangible assets and are not subject to amortization until the completion or abandonment of the associated research and 
development efforts. Upon completion of the development process, the IPR&D assets are amortized over their estimated useful 
lives. If a project is abandoned rather than completed, the IPR&D asset is written-off. IPR&D assets are tested for impairment 
annually or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the assets might be impaired. The impairment 
test compares the fair value of the IPR&D asset with its carrying amount. If the carrying amount of the IPR&D asset exceeds 
its fair value, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to that excess.

Our IPR&D assets were acquired during the fourth quarter of the year ended January 31, 2012, and we did not record any 
impairment of these IPR&D assets for the years ended January 31, 2013 and 2012.

We review intangible assets that have finite useful lives and other long-lived assets when an event occurs indicating the 
potential for impairment. If any indicators are present, we perform a recoverability test by comparing the sum of the estimated 
undiscounted future cash flows attributable to the assets in question to their carrying amounts. If the undiscounted cash flows 
used in the test for recoverability are less than the long-lived assets carrying amount, we determine the fair value of the long-
lived asset and recognize an impairment loss if the carrying amount of the long-lived asset exceeds its fair value. The 
impairment loss recognized is the amount by which the carrying amount of the long-lived asset exceeds its fair value.

No impairments of long-lived assets were recorded during the years ended January 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011.

Fair Values of Financial Instruments

Our recorded amounts of cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash and bank time deposits, accounts receivable, investments, 
and accounts payable approximate fair value, due to the short-term nature of these instruments. We measure certain financial 
assets and liabilities at fair value based on the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability 
(an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market 
participants. Fair value disclosures regarding our money market funds, derivative financial instruments, and long-term debt are 
included in Note 13, "Fair Value Measurements".

Derivative Financial Instruments

As part of our risk management strategy, when considered appropriate, we use derivative financial instruments including 
forward contracts and interest rate swap agreements to hedge against certain foreign currency and interest rate exposures. Our 
intent is to mitigate gains and losses caused by the underlying exposures with offsetting gains and losses on the derivative 
contracts. By policy, we do not enter into speculative positions with derivative instruments. The criteria we use for designating 
a derivative as a hedge include contemporaneous and ongoing documentation of the instrument’s effectiveness in risk reduction 
and direct matching of the financial instrument to the underlying transaction. We record all derivatives as assets or liabilities on 
our consolidated balance sheets at their fair values. Gains and losses from the changes in values of these derivatives are 
accounted for based on the use of the derivative and whether it qualifies for hedge accounting.

68

Table of Contents

For the years ended January 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011, certain foreign currency forward contracts qualified for accounting as 
hedges and accordingly, the effective portions of the changes in fair value of these instruments were recorded in accumulated 
other comprehensive income (loss) in our consolidated balance sheets, net of applicable income taxes. The ineffective portion, 
if any, of these contracts is reported in other income (expense), net. For derivative financial instruments not accounted for as 
hedges, gains and losses from changes in their fair values are reported in other income (expense), net. See Note 14, "Derivative 
Financial Instruments", for further details regarding our hedging activities and related accounting policies.

Long-term Debt

We capitalize debt issuance costs, as well as costs incurred for subsequent modification of debt, incurred in connection with our 
long-term borrowings and credit facilities. We amortize these costs as an adjustment to interest expense over the remaining 
contractual life of the associated long-term borrowing or credit facility using the effective interest method for long-term 
borrowings and the straight-line method for revolving credit facilities. When unscheduled principal payments are made, we 
adjust the amortization of our deferred debt-related costs to reflect the expected remaining terms of the borrowing.

Segment Reporting

We have three operating segments, which are also our reportable segments, Enterprise Intelligence Solutions ("Enterprise
Intelligence"), Video and Situation Intelligence Solutions ("Video Intelligence"), and Communications and Cyber Intelligence
Solutions ("Communications Intelligence"). We determine our reportable segments based on a number of factors our 
management uses to evaluate and run our business operations, including similarities of customers, products and technology. 
Our Chief Executive Officer is our chief operating decision maker, who utilizes segment revenue and segment operating 
contribution as the primary basis for assessing financial results of segments and for the allocation of resources. See Note 18, 
"Segment, Geographic, and Significant Customer Information", for a full description of our segments and related accounting 
policies.

Revenue Recognition

In October 2009, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued amended revenue recognition accounting 
standards that removed tangible products containing software components and non-software components that function together 
to deliver the product's essential functionality from the scope of industry-specific software revenue recognition guidance. Also 
in October 2009, the FASB amended the requirements for establishing separate units of accounting in a multiple-deliverable 
arrangement, requiring the allocation of arrangement consideration to each deliverable to be based on the relative selling price. 
The selling price used for each deliverable will be based on vendor-specific objective evidence ("VSOE") if available, third-
party evidence ("TPE") if VSOE is not available, or estimated selling price ("ESP") if neither VSOE nor TPE is available. We 
elected to prospectively adopt the provisions of this guidance as of February 1, 2011 for new and materially modified 
transactions entered into on or after that date.

We derive and report our revenue in two categories: (a) product revenue, including sale of hardware products (which include 
software that works together with the hardware to deliver the product's essential functionality) and licensing of software 
products, and (b) service and support revenue, including revenue from installation services, post-contract customer support 
("PCS"), project management, hosting services, software-as-a-service ("SaaS"), product warranties, consulting and training 
services.

Our revenue recognition policy is a critical component of determining our operating results and is based on a complex set of
accounting rules that require us to make significant judgments and estimates. Our customer arrangements typically include 
several elements, including products, services, and support. Revenue recognition for a particular arrangement is dependent 
upon such factors as the level of customization within the solution and the contractual delivery, acceptance, payment, and 
support terms with the customer. Significant judgment is required to conclude whether collectability of fees is reasonably 
assured and whether fees are fixed and determinable.

For arrangements that do not require significant modification or customization of the underlying products, we recognize 
revenue when we have persuasive evidence of an arrangement, the product has been delivered or the services have been 
provided to the customer, the sales price is fixed or determinable and collectability is reasonably assured. In addition, our 
multiple-element arrangements must be carefully reviewed to determine the selling price of each element.

Our multiple-element arrangements consist of a combination of our product and service offerings that may be delivered at 
various points in time. For arrangements within the scope of the multiple-deliverable guidance, a deliverable constitutes a 
separate unit of accounting when it has stand-alone value and there are no customer-negotiated refunds or return rights for the 
69

Table of Contents

delivered elements. For multiple-element arrangements comprised only of hardware products and related services, we allocate 
revenue to each element in an arrangement based on a selling price hierarchy. The selling price for a deliverable is based on its 
VSOE, if available, TPE, if VSOE is not available, or ESP, if neither VSOE nor TPE is available. The total transaction revenue 
is allocated to the multiple elements based on each element's relative selling price compared to the total selling price. We limit 
the amount of revenue recognized for delivered elements to an amount that is not contingent upon future delivery of additional 
products or services or meeting of any specified performance conditions.

Our policy for establishing VSOE for installation, consulting, and training is based upon an analysis of separate sales of 
services. We utilize either the substantive renewal rate approach or the bell-shaped curve approach to establish VSOE for our 
PCS offerings, depending upon the business segment, geographical region, or product line. 

TPE of selling price is established by evaluating largely similar and interchangeable competitor products or services in stand-
alone sales to similarly situated customers. However, as most of our products contain a significant element of proprietary 
technology and its solutions offer substantially different features and functionality, the comparable pricing of products with 
similar functionality typically cannot be obtained. Additionally, as the Company is unable to reliably determine what 
competitors products' selling prices are on a stand-alone basis, the Company is not typically able to determine TPE.

If we are unable to determine the selling price because VSOE or TPE does not exist, we determine ESP for the purposes of 
allocating the arrangement by considering several external and internal factors including, but not limited to, pricing practices, 
similar product offerings, margin objectives, geographies in which we offer our products and services, internal costs, 
competition, and product life cycle. The determination of ESP is made through consultation with and approval by our 
management, taking into consideration our go-to-market strategies. We have established processes to update ESP for each 
element, when appropriate, to ensure that it reflects recent pricing experience.

For multiple-element arrangements comprised only of software products and related services, a portion of the total purchase 
price is allocated to the undelivered elements, primarily installation services, PCS, consulting and training services, using 
VSOE of fair value of the undelivered elements. The remaining portion of the total transaction value is allocated to the 
delivered software, referred to as the residual method. If we are unable to establish VSOE for the undelivered elements of the 
arrangement, revenue recognition is deferred for the entire arrangement until all elements of the arrangement are delivered. 
However, if the only undelivered element is PCS, we recognize the arrangement fee ratably over the PCS period.

For multiple-element arrangements that contain software and software related elements for which we are unable to establish 
VSOE of one or more elements, we use various available indicators of fair value and apply our best judgment to reasonably 
classify the arrangement's revenue into product revenue and service revenue for financial reporting purposes. Installation 
services associated with our Communications Intelligence arrangements are included within product revenue as such amounts 
are not considered material.

For new or materially modified multiple-element arrangements entered into on or after February 1, 2011 that are comprised of a 
combination of hardware and software elements, the total transaction value is bifurcated between the hardware elements and 
the software elements that are not essential to the functionality of the hardware, based on the relative selling prices of the 
hardware elements and the software elements as a group. Revenue is then recognized for the hardware and hardware-related 
services following the hardware revenue recognition methodology outlined above and revenue for the software and software-
related services is recognized following the residual method or ratably over the PCS period if VSOE for PCS does not exist.

PCS revenue is derived from providing technical software support services and unspecified software updates and upgrades to
customers on a when-and-if-available basis. PCS revenue is recognized ratably over the term of the maintenance period, which 
in most cases is one year.

Under the substantive renewal rate approach, we believe it is necessary to evaluate whether both the support renewal rate and 
term are substantive and whether the renewal rate is being consistently applied to subsequent renewals for a particular 
customer. We establish VSOE under this approach through analyzing the renewal rate stated in the customer agreement and 
determining whether that rate is above the minimum substantive VSOE renewal rate established for that particular PCS 
offering. The minimum substantive VSOE rate is determined based upon an analysis of renewal rates associated with historical 
PCS contracts. For multiple-element software arrangements that do not contain a stated renewal rate, revenue associated with 
the entire bundled arrangement is recognized ratably over the PCS term. Multiple-element software arrangements that have a 
renewal rate below the minimum substantive VSOE rate are deemed to contain a more than insignificant discount element, for 
which VSOE cannot be established. We recognize aggregate contractual revenue for these arrangements over the period that the 
customer is entitled to renew its PCS at the discounted rate, but not to exceed the estimated economic life of the product. We 
evaluate many factors in determining the estimated economic life of our products, including the support period of the product, 
70

Table of Contents

technological obsolescence, and customer expectations. We have concluded that our software products have estimated 
economic lives ranging from five to seven years.

Under the bell-shaped curve approach of establishing VSOE, we perform VSOE compliance tests to ensure that a substantial 
majority of our actual PCS renewals are within a narrow range of pricing.

Some of our arrangements require significant customization of the product to meet the particular requirements of the customer. 
For these arrangements, revenue is recognized under contract accounting methods, typically using the percentage-of-
completion ("POC") method. Under the POC method, revenue recognition is generally based upon the ratio of hours incurred to 
date to the total estimated hours required to complete the contract. Profit estimates on long-term contracts are revised 
periodically based on changes in circumstances, and any losses on contracts are recognized in the period that such losses 
become evident. If the range of profitability cannot be estimated, but some level of profit is assured, revenue is recognized to 
the extent of costs incurred, until such time that the project's profitability can be estimated or the services have been completed. 
In the event some level of profitability on a contract cannot be assured, the completed-contract method of revenue recognition 
is applied.

Our SaaS multiple-element arrangements are typically comprised of subscription and support fees from customers accessing 
our software, set-up fees, and fees for consultation services.  We do not provide the customer the contractual right to take 
possession of the software at any time during the hosting period under these arrangements.   We recognize revenue for 
subscription and support services over the contract period originating when the subscription service is made available to the 
customer and the contractual hosting period has commenced.  The initial set-up fees are recognized over the longer of the initial 
contract period or the period the customer is expected to benefit from payment of the up-front fees.  Revenue from consultation 
services is generally recognized as services are completed. 

If an arrangement includes customer acceptance criteria, revenue is not recognized until we can objectively demonstrate that 
the software or services meet the acceptance criteria, or the acceptance period lapses, whichever occurs earlier. If an 
arrangement containing software elements obligates us to deliver specified future software products or upgrades, revenue 
related to the software elements under the arrangement is initially deferred and is recognized only when the specified future 
software products or upgrades are delivered, or when the obligation to deliver specified future software products expires, 
whichever occurs earlier.

We record provisions for estimated product returns in the same period in which the associated revenue is recognized. We base 
these estimates of product returns upon historical levels of sales returns and other known factors. Actual product returns could 
be different from our estimates, and current or future provisions for product returns may differ from historical provisions. 
Concessions granted to customers are recorded as reductions to revenue in the period in which they were granted. The vast 
majority of our contracts are successfully completed, and concessions granted to customers are minimal in both dollar value 
and frequency.

Product revenue derived from shipments to resellers and original equipment manufacturers ("OEMs") who purchase our 
products for resale are generally recognized when such products are shipped (on a "sell-in" basis) since we do not expect our 
resellers or OEMs to carry inventory of our products. We have historically experienced insignificant product returns from 
resellers and OEMs, and our payment terms for these customers are similar to those granted to our end-users. If a reseller or 
OEM develops a pattern of payment delinquency, or seeks payment terms longer than generally accepted, we defer the 
recognition of revenue until the receipt of cash. Our arrangements with resellers and OEMs are periodically reviewed as our 
business and products change.

In instances where revenue is derived from sale of third-party vendor services and we are a principal in the transaction, we 
generally record revenue on a gross basis and record costs related to a sale within cost of revenue. In those cases where we are 
acting as an agent between the customer and the vendor, revenue is recorded net of costs.

Multiple contracts with a single counterparty executed within close proximity of each other are evaluated to determine if the 
contracts should be combined and accounted for as a single arrangement. We record reimbursements from customers for out-of-
pocket expenses as revenue. Shipping and handling fees and expenses that are billed to customers are recognized in revenue 
and the costs associated with such fees and expenses are recorded in cost of revenue. Historically, these fees and expenses have 
not been material. Taxes collected from customers and remitted to government authorities are excluded from revenue.

Cost of Revenue

71

 
Table of Contents

Our cost of revenue includes costs of materials, compensation and benefit costs for operations and service personnel, 
subcontractor costs, royalties and license fees, depreciation of equipment used in operations and service, amortization of 
capitalized software development costs and certain purchased intangible assets, and related overhead costs.

Where revenue is recognized over multiple periods in accordance with our revenue recognition policies, we have made an 
accounting policy election whereby cost of product revenue, including hardware and third-party software license fees, are 
capitalized and recognized in the same period that product revenue is recognized, while installation and other service costs are 
generally expensed as incurred, except for certain contracts that are accounted for using contract accounting principles. 
Deferred cost of revenue is classified in its entirety as current or long-term assets based on whether the related revenue will be 
recognized within twelve months of the origination date of the arrangement.

For certain contracts accounted for using contract accounting principles, revisions in estimates of costs and profits are reflected 
in the accounting period in which the facts that require the revision become known, if such facts become known subsequent to 
the issuance of the consolidated financial statements. If such facts become known before the issuance of the consolidated 
financial statements, the requisite revisions in estimates of costs and profits are reflected in the consolidated financial 
statements. At the time a loss on a contract becomes evident, the entire amount of the estimated loss is accrued. Related 
contract costs include all direct material and labor costs and those indirect costs related to contract performance.

Customer acquisition and origination costs, including sales commissions, are recorded in selling, general and administrative 
expenses.  These costs are expensed as incurred, with the exception of certain sales referral fees in our Communication 
Intelligence segment which are capitalized and amortized ratably over the revenue recognition period.

Research and Development, net

With the exception of certain software development costs, all research and development costs are expensed as incurred, and 
consist primarily of personnel and consulting costs, travel, depreciation of research and development equipment, and related 
overhead and other costs associated with research and development activities.

We receive non-refundable grants from the Israel Office of the Chief Scientist ("OCS") that fund a portion of our research and 
development expenditures. We currently only enter into non-royalty-bearing arrangements with the OCS which do not require 
us to pay royalties. Funds received from the OCS are recorded as a reduction to research and development expense. Royalties, 
to the extent paid, are recorded as part of our cost of revenue.

Software Development Costs

Costs incurred to acquire or develop software to be sold, leased or otherwise marketed are capitalized after technological 
feasibility is established, and continue to be capitalized through the general release of the related software product. 
Amortization of capitalized costs begins in the period in which the related product is available for general release to customers 
and is recorded on a straight-line basis, which approximates the pattern in which the economic benefits of the capitalized costs 
are expected to be realized, over the estimated economic lives of the related software products, generally four years.

Internal-Use Software

We capitalize costs associated with internal-use software systems that have reached the application development stage. These
capitalized costs include external direct costs utilized in developing or obtaining the applications and expenses for employees 
who are directly associated with the development of the applications. Capitalization of such costs begins when the preliminary 
project stage is complete and continues until the project is substantially complete and is ready for its intended purpose. 
Capitalized costs of computer software developed for internal use are amortized over estimates useful lives of four years on a 
straight-line basis, which best represents the pattern of the software’s use.

Income Taxes

We account for income taxes under the asset and liability method which includes the recognition of deferred tax assets and 
liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been included in our consolidated financial statements. 
Under this approach, deferred taxes are recorded for the future tax consequences expected to occur when the reported amounts 
of assets and liabilities are recovered or paid. The provision for income taxes represents income taxes paid or payable for the 
current year plus deferred taxes. Deferred taxes result from differences between the financial statement and tax bases of our 
assets and liabilities, and are adjusted for changes in tax rates and tax laws when changes are enacted. The effects of future 
changes in income tax laws or rates are not anticipated.

72

Table of Contents

We are subject to income taxes in the United States and numerous foreign jurisdictions. The calculation of our tax provision 
involves the application of complex tax laws and requires significant judgment and estimates.

We evaluate the realizability of our deferred tax assets for each jurisdiction in which we operate at each reporting date, and 
establish valuation allowances when it is more likely than not that all or a portion of our deferred tax assets will not be realized. 
The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income of the same character 
and in the same jurisdiction. We consider all available positive and negative evidence in making this assessment, including, but 
not limited to, the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income, and tax planning strategies. In 
circumstances where there is sufficient negative evidence indicating that our deferred tax assets are not more-likely-than-not 
realizable, we establish a valuation allowance.

We use a two-step approach to recognizing and measuring uncertain tax positions. The first step is to evaluate tax positions 
taken or expected to be taken in a tax return by assessing whether they are more-likely-than-not sustainable, based solely on 
their technical merits, upon examination and including resolution of any related appeals or litigation process. The second step is 
to measure the associated tax benefit of each position as the largest amount that we believe is more-likely-than-not realizable. 
Differences between the amount of tax benefits taken or expected to be taken in our income tax returns and the amount of tax 
benefits recognized in our financial statements represent our unrecognized income tax benefits, which we either record as a 
liability or as a reduction of deferred tax assets. Our policy is to include interest (expense and/or income) and penalties related 
to unrecognized income tax benefits as a component of income tax expense.

Functional Currency and Foreign Currency Transaction Gains and Losses

The functional currency for most of our foreign subsidiaries is the respective local currency, of which the notable exceptions 
are our subsidiaries in Israel and Canada, whose functional currencies are the U.S. dollar. Most of our revenue and materials 
purchased from suppliers are denominated in or linked to the U.S. dollar. Transactions denominated in currencies other than a 
functional currency (primarily compensation and benefits costs of foreign operations) are converted to the functional currency 
on the transaction date, and any resulting assets or liabilities are further translated at each reporting date and at settlement. 
Gains and losses recognized upon such translations are included within other income (expense), net in the consolidated 
statements of operations. We recorded $1.0 million, $1.4 million and $0.9 million of net foreign currency gains for the years 
ended January 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. 

In those instances where a foreign subsidiary has a functional currency other than the U.S. dollar, revenue and expenses are 
translated into U.S. dollars using average exchange rates for the reporting period, while assets and liabilities are translated into 
U.S. dollars using period-end rates. The effects of foreign currency translation adjustments are included in stockholders’ equity 
as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

Stock-Based Compensation

We recognize the cost of employee services received in exchange for awards of equity instruments based on the grant-date fair 
value of the award. We use the Black-Scholes option-pricing model to estimate the fair value of certain of our stock-based 
awards. We recognize the fair value of the award over the period during which an employee is required to provide service in 
exchange for the award.

Net Income Per Common Share Attributable to Verint Systems Inc.

Shares used in the calculation of basic net income per common share are based on the weighted-average number of common 
shares outstanding during the accounting period.  Shares used in the calculation of basic net income per common share include 
vested but unissued shares underlying awards of restricted stock units when all necessary conditions for earning those shares 
have been satisfied at the award's vesting date, but exclude unvested shares of restricted stock because they are contingent upon 
future service conditions.  Shares used in the calculation of diluted net income per common share are based on the weighted-
average number of common shares outstanding, adjusted for the assumed exercise of all potentially dilutive stock options and 
other stock-based awards outstanding using the treasury stock method. Shares used in the calculation of diluted net income per 
common share also include the assumed conversion of our Series A Convertible Perpetual Preferred Stock ("Preferred Stock"), 
if dilutive. In periods for which we report a net loss, basic net loss per common share and diluted net loss per common share are 
identical since the effect of potential common shares is anti-dilutive and therefore excluded.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

73

 
 
Table of Contents

New Accounting Pronouncements Implemented

In June 2011, the FASB issued amended standards regarding the presentation of comprehensive income. These amendments 
eliminate the option to present components of other comprehensive income as part of the statement of stockholders’ equity and 
require the presentation of comprehensive income, the components of net income, and the components of other comprehensive 
income in either a single continuous statement of comprehensive income or in two separate but consecutive statements. In 
December 2011, the FASB updated this guidance to indefinitely defer the requirement to present items that are reclassified 
from accumulated other comprehensive income ("AOCI") to net income separately with their respective components of net 
income and other comprehensive income. This guidance does not change the items that must be reported within other 
comprehensive income or the criteria for determining when an item of other comprehensive income must be reclassified to net 
income. This guidance was effective for us on February 1, 2012 and has been applied retrospectively, as required by the 
standards. Other than the change in presentation, adoption of this guidance did not impact our consolidated financial 
statements. 

In May 2011, the FASB issued updated accounting guidance to amend existing requirements for fair value measurements and 
disclosures. The guidance expands the disclosure requirements around fair value measurements categorized in Level 3 of the 
fair value hierarchy and requires disclosure of the level in the fair value hierarchy of items that are not measured at fair value 
but whose fair value must be disclosed. It also clarifies and expands upon existing requirements for fair value measurements of 
financial assets and liabilities as well as instruments classified in stockholders’ equity. This guidance was effective for us on 
February 1, 2012, and its adoption did not materially impact our consolidated financial statements. 

New Accounting Pronouncements To Be Implemented

In July 2012, the FASB issued amended standards to simplify how entities test indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment 
which are intended to improve consistency in impairment testing requirements among long-lived asset categories. These 
amended standards permit an assessment of qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value 
of an indefinite-lived intangible asset is less than its carrying value. For assets in which this assessment concludes that it is 
more likely than not that the fair value is more than its carrying value, these amended standards eliminate the requirement to 
perform quantitative impairment testing. The amended guidance is effective for annual and interim impairment tests performed 
for fiscal years beginning after September 15, 2012, with early adoption permitted. We do not expect these new standards to 
materially impact our consolidated financial statements.

In February 2013, the FASB issued amended standards regarding disclosure requirements for items reclassified out of AOCI. 
These amended standards require the disclosure of information about the amounts reclassified out of AOCI by component, and 
in addition, require disclosure, either on the face of the financial statements or in the notes, of significant amounts reclassified 
out of AOCI by the respective line items of net income, but only if the amount reclassified is required to be reclassified in its 
entirety in the same reporting period. For amounts that are not required to be reclassified in their entirety to net income, an 
entity is required to cross-reference to other disclosures that provide additional details about those amounts. These amended 
standards do not change the current requirements for reporting net income or other comprehensive income in the consolidated 
financial statements, and is effective for us on February 1, 2013. We do not expect these new standards to materially impact our 
consolidated financial statements.

2.  NET INCOME PER COMMON SHARE ATTRIBUTABLE TO VERINT SYSTEMS INC.  

The following table summarizes the calculation of basic and diluted net income per common share attributable to Verint 
Systems Inc. for the years ended January 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011:

74

 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

(in thousands, except per share amounts) 
Net income
Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest
Net income attributable to Verint Systems Inc.
Dividends on Preferred Stock
Net income attributable to Verint Systems Inc. for basic net income per

common share

Dilutive effect of dividends on Preferred Stock
Net income attributable to Verint Systems Inc. for diluted net income per

common share

Weighted-average shares outstanding:

Basic
Dilutive effect of employee equity award plans
Dilutive effect of assumed conversion of Preferred Stock
Diluted

Net income per common share attributable to Verint Systems Inc.:

Basic
Diluted

Year Ended January 31,
2012

2011

2013

$

$

58,804
4,802
54,002
(15,472)

$

40,625
3,632
36,993
(14,790)

38,530
—

22,203
—

28,585
3,004
25,581
(14,178)

11,403
—

$

38,530

$

22,203

$

11,403

39,748
564
—
40,312

38,419
1,080
—
39,499

34,544
2,635
—
37,179

$
$

0.97
0.96

$
$

0.58
0.56

$
$

0.33
0.31

We excluded the following weighted-average common shares underlying stock-based awards and the assumed conversion of 
our Preferred Stock from the calculations of diluted net income per common share because their inclusion would have been 
anti-dilutive: 

(in thousands) 
Common shares excluded from calculation:
Stock options and restricted stock-based awards
Convertible Preferred Stock

3.   INVESTMENTS

Year Ended January 31,
2012

2011

2013

749
11,043

813
10,625

1,158
10,223

As of January 31, 2013, our short-term investments consisted of time deposits with maturities in excess of 90 days but less than 
one year which are classified as held to maturity and are recorded at amortized cost of $13.6 million.

As of January 31, 2012, all of our excess funds were held as cash, cash equivalents, restricted cash, or restricted time deposits. 

We have not invested in marketable debt securities with maturities in excess of three months or marketable equity securities 
during the three-year period ended January 31, 2013, but may do so in the future as permitted under our investment guidelines. 
We have historically invested in a variety of securities, including U.S. Government, corporation, agency bonds, and auction rate 
securities, which typically provide higher yields than money market and other cash equivalent investments. As a matter of 
policy, we no longer invest in auction rate securities.

We received no proceeds from sales of available for sale securities during the years ended January 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, 
because all of our available operating funds and our restricted cash were held in the form of cash, cash equivalents and time 
deposits during those entire years, with the exception of $13.6 million of short-term investments held at January 31, 2013.

4.    MERGER AGREEMENT WITH CTI  

Overview

On August 12, 2012, we entered into an agreement and plan of merger agreement with CTI (the "CTI Merger Agreement"), 
providing for the merger of CTI with and into our new, wholly owned subsidiary (the "CTI Merger") upon the terms and 
subject to the conditions set forth in the CTI Merger Agreement.  Pursuant to the terms of the CTI Merger Agreement, the 
completion of the CTI Merger was contingent upon, among other things, CTI's completion of  a distribution to its shareholders 
of substantially all of its assets other than its interests in us (the "Comverse share distribution") or other sale or disposition by 
CTI of these assets. On October 31, 2012, CTI completed the Comverse share distribution in which it distributed all of the 

75

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

outstanding shares of common stock of its subsidiary, Comverse, Inc. ("Comverse"), to its shareholders. As a result of the 
Comverse share distribution, Comverse became an independent public company and ceased to be a wholly owned subsidiary of 
CTI.

Following the satisfaction of the various conditions precedent to closing the CTI Merger, including the requisite approval of the 
CTI Merger Agreement and the transactions contemplated by that agreement by our stockholders and the shareholders of CTI, 
the CTI Merger was completed on February 4, 2013. As of January 31, 2013, prior to the effective time of the CTI Merger, CTI 
held approximately a 53.5% beneficial ownership position in us, assuming conversion of all of our Preferred Stock then held by 
CTI, into shares of our common stock. The CTI Merger eliminated CTI's majority ownership and control of us.

At the closing of the CTI Merger, each issued and outstanding share of CTI common stock was converted into the right to 
receive new shares of our common stock at an exchange ratio of 0.1298 shares of our common stock for each share of CTI 
common stock, pursuant to which approximately 28.6 million of newly issued shares of our common stock were exchanged for 
approximately 220.0 million issued and outstanding shares of CTI common stock.  In addition, the 16.3 million shares of our 
common stock and all shares of our Preferred Stock held by CTI at the time of the CTI Merger were canceled, resulting in 
approximately 12.3 million incremental shares of our common stock outstanding upon completion of the CTI Merger.

The 28.6 million shares of our common stock issued to CTI shareholders in the CTI Merger were comprised of the following:

• 

• 

• 

• 

16.3 million shares in exchange for the same number of shares held by CTI at the time of the CTI Merger.

11.2 million shares in exchange for all shares of our Preferred Stock held by CTI at the time of the CTI Merger, 
calculated using the $366.1 million liquidation preference of the Preferred Stock at the CTI Merger date and a 
conversion price of $32.66 per share.

0.8 million shares determined by dividing a $25.0 million "Target Amount" by $32.78, the average of the daily volume 
weighted average of the trading prices of our common stock during the 20 consecutive trading days ending on January 
31, 2013.  The $25.0 million "Target Amount" was determined in accordance with the CTI Merger Agreement and was 
based on CTI's successful distribution of their Comverse subsidiary to CTI's shareholders, as discussed below, on 
October 31, 2012.

0.3 million shares determined by dividing CTI's $9.9 million positive net worth (as defined in the CTI Merger 
Agreement) at the effective date of the CTI Merger, by $32.78, the average of the daily volume weighted average of the 
trading prices of our common stock during the 20 consecutive trading days ending on January 31, 2013. The maximum 
allowable CTI positive net worth for which consideration was to be paid in the CTI Merger was $10.0 million.

Holders of shares of our common stock immediately prior to the completion of the CTI Merger, other than CTI, continued to 
own their existing shares, which were not affected by the CTI Merger.

The CTI Merger qualified as a tax-free reorganization for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Several agreements between Verint and CTI were executed concurrently with the CTI Merger Agreement, including a Voting 
Agreement and a Governance and Repurchase Rights Agreement, which terminated upon completion of the CTI Merger on 
February 4, 2013.  These agreements governed certain activities of the parties prior to the CTI Merger, and also provided for 
certain rights and obligations in the event that the CTI Merger Agreement was terminated.

During the year ended January 31, 2013, we incurred expenses associated with this matter of $16.1 million, consisting 
primarily of legal and other professional fees, which have been expensed as incurred and are reflected within selling, general 
and administrative expenses.

As noted previously, on October 31, 2012, CTI completed the spin-off of Comverse as an independent, publicly traded 
company, accomplished by means of a pro rata distribution of 100% of Comverse's outstanding common shares to CTI's 
shareholders. Following the Comverse share distribution, Comverse and CTI operated independently, and neither had any 
ownership interest in the other. In order to govern certain ongoing relationships between CTI and Comverse after the Comverse 
share distribution and to provide mechanisms for an orderly transition, CTI and Comverse entered into a Distribution 
Agreement, Transition Services Agreement, Tax Disaffiliation Agreement and Employee Matters Agreement in connection with 
the Comverse share distribution. 

76

Table of Contents

The Distribution Agreement, among other things, provides for the allocation between CTI and Comverse of various assets, 
liabilities and obligations attributable to periods prior to the Comverse share distribution. Under the Distribution Agreement, 
Comverse agreed to indemnify CTI and its affiliates (including Verint following the CTI Merger) against certain losses arising 
as a result of the CTI Merger and the Comverse share distribution. Certain of Comverse's indemnification obligations are 
capped at $25.0 million and certain obligations are uncapped. Pursuant to the terms of the Distribution Agreement, at the 
closing of the CTI Merger, CTI placed $25.0 million of cash into an escrow account to support indemnification claims to the 
extent made against Comverse by CTI and its affiliates (including Verint after the CTI Merger). The balance remaining in such 
escrow account 18 months after the closing of the CTI Merger, if any, will be released to Comverse. The escrow account cannot 
be used for claims related to an Israeli option holder lawsuit, details of which appear in Note 17, "Commitments and 
Contingencies". 

Under the Transition Services Agreement, each of Comverse and CTI (including Verint after the CTI Merger) provide the other 
with certain administrative services on an interim basis for agreed upon fees.  The Tax Disaffiliation Agreement governs rights, 
responsibilities and obligations of CTI and Comverse after the Comverse share distribution with respect to tax liabilities and 
benefits, tax attributes, tax contests and other tax matters. The Employee Matters Agreement allocates liabilities and 
responsibilities relating to CTI and Comverse employee compensation and benefit plans.

Consolidated Financial Statement Impact

For financial reporting purposes, the CTI Merger will be accounted for as our acquisition of CTI in a combination of entities 
under common control. We will continue as the reporting entity. Common control transactions are transfers and exchanges 
between entities that are under the control of the same parent, or are transactions in which all of the combining entities are 
controlled by the same party or parties before and after the transaction and that control is not transitory.  When accounting for a 
transfer of assets or exchange of shares between entities under common control, the entity receiving the net assets or the equity 
interests recognizes the assets and liabilities transferred at their carrying amounts in the accounts of the transferring entity at the 
date of the transfer.

As a result of the CTI Merger, our consolidated stockholders' equity will be adjusted to reflect the carrying value of our 
Preferred Stock, and the carrying values of CTI's net assets, other than its equity interests in Verint, as increases to our 
additional paid-in capital. Prior to the CTI Merger, our Preferred Stock had been classified as mezzanine equity on our 
consolidated balance sheet. 

Following the October 31, 2012 Comverse share distribution, the net assets of CTI consisted primarily of its controlling equity 
interests in Verint, as well as certain residual cash and cash equivalents and other sundry net assets.  In addition, CTI had net 
operating loss ("NOL") carryforwards for income tax reporting purposes, and other tax attributes. No CTI employees, 
operations or business processes moved to the combined company in the CTI Merger. As a result, our existing net assets and 
operations represent the vast majority of the net assets and all of the operations of the combined company.  

As of the closing of the CTI Merger on February 4, 2013, CTI's net assets were approximately $14.3 million, the majority of 
which consisted of cash and cash equivalents. CTI's net assets also included net deferred tax assets primarily relating to CTI's 
NOL carryforwards for income tax purposes. The net deferred tax assets were fully offset by unrecognized tax benefits and 
valuation allowances. All of these amounts are preliminary and are based on the information that was available to us through 
the date of this report.  Final determinations of the values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed from CTI may differ 
from these estimates, and will be completed for purposes of preparing our April 30, 2013 consolidated balance sheet.

5.  BUSINESS COMBINATIONS 

Year Ended January 31, 2013 

We did not complete any business combinations during the year ended January 31, 2013.

Year Ended January 31, 2012

Vovici Corporation

On August 4, 2011, we acquired all of the outstanding shares of Vovici Corporation ("Vovici"), a U.S.-based provider of online 
survey management and enterprise feedback solutions. This acquisition enhanced our Enterprise Intelligence product suite to 
include comprehensive voice of the customer software and services offerings, designed to help organizations implement a 

77

 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

single-vendor solution set for collecting, analyzing, and acting on customer insights. We have included the financial results of 
Vovici in our consolidated financial statements since August 4, 2011.

We acquired Vovici for total consideration of $66.1 million, including $56.1 million of cash paid at closing, $0.4 million of 
which was used to repay Vovici's bank debt. In addition, the consideration also included the exchange of certain unvested 
Vovici stock options for options to acquire approximately 42,000 shares of our common stock with fair values totaling $1.0 
million, of which $0.1 million represented compensation for pre-acquisition services and was included in the consideration 
transferred and $0.9 million represented compensation for services to be performed subsequent to August 4, 2011, to be 
recognized as post-acquisition stock-based compensation expense over the remaining vesting periods of the awards. Also 
included in the consideration was $9.9 million for the fair value of potential additional cash payments to the former Vovici 
shareholders of up to approximately $19.1 million, payment of which was contingent upon the achievement of certain 
performance targets over the period from the acquisition date through January 31, 2013.  

The $9.9 million acquisition date fair value of the contingent consideration obligation was estimated based on the probability 
adjusted present value of the consideration expected to be transferred using significant inputs that are not observable in the 
market. Key assumptions used in this estimate included probability assessments with respect to the likelihood of achieving the 
performance targets and discount rates consistent with the level of risk of achievement. At each reporting date prior to January 
31, 2013, we revalued the contingent consideration obligation to its fair value and recorded increases and decreases in fair 
value within selling, general and administrative expenses in our consolidated statements of operations. Increases or decreases in 
the fair value of the contingent consideration obligation resulted from changes in discount periods and rates, and changes in 
probability assumptions with respect to the likelihood of achieving the performance targets. As of January 31, 2013, $6.4 
million has been accrued for the actual contingent consideration earned and expected to be paid to the former Vovici 
shareholders under this arrangement. No contingent consideration had been paid to the former Vovici shareholders through 
January 31, 2013.

For the years ended January 31, 2013 and 2012, we recorded benefits of $0.8 million and $2.7 million, respectively, within 
selling, general and administrative expenses for changes in the fair value of the Vovici contingent consideration obligation, 
which primarily reflected the impacts of revised expectations of achieving the performance targets and, as of January 31, 2013, 
reflects the actual contingent consideration earned and expected to be paid.

The purchase price was allocated to the tangible assets and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their 
estimated fair values on the acquisition date, with the remaining unallocated purchase price recorded as goodwill. The fair 
values assigned to identifiable intangible assets acquired were determined primarily by using the income approach, which 
discounts expected future cash flows to present value using estimates and assumptions determined by management. The 
acquired identifiable intangible assets are being amortized on a straight-line basis, which we believe approximates the pattern 
in which the assets are utilized, over their estimated useful lives.

Among the factors contributing to the recognition of goodwill in this transaction were synergies in products and technologies, 
and the addition of a skilled, assembled workforce. This goodwill has been assigned to our Enterprise Intelligence segment and 
is not deductible for income tax purposes.

In connection with the purchase price allocation, the estimated fair value of support obligations assumed from Vovici was 
determined utilizing a cost build-up approach. The cost build-up approach calculates fair value by estimating the costs relating 
to fulfilling the support obligations plus a normal profit margin, which approximates the amount that we believe would be 
required to pay a third party to assume these obligations. The estimated costs to fulfill the support obligation were based on the 
historical direct costs related to providing support services. These estimated costs did not include any costs associated with 
selling efforts or research and development or the related margins on these costs. Profit associated with selling efforts is 
excluded because the selling effort on the support contracts concluded prior to the August 4, 2011 acquisition date. The 
estimated profit margin was 15%, which we believe best approximated our operating profit margin to fulfill these support 
obligations. As a result, in allocating the purchase price, we recorded an adjustment to reduce the $5.3 million carrying value of 
Vovici’s deferred revenue to $2.3 million, representing the estimated fair value of the support obligations assumed. As former 
Vovici customers have renewed their support contracts, we have recognized revenue at the full contract value over the terms of 
the contracts.

Revenue attributable to Vovici from August 4, 2011 through January 31, 2012 was $5.0 million. The impact of Vovici on net 
income for that period was not significant.

78

 
 
Table of Contents

Transaction and related costs, consisting primarily of professional fees and integration expenses directly related to the 
acquisition of Vovici, totaled $0.5 million and $3.4 million for the years ended January 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. All 
transaction and related costs were expensed as incurred.

Global Management Technologies

On October 7, 2011, we acquired all of the outstanding shares of Global Management Technologies ("GMT"), a U.S.-based 
provider of workforce management solutions whose software and services are widely used by organizations, particularly in 
retail branch banking environments. This acquisition added key functionality to our Enterprise Intelligence product suite. We 
have included the financial results of GMT in our consolidated financial statements since October 7, 2011.

We acquired GMT for total consideration of $36.6 million, including $24.6 million of cash paid at closing. In addition, the 
consideration included $12.0 million for the fair value of potential additional cash payments to the former GMT shareholders of 
up to approximately $17.4 million, payment of which is contingent upon the achievement of certain performance targets over 
the period from the acquisition date through January 31, 2014.

The $12.0 million acquisition date fair value of the contingent consideration obligation was estimated based on the probability 
adjusted present value of the consideration expected to be transferred using significant inputs that are not observable in the 
market. Key assumptions used in this estimate included probability assessments with respect to the likelihood of achieving the 
performance targets and discount rates consistent with the level of risk of achievement. At each reporting date, we revalue the 
contingent consideration obligation to its fair value and record increases and decreases in fair value within selling, general and 
administrative expenses in our consolidated statements of operations. Increases or decreases in the fair value of the contingent 
consideration obligation may result from changes in discount periods and rates, and changes in probability assumptions with 
respect to the likelihood of achieving the performance targets.

For the years ended January 31, 2013 and 2012, we recorded benefits of $6.8 million and $2.4 million, respectively, within 
selling, general and administrative expenses for changes in the fair value of the GMT contingent consideration obligation, 
which primarily reflected the impacts of revised expectations of achieving the performance targets.  As of January 31, 2013, the 
fair value of this contingent consideration was $2.8 million, and no payments had been made to the former GMT shareholders 
under this arrangement.

The purchase price was allocated to the tangible assets and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their 
estimated fair values on the acquisition date, with the remaining unallocated purchase price recorded as goodwill. The fair 
values assigned to identifiable intangible assets acquired were determined primarily by using the income approach, which 
discounts expected future cash flows to present value using estimates and assumptions determined by management. The 
acquired identifiable intangible assets are being amortized on a straight-line basis, which we believe approximates the pattern 
in which the assets are utilized, over their estimated useful lives.

Among the factors contributing to the recognition of goodwill in this transaction were synergies in products and technologies, 
and the addition of a skilled, assembled workforce. This goodwill has been assigned to our Enterprise Intelligence segment and 
is deductible for income tax purposes.

In connection with the purchase price allocation, the estimated fair value of support obligations assumed from GMT was 
determined utilizing a cost build-up approach. The cost build-up approach calculates fair value by estimating the costs relating 
to fulfilling the obligations plus a normal profit margin, which approximates the amount that we believe would be required to 
pay a third party to assume the support obligations. The estimated costs to fulfill the support obligations were based on the 
historical direct costs related to providing support services. These estimated costs did not include any costs associated with 
selling efforts or research and development or the related margins on these costs. Profit associated with selling efforts is 
excluded because the selling effort on the support contracts was concluded prior to October 7, 2011. The estimated profit 
margin was 20%, which we believe best approximated our operating profit margin to fulfill these support obligations. As a 
result, in allocating the purchase price, we recorded an adjustment to reduce the $4.3 million carrying value of GMT’s deferred 
revenue to $1.2 million, representing the estimated fair value of the support obligations assumed. As former GMT customers 
have renewed their support contracts, we have recognized revenue at the full contract value over the terms of the contracts.

Revenue and the impact on net income attributable to GMT from October 7, 2011 through January 31, 2012 were not 
significant.

79

  
 
 
Table of Contents

Transaction and related costs, consisting primarily of professional fees and integration expenses directly related to the 
acquisition of GMT, totaled $0.4 million and $1.6 million for the years ended January 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.  All 
transaction and related costs were expensed as incurred.

Other Business Combinations

During the year ended January 31, 2012, we executed the following additional business combinations:

•  On March 30, 2011, we acquired all of the outstanding shares of a privately held company, based in Israel, that has been 
integrated into our Video Intelligence operating segment. This acquisition broadened our Video Intelligence product line.

•  On August 2, 2011, we acquired all of the outstanding shares of a privately held provider of communications intelligence 
solutions, data retention services, and network performance management, based in the Americas region. This acquisition 
expanded our Communications Intelligence product portfolio and increased our presence in this region.

•  On November 1, 2011, we acquired certain technology and other assets for use in our Communications Intelligence 

operating segment in a transaction that qualified as a business combination.

•  On November 10, 2011, we acquired certain technology and other assets for use in our Enterprise Intelligence operating 

segment in a transaction that qualified as a business combination.

•  On January 5, 2012, we acquired all of the outstanding shares of a privately held provider of web intelligence technology, 

based in the EMEA region, that has been integrated into our Communications Intelligence operating segment.

The combined consideration for these business combinations was approximately $55.2 million, including $33.8 million of 
combined cash paid at the closings. We also agreed to make potential additional cash payments to the respective former 
shareholders aggregating up to approximately $41.0 million, payment of which is contingent upon the achievement of certain 
performance targets over periods ending through January 31, 2015. The combined fair values of these contingent consideration 
obligations were estimated to be $20.5 million as of the respective acquisition dates.

For the years ended January 31, 2013 and 2012, we recorded charges of $1.4 million and net benefits of $0.4 million, 
respectively, within selling, general and administrative expenses for changes in the aggregate fair values of the contingent 
consideration obligations associated with these acquisitions, reflecting the impacts of revised expectations of achieving the 
performance targets, as well as decreases in the discount periods since the acquisition dates.  As of January 31, 2013, the 
aggregate fair value of the contingent consideration obligations associated with these acquisitions was $15.8 million.  During 
the year ended January 31, 2013, we made payments of $5.7 million to the respective former shareholders or asset owners 
under these arrangements.  No such payments were made during the year ended January 31, 2012.

The fair values assigned to identifiable intangible assets acquired in these business combinations were determined primarily by 
using the income approach, which discounts expected future cash flows to present value using estimates and assumptions 
determined by management. The acquired identifiable finite-lived intangible assets are being amortized on a straight-line basis, 
which we believe approximates the pattern in which the assets are utilized, over their estimated useful lives.

Intangible assets acquired in these business combinations included several IPR&D assets with estimated fair values totaling 
$2.5 million. IPR&D assets are considered indefinite-lived intangible assets until the completion or abandonment of the 
associated research and development efforts. The fair values of the IPR&D assets were estimated by projecting the costs 
required to develop the IPR&D assets into commercially viable products, estimating the resulting net cash flows from the 
projects when completed and discounting the net cash flows to their present values. We will amortize these intangible assets 
once the projects are complete. Currently, we expect to complete these projects during the year ended January 31, 2014. 
IPR&D assets are subject to impairment testing at least annually, or more frequently if circumstances are identified indicating 
the potential for impairment.

Among the factors contributing to the recognition of goodwill in these transactions were synergies in products and 
technologies, and the additions of skilled, assembled workforces. Of the $30.5 million of goodwill associated with these 
business combinations, $10.1 million was assigned to our Video Intelligence segment and is not deductible for income tax 
purposes, $2.0 million was assigned to our Enterprise Intelligence segment and is not deductible for income tax purposes, and 
$18.4 million was assigned to our Communications Intelligence segment, of which $8.3 million is deductible, and $10.1 
million is not deductible, for income tax purposes.

80

 
Table of Contents

Revenue and the impact on net income attributable to these acquisitions for the year ended January 31, 2012 were not 
significant.

Transaction and related costs, consisting primarily of professional fees and integration expenses, directly related to these 
acquisitions, totaled $0.8 million and $5.0 million for the years ended January 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. All transaction 
and related costs were expensed as incurred.

In connection with the foregoing August 2, 2011 Communications Intelligence acquisition, the purchase price allocation 
included liabilities for uncertain tax positions and certain other liabilities associated with pre-acquisition business activities of 
the acquired company.  Based upon our evaluation of these matters, including assessments of additional information obtained 
subsequent to the August 2, 2011 acquisition date regarding facts and circumstances that existed as of the acquisition date, the 
purchase price allocation for this acquisition included current liabilities of approximately $4.7 million associated with certain 
other pre-acquisition business activities of the acquired company and long-term liabilities of approximately $5.2 million 
associated with uncertain tax positions of the acquired company.   Corresponding indemnification assets of $4.7 million and 
$5.2 million, respectively, classified in the same manner, were also recorded as components of the purchase price allocation for 
this acquisition, recognizing the selling shareholders’ contractual obligation to indemnify us for these pre-acquisition liabilities 
and were measured on the same basis as the corresponding liabilities.

As of January 31, 2012, the liability associated with certain other pre-acquisition business activities of the acquired company 
was $4.0 million and was included within accrued expenses and other current liabilities, and the liability for pre-acquisition 
uncertain tax positions was $4.7 million and was included within other liabilities.  Corresponding indemnification assets of 
$4.0 million and $4.7 million were reflected within prepaid expenses and other current assets and other assets, respectively. The 
changes in these carrying values during the year ended January 31, 2012 reflected derecognition of certain liabilities and 
corresponding indemnification assets and the impact of foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations. These changes were 
offsetting and therefore did not impact our consolidated statement of operations for the year ended January 31, 2012.

As of January 31, 2013, the liability associated with certain other pre-acquisition business activities of the acquired company, 
included within accrued expenses and other current liabilities, and the corresponding indemnification asset, reflected within 
prepaid expenses and other current assets, were $3.0 million.  The changes in these carrying values during the year ended 
January 31, 2013 reflected derecognition of certain liabilities and corresponding indemnification assets and the impact of 
foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations.  These changes were offsetting and therefore did not impact our consolidated 
statement of operations for the year ended January 31, 2013.

As of January 31, 2013, the liability associated with pre-acquisition uncertain tax positions of the acquired company was $3.0 
million and was included within other liabilities. During the year ended January 31, 2013, based upon our assessment of the 
collectibility of the indemnification from the former shareholders of the acquired company, we recognized a $0.4 million 
impairment of the indemnification asset associated with these liabilities, which is included in other income (expense), net.  As a 
result, the indemnification asset associated with these liabilities was $2.6 million as of January 31, 2013 and is included within 
other assets. In addition, during the year ended January 31, 2013, we met the criteria required to adjust a certain pre-acquisition 
uncertain tax position, so the applicable $1.1 million tax liability was reversed and was reflected as a component of the 
provision for income taxes for the year ended January 31, 2013 in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. 
Because the liability for the uncertain tax position was reversed, we also recorded a write-off of the corresponding $1.1 million 
indemnification asset, which is included in other income (expense), net.  The carrying values of these assets and liabilities were 
also impacted by foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations.

Purchase Price Allocations

As of January 31, 2012, the purchase price allocations for business acquisitions completed during the year ended January 31, 
2012 were provisional and were based on the information that was available to us as of the respective acquisition dates, and 
represented our best estimates of the fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed.

Based upon additional information obtained during the three months ended April 30, 2012 about facts and circumstances that 
existed as of the respective acquisition dates, we adjusted the purchase price allocations for several acquisitions completed 
during the year ended January 31, 2012, as described below:

• 

For the Vovici purchase price allocation, we reduced certain liabilities by $0.2 million and recorded a corresponding 
reduction of goodwill.

81

 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

• 

For the purchase price allocation associated with our August 2, 2011 Communications Intelligence acquisition, we adjusted 
certain acquisition-date deferred income taxes, which also required us to change several assumptions in the discounted 
cash flow models used to estimate the fair values of certain identified intangible assets.  As a result, the estimated 
acquisition-date fair values of the developed technology and customer relationship intangible assets identified in this 
acquisition decreased by $0.3 million and $0.4 million, respectively, net deferred income tax liabilities decreased by $3.8 
million, and goodwill decreased by $3.1 million.  For the purchase price allocation associated with our January 5, 2012 
Communications Intelligence acquisition, we recorded minor refinements to the purchase price and to certain liabilities, 
which resulted in a $0.1 million increase in goodwill.

Changes to a provisional purchase price allocation resulting from additional information obtained about facts and 
circumstances that existed as of the acquisition date are adjusted retrospectively to the consolidated financial statements.  
Accordingly, our January 31, 2012 consolidated balance sheet has been revised to reflect the impacts of these adjustments.  
These adjustments resulted in decreases to goodwill of $2.9 million, intangible assets, net of $0.6 million, accrued expenses and 
other current liabilities of $0.2 million, and other liabilities of $3.1 million, and a $0.2 million increase to other assets.  
Accounts payable was increased by a negligible amount.

These adjustments did not materially impact our consolidated statements of operations.

The purchase price allocation for the acquisition of GMT did not change subsequent to January 31, 2012.

No purchase price allocation adjustments were identified subsequent to April 30, 2012, and the purchase price allocations for 
all acquisitions executed during the year ended January 31, 2012 are now complete.

The following table sets forth the components and the allocations of the purchase prices for the acquisitions of Vovici and 
GMT, as well as for the combined purchase prices for our other individually insignificant acquisitions completed during the 
year ended January 31, 2012, reflecting all subsequent purchase price allocation adjustments:

82

 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

(in thousands)
Components of Purchase Price:

Cash
Fair value of contingent consideration
Fair value of stock options
Bank debt, repaid at closing
Other purchase price adjustments

Total purchase price

Allocation of Purchase Price:

Net tangible assets (liabilities):
Accounts receivable
Other current assets
Other assets
Current and other liabilities
Deferred revenue
Bank debt
Deferred income taxes - current and long-term

Net tangible assets (liabilities)

Identifiable intangible assets:
Developed technology
Customer relationships
Trademarks and trade names
In-process research and development assets
Other identifiable intangible assets

Total identifiable intangible assets (1)

Goodwill

Total purchase price

Vovici

GMT

Other
Acquisitions

55,708
9,900
60
435
—
66,103

1,106
5,398
913
(2,931)
(2,264)
—
(6,021)
(3,799)

11,300
15,400
1,700
—
—
28,400
41,502
66,103

$

$

$

$

24,596
12,000
—
—
—
36,596

512
1,717
483
(1,915)
(1,234)
—
(108)
(545)

7,400
6,200
400
—
—
14,000
23,141
36,596

$

$

$

$

33,835
20,504
—
—
816
55,155

842
15,650
5,579
(15,419)
(944)
(3,330)
186
2,564

9,743
7,040
1,350
2,500
1,421
22,054
30,537
55,155

$

$

$

$

(1) The weighted-average estimated useful life of all finite-lived identifiable intangible assets is 7.5 years.

For the acquisition of Vovici, the acquired developed technology, customer relationships, and trademarks and trade names were 
assigned estimated useful lives of six years, ten years, and five years, respectively, the weighted average of which is 
approximately 8.1 years.

For the acquisition of GMT, the acquired developed technology, customer relationships, and trademarks and trade names were 
assigned estimated useful lives of five years, ten years, and three years, respectively, the weighted average of which is 
approximately 7.2 years.

For the other acquisitions, the acquired developed technology, customer relationships, trademarks and trade names, and other 
identifiable intangible assets were assigned estimated useful lives of from six years to seven years, from four years to ten years, 
from four years to five years, and from three years to four years, respectively, the weighted average of which is approximately 
6.7 years.

Year Ended January 31, 2011

On February 4, 2010, we acquired all of the outstanding shares of Iontas Limited ("Iontas"), a privately held provider of 
desktop analytics solutions which measure application usage and analyze workflows to help improve staff performance in 
contact center, branch, and back-office operations environments. We acquired Iontas to, among other objectives, expand the 
desktop analytical capabilities of our Enterprise Intelligence solutions. We have included the financial results of Iontas in our 
consolidated financial statements since February 4, 2010.

We acquired Iontas for total consideration valued at $21.7 million, including cash consideration of $17.7 million paid at 
closing, and additional milestone-based contingent payments of up to $3.8 million tied to certain performance targets being 
achieved over the two-year period following the acquisition date. The acquisition-date fair value of the contingent 

83

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

consideration was estimated to be $3.2 million. The purchase price also included $1.5 million of prepayments for product 
licenses and support services procured from Iontas prior to the acquisition date, partially offset by $0.7 million of trade 
accounts payable to Iontas as of the acquisition date.

The consideration paid to acquire Iontas was allocated to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated 
fair values as of the acquisition date, which included $6.9 million for developed technology, $0.3 million for non-competition 
agreements, $1.7 million for tangible net assets, and $12.8 million of goodwill. The developed technology and non-competition 
agreements were assigned estimated useful lives of six years and three years, respectively, the weighted average of which is 5.9 
years.

Among the factors that contributed to the recognition of goodwill in this transaction were the expansion of our desktop 
analytical capabilities, the expansion of our suite of products and services, and the addition of an assembled workforce. This 
goodwill was assigned to our Enterprise Intelligence segment and is not deductible for income tax purposes.

We recorded the $3.2 million acquisition-date estimated fair value of the contingent consideration as a component of the 
purchase price of Iontas. Expenses of $0.2 million and $0.3 million for the years ended January 31, 2012 and 2011, 
respectively, reflecting increases in the fair value of this contingent consideration obligation, were recorded within selling, 
general and administrative expenses for those periods. During the year ended January 31, 2012, $2.0 million of the previously 
recorded contingent consideration was paid to the former shareholders of Iontas. The estimated fair value of the remaining 
contingent consideration was $1.7 million as of January 31, 2012, which was subsequently paid to the former Iontas 
shareholders during the year ended January 31, 2013.  We have no further contingent consideration obligations for this business 
combination.

Transaction costs, primarily professional fees directly related to the acquisition of Iontas, totaled $1.3 million and were 
expensed as incurred.

The integration of Iontas into our business subsequent to the acquisition made it impractical to quantify revenue and the impact 
on net income from Iontas for the year ended January 31, 2011.

Communications Intelligence Business Combination

In December 2010, we acquired certain technology and other assets for use in our Communications Intelligence operating 
segment in a transaction that qualified as a business combination. Total consideration for this acquisition was less than $15.0 
million. The impact of this acquisition was not material to our consolidated financial statements. The fair value of our liability 
for contingent consideration related to this acquisition increased by $1.9 million during the year ended January 31, 2012, 
resulting in a corresponding charge recorded within selling, general and administrative expenses for that period. The earned 
contingent consideration related to this acquisition was paid to the sellers during the year ended January 31, 2012, and we have 
no further contingent consideration obligations for this acquisition.

Pro Forma Information

The following table provides unaudited pro forma financial information for the year ended January 31, 2012, as if Vovici and 
GMT had been acquired on February 1, 2010.  These unaudited pro forma results reflect certain adjustments related to these 
acquisitions, such as amortization expense on finite-lived intangible assets acquired from Vovici and GMT.  The unaudited pro 
forma results do not include any operating efficiencies or potential cost savings which may result from these business 
combinations.  Accordingly, such unaudited pro forma amounts are not necessarily indicative of the results that actually would 
have occurred had the acquisitions occurred on February 1, 2010, nor are they indicative of future operating results. The pro 
forma impact of the other business combinations completed during the year ended January 31, 2012 was not material to our 
historical consolidated operating results and is therefore not presented. 

(in thousands)
Revenue
Net income attributable to Verint Systems Inc. common shares

6. 

INTANGIBLE ASSETS AND GOODWILL 

Acquisition-related intangible assets consisted of the following as of January 31, 2013 and 2012:

84

Year Ended
January 31, 2012
804,006
$
28,862
$

 
 
 
Table of Contents

(in thousands)
Intangible assets with finite lives:

Customer relationships
Acquired technology
Trade names
Non-competition agreements
Distribution network
Backlog

Total intangible assets with finite lives

In-process research and development, with indefinite lives
   Total

(in thousands)
Intangible assets with finite lives:

Customer relationships
Acquired technology
Trade names
Non-competition agreements
Distribution network
Backlog

Total intangible assets with finite lives

In-process research and development, with indefinite lives
Total

January 31, 2013
Accumulated
Amortization

Net

Cost

225,321
93,860
12,737
5,516
2,440
843
340,717
2,500
343,217

$

$

(117,903) $
(64,617)
(10,537)
(4,227)
(1,596)
(76)
(198,956)
—

(198,956) $

107,418
29,243
2,200
1,289
844
767
141,761
2,500
144,261

January 31, 2012
Accumulated
Amortization

Net

Cost

225,554
94,027
12,824
5,779
2,440
843
341,467
2,500
343,967

$

$

(95,173) $
(49,732)
(9,805)
(3,656)
(1,352)
(19)
(159,737)
—

(159,737) $

130,381
44,295
3,019
2,123
1,088
824
181,730
2,500
184,230

$

$

$

$

The following table presents net acquisition-related intangible assets by reportable segment as of January 31, 2013 and 2012:

(in thousands)
Enterprise Intelligence
Video Intelligence
Communications Intelligence
Total

January 31,

2013

2012

$

$

126,341
3,880
14,040
144,261

$

$

160,258
5,059
18,913
184,230

Intangible assets and goodwill have been retrospectively adjusted at January 31, 2012 to reflect measurement period 
adjustments to the purchase price allocations for several business combinations completed during the year ended January 31, 
2012.  These adjustments were identified during the three months ended April 30, 2012, and resulted from new information 
obtained about facts and circumstances that existed as of the respective acquisition dates. Intangible assets were changed to 
reduce acquired technology and customer relationships by $0.3 million and $0.4 million, respectively, entirely within our 
Communications Intelligence segment.  Further details regarding these adjustments appear in Note 5, "Business 
Combinations".

Total amortization expense recorded for acquisition-related intangible assets was $39.3 million, $35.3 million and $30.6 million 
for the years ended January 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively.  The reported amount of net acquisition-related intangible 
assets can fluctuate from the impact of changes in foreign exchange rates on intangible assets not denominated in U.S. dollars.

Estimated future amortization expense on finite-lived acquisition-related intangible assets is as follows:

85

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

(in thousands)
Years Ending January 31,
2014
2015
2016
2017
2018
2019 and thereafter
   Total

Amount

34,557
30,947
29,532
26,753
10,484
9,488
141,761

$

$

No impairment indicators were identified for finite-lived intangible assets during the years ended January 31, 2013, 2012 and 
2011. Our in-process research and development assets were acquired during the year ended January 31, 2012, and no 
impairment indicators were identified for these assets during the years ended January 31, 2013 and 2012.

Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price in a business combination over the fair value of net tangible and 
identifiable intangible assets acquired. At the acquisition date, goodwill resulting from a business combination is assigned to 
those reporting units expected to benefit from the synergies of the combination. Reporting units may either be at, or one level 
below, our operating segment level.

Goodwill activity for the years ended January 31, 2013, and 2012, in total and by reportable segment, was as follows:

(in thousands)
Year Ended January 31, 2012:
Goodwill, gross, at January 31, 2011
Accumulated impairment losses through
January 31, 2011
   Goodwill, net, at January 31, 2011
Business acquisitions (1)
Foreign currency translation and other (1)
   Goodwill, net, at January 31, 2012

Year Ended January 31, 2013:
Goodwill, gross, at January 31, 2012
Accumulated impairment losses through
January 31, 2012
   Goodwill, net, at January 31, 2012
Foreign currency translation and other

   Goodwill, net, at January 31, 2013

Balance at January 31, 2013:
Goodwill, gross, at January 31, 2013
Accumulated impairment losses through
January 31, 2013

   Goodwill, net, at January 31, 2013

Total

Enterprise
Intelligence

Reportable Segment
Video
Intelligence

Communications
Intelligence

$

805,539

$

707,202

$

66,789

$

(66,865)
738,674
95,180
(5,096)
828,758

$

(30,791)
676,411
66,643
(3,547)
739,507

$

(36,074)
30,715
10,141
(716)
40,140

$

895,623

$

770,298

$

76,214

$

(66,865)
828,758
1,151
829,909

$

(30,791)
739,507
1,440
740,947

$

(36,074)
40,140
589
40,729

$

896,774

$

771,738

$

76,803

$

(66,865)
829,909

$

(30,791)
740,947

$

(36,074)
40,729

$

$

$

$

$

$

31,548

—
31,548
18,396
(833)
49,111

49,111

—
49,111
(878)
48,233

48,233

—
48,233

(1) As noted previously, goodwill balances at January 31, 2012 have been retrospectively adjusted to reflect measurement 
period adjustments to the purchase price allocations for several business combinations completed during the year ended 
January 31, 2012.  These adjustments reduced goodwill by $2.9 million, including $2.7 million and $0.2 million in our 
Communications Intelligence and Enterprise Intelligence segments, respectively.  Activity presented in the table above 
reflects the impacts of these adjustments. Further details regarding these adjustments appear in Note 5, "Business 
Combinations".

The results of our goodwill impairment testing as of November 1, 2012, 2011, and 2010 indicated that the fair values of all our 
reporting units significantly exceeded their net carrying values, and no indicators of potential impairment were identified 

86

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
Table of Contents

between November 1 and January 31 in each of the years ended January 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011.  Therefore, no goodwill 
impairment was identified for the years ended January 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011.

7.  LONG-TERM DEBT 

The following table summarizes our long-term debt at January 31, 2013 and 2012: 

(in thousands)
Term loan facility:

   Gross borrowings
   Unamortized debt discount

Other debt
Total debt
Less: current maturities
Long-term debt

January 31,

2013

2012

$

$

576,000
(2,199)
2,888
576,689
5,867
570,822

$

$

597,000
(2,685)
3,064
597,379
6,228
591,151

In May 2007, we entered into a $675.0 million secured credit agreement (the "2007 Credit Agreement") comprised of a $650.0 
million  seven-year term loan facility and a $25.0 million six-year revolving line of credit.  The borrowing capacity under the 
revolving line of credit was increased to $75.0 million in July 2010. 

In April 2011, we entered into a new credit agreement (the "2011 Credit Agreement") and concurrently terminated the 2007 
Credit Agreement.  The 2011 Credit Agreement provided for $770.0 million of secured credit facilities, comprised of a $600.0 
million term loan maturing in October 2017 and a $170.0 million revolving credit facility maturing in April 2016, subject to 
increase (up to a maximum increase of $300.0 million) and reduction from time to time according to the terms of the 2011 
Credit Agreement.

The 2011 Credit Agreement included an original issuance term loan discount of 0.50%, or $3.0 million, resulting in net term 
loan proceeds of $597.0 million.  This discount was being amortized as interest expense over the term of the term loan using 
the effective interest method.

The majority of the term loan proceeds under the 2011 Credit Agreement were used to repay all $583.2 million of outstanding 
term loan borrowings under the 2007 Credit Agreement at the closing date of the 2011 Credit Agreement.  There were no 
outstanding borrowings under the revolving credit facility under the 2007 Credit Agreement at the closing date.

On March 6, 2013, we entered into an amendment and restatement agreement with the lenders under the 2011 Credit 
Agreement providing for the amendment and restatement of the 2011 Credit Agreement (as amended and restated, the "2013 
Amended Credit Agreement"). The 2013 Amended Credit Agreement provides for $850.0 million of senior secured credit 
facilities, comprised of (i) a $650.0 million term loan maturing in September 2019 and (ii) a $200.0 million revolving credit 
facility maturing in March 2018, subject to increase (up to a maximum increase of $300.0 million) and reduction from time to 
time according to the terms of the 2013 Amended Credit Agreement.

The majority of the proceeds of the term loan under the 2013 Amended Credit Agreement were used to repay all $576.0 million 
of outstanding term loan borrowings under the 2011 Credit Agreement at the March 6, 2013 closing date of the 2013 Amended 
Credit Agreement.  There were no outstanding borrowings under the 2011 Credit Agreement's revolving credit facility at the 
closing date.

The terms and conditions of the 2011 Credit Agreement described below have been superseded by the terms and conditions of 
the 2013 Amended Credit Agreement, although some terms and conditions have remained consistent. Further details regarding 
the 2013 Amended Credit Agreement appear in Note 19, "Subsequent Events".

Loans under the 2011 Credit Agreement incurred interest, payable quarterly or, in the case of Eurodollar loans with an interest 
period of three months or shorter, at the end of any interest period, at a per annum rate of, at our election:

(a)  in the case of Eurodollar loans, the Adjusted LIBO Rate plus 3.25% (or, if our corporate credit ratings were at least 
BB- and Ba3 or better, 3.00%).  The Adjusted LIBO Rate was the greater of (i) 1.25% per annum and (ii) the product of the 
LIBO Rate and Statutory Reserves (both as defined in the 2011 Credit Agreement), and

87

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

(b)  in the case of Base Rate loans, the Base Rate plus 2.25% (or, if our corporate credit ratings were at least BB- and Ba3 
or better, 2.00%). The Base Rate was the greatest of (i) the administrative agent’s prime rate, (ii) the Federal Funds 
Effective Rate (as defined in the 2011 Credit Agreement) plus 0.50% and (iii) the Adjusted LIBO Rate for a one-month 
interest period plus 1.00%.

We incurred debt issuance costs of $14.8 million in connection with the 2011 Credit Agreement, which we deferred and 
classified within other assets.  We were amortizing those deferred costs as interest expense over the term of the 2011 Credit 
Agreement.  Of those deferred costs, $10.2 million were associated with the term loan and were being amortized using the 
effective interest rate method, and $4.6 million were associated with the revolving credit facility and were being amortized on a 
straight-line basis.

At the closing date of the 2011 Credit Agreement, there were $9.0 million of unamortized deferred costs associated with the 
2007 Credit Agreement.  Upon repayment of the term loan under the 2007 Credit Agreement, $8.1 million of these fees were 
expensed as a loss on extinguishment of debt.  The remaining $0.9 million of these fees were associated with lenders that 
provided commitments for revolving credit facilities under both the 2007 and 2011 Credit Agreements, which remained 
deferred and were being amortized over the term of the 2011 Credit Agreement.

As of January 31, 2013, the interest rate on the term loan was 4.50%.  Including the impact of the 0.50% original issuance term 
loan discount and the deferred debt issuance costs, the effective interest rate on our term loan was approximately 4.90% as of 
January 31, 2013.  As of January 31, 2012, the interest rate on the term loan was also 4.50% .

We were required to pay a commitment fee equal to 0.50% per annum on the unused portion of the revolving credit facility 
under the 2011 Credit Agreement, payable quarterly, and customary administrative agent and letter of credit fees.

Optional prepayments of the loans were permitted without premium or penalty, other than customary breakage costs associated 
with the prepayment of loans bearing interest based on LIBO Rates. The loans were also subject to mandatory prepayment 
requirements with respect to certain asset sales, excess cash flow (as defined in the 2011 Credit Agreement), and certain other 
events.  Prepayments were applied first to the eight immediately following scheduled term loan principal payments, then pro 
rata to other remaining scheduled term loan principal payments, if any, and thereafter as otherwise provided in the 2011 Credit 
Agreement.

The 2011 Credit Agreement originally required us to make term loan principal payments of $1.5 million per quarter through 
August 2017, beginning in August 2011, with the remaining balance due in October 2017. In January 2013, we made an 
optional term loan prepayment of $15.0 million, $1.5 million of which was applied to the principal payment otherwise due on 
February 1, 2013, $10.5 million which would have been applied to the seven immediately following principal payments, and 
$3.0 million of which would have been applied pro rata to the remaining principal payments. The requirements for mandatory 
excess cash flow payments, which were otherwise payable in April 2013 and April 2014 under the 2011 Credit Agreement, 
were canceled by the 2013 Amended Credit Agreement. A mandatory excess cash flow payment was not required for the year 
ended January 31, 2012.

Future scheduled principal payments on our term loan as of January 31, 2013, after giving effect to the $15.0 million optional 
prepayment made in January 2013, consisted of $6.0 million due in each of the years ended January 31, 2016 and 2017, 
respectively, and $564.1 million due in the year ended January 31, 2018. These future scheduled principal payments were 
canceled by the 2013 Amended Credit Agreement. Future scheduled principal payments on the term loan under the 2013 
Amended Credit Agreement, including $4.9 million of scheduled principal payments due for the year ended January 31, 2014 
which are presented within current maturities of long-term debt on our January 31, 2013 consolidated balance sheet, are 
presented in the following table:

(in thousands)
Years Ending January 31,
2014
2015
2016
2017
2018
2019 and thereafter
   Total

88

Amount

4,875
6,500
6,500
6,500
6,500
619,125
650,000

$

$

 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

We incurred interest on borrowings under our credit facilities of $27.1 million, $28.1 million and $26.2 million during the years 
ended January 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.  In addition, we recorded $3.0 million, $2.8 million and $2.8 million, 
during the years ended January 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively, for amortization of our deferred debt issuance costs, 
which is also reported within interest expense on our consolidated statements of operations.  Included in the deferred debt-
related cost amortization for the years ended January 31, 2013 and 2011 were $0.2 million and $0.3 million, respectively, of 
additional amortization associated with unscheduled principal repayments in those years. In addition, during the years ended 
January 31, 2013 and 2012, we also recorded $0.5 million and $0.3 million, respectively, for amortization of the original 
issuance term loan discount associated with the 2011 Credit Agreement, which is also reported within interest expense on our 
consolidated statements of operations. Included in the original issuance term loan discount amortization for the year ended 
January 31, 2013 was $0.1 million of additional amortization associated with the unscheduled principal repayment in that year.

Obligations under the 2011 Credit Agreement were guaranteed by substantially all of our domestic subsidiaries and certain 
foreign subsidiaries that have elected to be disregarded for U.S. tax purposes and are secured by security interests in 
substantially all of our and their assets, subject to certain exceptions detailed in the 2011 Credit Agreement and related ancillary 
documents.

The 2011 Credit Agreement contained customary affirmative and negative covenants for credit facilities of this type, and also 
contained a financial covenant that required us to maintain a ratio of Consolidated Total Debt to Consolidated EBITDA (each 
as defined in the 2011 Credit Agreement) of no greater than 5.00 to 1 until July 31, 2013 and no greater than 4.50 to 1 
thereafter.

The 2011 Credit Agreement provided for customary events of default with corresponding grace periods. Upon an event of 
default, all of our indebtedness under the 2011 Credit Agreement could have been declared immediately due and payable, and 
the lenders’ commitments to provide loans under the Credit Agreement could have been terminated.

In connection with a business combination completed during the year ended January 31, 2012, we assumed approximately $3.3 
million of development bank and government debt in the Americas region.  This debt is payable in periods through 
February 2017 and bears interest at varying rates.  As of January 31, 2013 and 2012, the majority of this debt was incurring 
interest at annual rates of 6.50% and 7.00%, respectively.  The carrying value of this debt was approximately $2.5 million and 
$3.1 million at January 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

8.  SUPPLEMENTAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENT INFORMATION 

Consolidated Balance Sheets

Inventories consisted of the following as of January 31, 2013 and 2012: 

(in thousands)
Raw materials
Work-in-process
Finished goods
Total inventories

Property and equipment, net consisted of the following as of January 31, 2013 and 2012:

(in thousands)
Land
Buildings
Leasehold improvements
Software
Equipment, furniture, and other

Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization
Total property and equipment, net

89

January 31,

2013

2012

4,263
5,633
5,118
15,014

$

$

4,959
5,777
3,678
14,414

January 31,

2013

2012

3,917
2,204
17,964
28,672
55,293
108,050
(69,889)
38,161

$

$

3,741
2,204
11,554
27,694
49,298
94,491
(66,202)
28,289

$

$

$

$

  
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Depreciation expense on property and equipment was $11.8 million, $10.8 million and $11.4 million the years ended January 
31, 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively.

Other assets consisted of the following as of January 31, 2013 and 2012:

(in thousands)
Deferred debt issuance costs, net
Long-term restricted cash and time deposits
Other
Total other assets

January 31,

2013

2012

$

$

11,275
3,379
11,204
25,858

$

$

14,060
—
14,901
28,961

Accrued expenses and other liabilities consisted of the following as of January 31, 2013 and 2012:

(in thousands)
Compensation and benefits
Billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings on uncompleted contracts
Professional and consulting fees
Derivative financial instruments - current portion
Distributor and agent commissions
Taxes other than income taxes
Interest on indebtedness
Contingent consideration - current portion
Other
Total accrued expenses and other liabilities

Other liabilities consisted of the following as of January 31, 2013 and 2012:

(in thousands)
Unrecognized tax benefits, including interest and penalties
Obligations for severance compensation
Contingent consideration - long-term portion
Other
Total other liabilities

Consolidated Statements of Operations

January 31,

2013

2012

60,982
41,717
14,387
542
2,958
9,515
4,569
13,961
28,341
176,972

$

$

56,873
38,960
8,140
530
4,954
11,530
4,701
10,152
32,051
167,891

January 31,

2013

2012

37,873
2,881
11,080
8,362
60,196

$

$

23,883
3,027
28,494
3,784
59,188

$

$

$

$

Other income (expense), net consisted of the following for the years ended January 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011: 

(in thousands)
Foreign currency gains, net
Losses on derivative financial instruments, net
Other, net
Total other expense, net

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

Year Ended January 31,
2012

2011

2013

$

$

$

960
(399)
(1,847)
(1,286) $

$

1,382
(896)
(974)
(488) $

857
(5,864)
(131)
(5,138)

The following table provides supplemental information regarding our consolidated cash flows for the years ended January 31, 
2013, 2012, and 2011: 

90

 
 
 
Table of Contents

(in thousands)
Cash paid for interest
Cash paid for income taxes, net of refunds received

Non-cash investing and financing transactions:
Accrued but unpaid purchases of property and equipment
Inventory transfers to property and equipment
Liabilities for contingent consideration in business combinations
Stock options exercised, proceeds received subsequent to period end
Purchases under supplier financing arrangements, including capital 
leases
Leasehold improvements funded by lease incentive

9.  CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK 

Year Ended January 31,
2012

2011

2013

27,497
18,161

$
$

1,058
$
$
566
— $
— $

— $
$

5,042

29,227
16,629

832
637
42,404
383

$
$

$
$
$
$

1,090

$
— $

21,053
8,528

1,047
874
3,424
65

1,859
—

$
$

$
$
$
$

$
$

On May 25, 2007, we entered into a Securities Purchase Agreement with CTI whereby CTI purchased, for cash, an aggregate 
of 293,000 shares of our Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, for an aggregate purchase price of $293.0 million.  Proceeds 
from the issuance of the Preferred Stock were used to partially finance our May 2007 acquisition of Witness Systems Inc. 
("Witness"). We incurred $0.2 million of direct issuance costs associated with the issuance of the Preferred Stock, which were 
charged against the carrying value of the Preferred Stock.

On August 12, 2012, we entered into the CTI Merger Agreement providing for the CTI Merger. The CTI Merger was completed 
on February 4, 2013 and eliminated CTI's majority ownership and control of us.  Each outstanding share of Preferred Stock, all 
of which was held by CTI, was canceled upon completion of the CTI Merger. Further details regarding the CTI Merger appear 
in Note 4, "Merger Agreement with CTI".

The Preferred Stock was issued at a purchase price of $1,000 per share and ranked senior to our common stock.  The Preferred 
Stock had an initial liquidation preference equal to its $1,000 per share purchase price.  In the event of any voluntary or 
involuntary liquidation, dissolution, or winding-up of our company, the holders of the Preferred Stock would have been entitled 
to receive, out of assets available for distribution to our stockholders and before any distribution of assets to our common 
stockholders, an amount equal to the then-current liquidation preference, which included accrued and unpaid dividends.

The terms of the Preferred Stock provided that upon a fundamental change, as defined in the certificate of designation 
governing the Preferred Stock, the holders of the Preferred Stock would have had the right to require us to repurchase the 
Preferred Stock for 100% of the liquidation preference then in effect.  Therefore, the Preferred Stock was classified as 
mezzanine equity on our consolidated balance sheets as of January 31, 2013 and January 31, 2012, separate from permanent 
equity, because the occurrence of such a fundamental change, and thus a potential required repurchase of the Preferred Stock, 
however remote in likelihood, was not solely under our control. Fundamental change events included the sale of substantially 
all of our assets, and certain changes in beneficial ownership, board of directors' representation, and business 
reorganizations. In the event of a fundamental change, the conversion rate (as described in the section entitled "Voting and 
Conversion", below) would have increased to provide for additional shares of common stock issuable to the holders of 
Preferred Stock, based on a sliding scale (depending on the acquisition price, as defined) ranging from zero to 3.7 additional 
shares of common stock for every share of Preferred Stock converted into shares of common stock.

Under the CTI Merger Agreement, CTI had agreed that the CTI Merger and other transactions contemplated by the CTI Merger 
Agreement did not constitute fundamental change events under the terms of the Preferred Stock.

We concluded that, as of January 31, 2013, the occurrence of a fundamental change and the associated potential required 
repurchase of the Preferred Stock were not probable.  We therefore did not adjust the carrying amount of the Preferred Stock to 
its redemption amount, which is its liquidation preference, at January 31, 2013. Through January 31, 2013, cumulative, 
undeclared dividends on the Preferred Stock were $72.9 million and, as a result, the liquidation preference of the Preferred 
Stock was $365.9 million at that date.

We determined that the variable dividend feature of the Preferred Stock, details of which are further described below, was not 
clearly and closely related to the characteristics of the Preferred Stock host contract and, therefore, was an embedded derivative 
financial instrument, subject to bifurcation from the Preferred Stock.  This feature was determined to be an asset, and was 
assigned an initial fair value of $0.9 million at the May 25, 2007 issue date of the Preferred Stock.  Therefore, the Preferred 

91

 
 
 
Table of Contents

Stock was assigned an initial fair value of $293.9 million, and the $0.9 million bifurcated derivative financial instrument was 
reflected within other assets. The fair value of the embedded derivative financial instrument was based on the potential future 
savings implicit in paying dividends at a reduced rate of 3.875% instead of the original stated preferred dividend rate of 4.25%.  
On February 1, 2008, as further described below, the Preferred Stock dividend rate was reset to 3.875% per annum and upon 
the occurrence of this dividend rate reset, the embedded derivative was settled in the form of reduced future dividend 
obligations.  Accordingly, we reclassified the $8.1 million fair value of the derivative asset at that date against the carrying 
value of the Preferred Stock as of February 1, 2008, reducing the carrying value of the Preferred Stock to $285.5 million.

Holders of the Preferred Stock, all of which was held by CTI through the date of the CTI Merger, had various rights and 
preferences, as follows:

Dividends

Cash dividends on the Preferred Stock were cumulative and were calculated quarterly at a specified dividend rate on the 
liquidation preference in effect at such time.  Initially, the specified annual dividend rate was 4.25% per share.  However, 
beginning in the first quarter after the initial interest rate on our variable term loan was reduced by 50 basis points or more, the 
dividend rate was reset to 3.875% per annum and then fixed at that level.  This variable dividend feature was accounted for as 
an embedded derivative financial instrument, as described above.

During the quarter ended January 31, 2008, the interest rate on our term loan was reduced by more than 50 basis points below 
the initial interest rate.  Accordingly, the dividend rate on the Preferred Stock was reset to 3.875%, effective February 1, 2008.

We were prohibited from paying cash dividends on the Preferred Stock under the terms of covenants in our credit agreements.  
We were permitted to make dividend payments in shares of our common stock.  The common stock used for dividends, had 
they been declared, would have been valued at 95% of the volume weighted-average price of our common stock for each of the 
five consecutive trading days ending on the second trading day immediately prior to the record date for the dividend.

The Preferred Stock did not participate in our earnings other than as described above.

Through January 31, 2013, no dividends had been declared or paid on the Preferred Stock.

Voting and Conversion

Effective with the approval of the issuance of common shares underlying the Preferred Stock's conversion feature at a special 
meeting of our stockholders in October 2010, each share of Preferred Stock entitled its holder to votes equal to the number of 
shares of common stock into which it was convertible using the conversion rate that was in effect upon the issuance of the 
Preferred Stock in May 2007, on all matters voted upon by common stockholders.  The initial conversion rate was set at 
30.6185 shares of common stock for each share of Preferred Stock.  In addition,  each share of Preferred Stock was convertible, 
at the option of the holder, into a number of shares of our common stock equal to the liquidation preference then in effect, 
divided by the conversion price then in effect, which was initially set at $32.66, and remained unchanged through January 31, 
2013. The conversion price was subject to periodic adjustment upon the occurrence of certain dilutive events.  As of 
January 31, 2013, the Preferred Stock was convertible into approximately 11.2 million shares of our common stock.

Beginning on the second anniversary of the Preferred Stock's issue date, we had the right to cause the Preferred Stock, in whole 
but not in part, to be automatically converted into common stock at the conversion price then in effect.  However, this right was 
exercisable only if the closing sale price of our common stock immediately prior to conversion equaled or exceeded the 
conversion price then in effect by a specified percentage, which was fixed at 135% effective May 25, 2011.

Transfer and Registration Rights

CTI had the right to sell the Preferred Stock beginning in November 25, 2007 in either private or public transactions.  Pursuant 
to a Registration Rights Agreement we entered into concurrently with the Securities Purchase Agreement ("New Registration 
Rights Agreement"), and subject to certain conditions which had been satisfied, CTI was entitled to two demands to require us 
to register the Preferred Stock and/or the shares of common stock underlying the Preferred Stock for resale under the Securities 
Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"). The New Registration Rights Agreement also gave CTI unlimited piggyback 
registration rights on certain Securities Act registrations filed by us on our own behalf or on behalf of other stockholders. 

CTI was permitted to transfer its rights under the New Registration Rights Agreement to any transferee of the registrable 
securities that was an affiliate of CTI or any other subsequent transferee, provided that in each case such affiliate or transferee 
92

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

was required to become a party to the New Registration Rights Agreement, agreeing to be bound by all of its terms and 
conditions.

CTI's rights under the New Registration Rights Agreement were in addition to its rights under a previous Registration Rights 
Agreement (the "Original Registration Rights Agreement") we entered into with CTI shortly before our initial public offering 
("IPO") in 2002. The Original Registration Rights Agreement covered all shares of common stock then held by CTI and any 
additional shares of common stock acquired by CTI at later dates.  Under the Original Registration Rights Agreement, CTI was 
entitled to unlimited demand registrations of its shares on Form S-3, and if we were not eligible to use Form S-3, CTI was also 
entitled to one demand registration on Form S-1, which demand was exercised by CTI to consummate a sale of a portion of its 
holdings of our common stock in January 2011.

Like the New Registration Rights Agreement, the Original Registration Rights Agreement also provided CTI with unlimited 
piggyback registration rights.  CTI was permitted to transfer its rights under this agreement to an affiliate or other subsequent 
transferee, subject to the transferee agreeing to be bound by all of its terms and conditions.

10.  STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY 

Dividends on Common Stock

We did not declare or pay any dividends on our common stock during the years ended January 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011.  
Commencing with our issuance of Preferred Stock, and our entry into term loan and revolving credit facilities in May 2007, we 
are subject to certain restrictions on declaring and paying dividends on our common stock.  Our Preferred Stock was canceled 
on February 4, 2013 in connection with the CTI Merger, further details of which appear in Note 4, "Merger Agreement with 
CTI".

Treasury Stock

Repurchased shares of common stock are recorded as treasury stock, at cost. At January 31, 2013, we held 302,000 shares of 
treasury stock with a cost of $8.0 million, and at January 31, 2012, we held 283,000 shares of treasury stock with a cost of $7.5 
million. 

Shares of restricted stock awards that are forfeited when recipients separate from their employment prior to the lapsing of the 
award’s restrictions are recorded as treasury stock.

From time to time, our board of directors has approved limited programs to repurchase shares of our common stock from 
directors or officers in connection with the vesting of restricted stock or restricted stock units to facilitate required income tax 
withholding by us or the payment of required income taxes by such holders.  In addition, the terms of some of our equity award 
agreements with all grantees provide for automatic repurchases by us for the same purpose if a vesting-related or delivery-
related tax event occurs at a time when the holder is not permitted to sell shares in the market.  Our stock bonus program 
contains similar terms.  Any such repurchases of common stock occur at prevailing market prices and are recorded as treasury 
stock. 

During the year ended January 31, 2013, we acquired approximately 18,000 shares of treasury stock from directors, executive 
officers, and other employees at a cost of $0.5 million.  During the year ended January 31, 2012, we acquired approximately 
23,000 shares of treasury stock from certain executive officers and directors at a cost of $0.8 million.

As previously disclosed, in connection with the resumption of option exercises following the conclusion of our previous 
extended filing delay period and the vesting of restricted stock units after the relisting of our common stock on the NASDAQ 
Global Market, during the summer of 2010, we issued up to an aggregate of approximately 135,000 shares of common stock to 
certain current and former employees and a former director in transactions that did not involve public offerings and that were 
made in reliance on available exemptions from registration under the Securities Act.  In April 2012, we repurchased 2,250 of 
these securities at a cost of less than $0.1 million, all of which were retired.  The cost of the retired shares was deducted from 
common stock at par value, which was negligible, and from additional paid-in capital for the excess over par value.

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss

In addition to net income, accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) includes items such as foreign currency translation 
adjustments and unrealized gains and losses on certain marketable securities and derivative financial instruments designated as
hedges. Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) is presented as a separate line item in the stockholders’ equity 

93

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

(deficit) section of our consolidated balance sheets. Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) items have no impact on 
our net income as presented in our consolidated statements of operations.

The following table summarizes the components of our accumulated other comprehensive loss as of January 31, 2013 and 
January 31, 2012: 

(in thousands)
Foreign currency translation losses, net
Unrealized gains on derivative financial instruments, net
Total accumulated other comprehensive loss

January 31,

2013

2012

$

$

(46,672) $
2,447
(44,225) $

(48,402)
666
(47,736)

Unrealized gains on derivative financial instruments, net, are net of income taxes.  Foreign currency translation losses, net, 
primarily reflect the strengthening of the U.S. dollar against the British pound sterling since our acquisition of Witness in 
May 2007, which has resulted in lower U.S. dollar-translated balances of British pound sterling-denominated goodwill and 
intangible assets associated with that acquisition.

Noncontrolling Interest

The noncontrolling interest presented in our consolidated financial statements reflects a 50% noncontrolling equity interest in a 
joint venture which functions as a systems integrator for Asian markets. Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest, as 
reported on our consolidated statements of operations, represents the net income of this joint venture attributable to the 
noncontrolling equity interest. The noncontrolling interest is reflected within stockholders’ equity on the consolidated balance 
sheet but is presented separately from our equity.

11.   RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT, NET

Our gross research and development expenses for the years ended January 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011, were approximately 
$121.2 million, $115.7 million, and $100.8 million, respectively. OCS grants amounted to approximately $3.3 million, $3.2 
million, and $3.0 million for the years ended January 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively, which were recorded as 
reductions of gross research and development expenses. We recorded other reimbursements of research and development 
expenses amounting to approximately $1.9 million, $1.5 million, and $1.3 million for the years ended January 31, 2013, 2012, 
and 2011, respectively.

We capitalize certain costs incurred to develop our commercial software products, and we then recognize those costs within 
cost of product revenue as the products are sold.  Activity for our capitalized software development costs for the years ended 
January 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011 was as follows:

(in thousands)
Capitalized software development costs, net, beginning of year
Software development costs capitalized during the year
Amortization of capitalized software development costs
Foreign currency translation and other
Capitalized software development costs, net, end of year

12.  INCOME TAXES 

Year Ended January 31,
2012

2013

2011

$

$

5,846
3,916
(3,089)
(330)
6,343

$

$

6,787
3,399
(4,135)
(205)
5,846

$

$

8,530
2,527
(4,236)
(34)
6,787

The components of income before provision for income taxes for the years ended January 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011 were as 
follows:

(in thousands)
Domestic
Foreign
Total income before provision for income taxes

Year Ended January 31,
2012

2011

2013

$

$

(11,292) $
79,056
67,764

$

(40,272) $
86,429
46,157

$

13,746
24,779
38,525

94

 
Table of Contents

The provision for income taxes for the years ended January 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011 consisted of the following:

(in thousands)
Current provision for income taxes:
   Federal
   State
   Foreign
      Total current provision for income taxes
Deferred provision for (benefit from) income taxes:
   Federal
   State
   Foreign
      Total deferred provision for income taxes
Total provision for income taxes

Year Ended January 31,
2012

2011

2013

$

$

15
523
8,094
8,632

3,880
226
(3,778)
328
8,960

$

$

145
1,387
15,101
16,633

(4,865)
(1,040)
(5,196)
(11,101)
5,532

$

$

24
1,140
9,868
11,032

(16)
459
(1,535)
(1,092)
9,940

The reconciliation of the U.S. federal statutory rate to our effective tax rate on income before provision for income taxes for the 
years ended January 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011 was as follows:

(in thousands)
U.S. federal statutory income tax rate

Income tax provision at the U.S. federal statutory rate
State tax provision
Foreign tax rate differential
Tax incentives
Valuation allowances
Stock-based and other compensation
Non-deductible expenses
Tax credits
Tax contingencies
Changes in tax rates
U.S. tax effects of foreign operations
Other, net
Total provision for income taxes
Effective income tax rate

Year Ended January 31,
2012

2011

2013

35.0 %

35.0 %

35.0 %

$

$

23,717
1,055
(12,471)
(29,171)
4,844
1,833
1,329
(4,170)
17,546
(296)
3,854
890
8,960
13.2%

$

$

16,155
2,443
(7,408)
(8,846)
(5,575)
1,480
2,392
(2,034)
(223)
(486)
7,864
(230)
5,532
12.0%

$

$

13,484
3,720
(2,204)
(2,114)
(13,042)
1,823
787
(1,880)
(4,233)
(516)
13,774
341
9,940
25.8%

Our operations in Israel have been granted "Approved Enterprise" status by the Investment Center of the Israeli Ministry of 
Industry, Trade and Labor, which makes us eligible for tax benefits under the Israeli Law for Encouragement of Capital 
Investments, 1959.  Under the terms of the program, income attributable to an approved enterprise is exempt from income tax 
for a period of two years and is subject to a reduced income tax rate for the subsequent five to eight years (generally 10-25%, 
depending on the percentage of foreign investment in the company). These tax incentives decreased our effective tax rates by 
43.0%, 19.2%, and 5.5% for the years ended January 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities consisted of the following at January 31, 2013 and 2012:

95

Table of Contents

(in thousands)
Deferred tax assets:
   Accrued expenses
   Deferred revenue
   Loss carryforwards
   Tax credits
   Stock-based and other compensation
   Capitalized research and development expenses
   Other, net
      Total deferred tax assets
Deferred tax liabilities:
   Deferred cost of revenue
   Goodwill and other intangible assets
   Other, net
      Total deferred tax liabilities
Valuation allowance
Net deferred tax assets

Recorded as:
   Current deferred tax assets
   Long-term deferred tax assets
   Current deferred tax liabilities
   Long-term deferred tax liabilities
Net deferred tax assets

Year Ended January 31,
2012
2013

5,800
21,326
103,885
9,151
11,221
2,737
5,450
159,570

(2,445)
(41,569)
(1,035)
(45,049)
(104,757)
9,764

10,447
10,342
(764)
(10,261)
9,764

$

$

$

$

5,203
22,611
103,263
7,815
14,616
3,732
9,513
166,753

(3,842)
(49,909)
(904)
(54,655)
(100,842)
11,256

13,060
9,536
(1,056)
(10,284)
11,256

$

$

$

$

Deferred tax liabilities have been retrospectively reduced by $3.4 million at January 31, 2012 to reflect measurement period 
adjustments to the purchase price allocation for a business combination completed during the year ended January 31, 2012.  
These adjustments were identified during the three months ended April 30, 2012, and resulted from new information obtained 
about facts and circumstances that existed as of the respective acquisition dates. Further details regarding these adjustments 
appear in Note 5, "Business Combinations".

At January 31, 2013 and 2012, we had U.S. federal NOL carryforwards of approximately $302.5 million and $287.0 million, 
respectively. These loss carryforwards expire in various years ending from January 31, 2017 to 2033. We had state NOL 
carryforwards of approximately $193.2 million and $205.0 million in the same respective years, expiring in years ending from 
January 31, 2013 to 2033. We had foreign NOL carryforwards of approximately $55.5 million and $39.7 million in the same 
respective years. At January 31, 2013, all but $5.1 million of these foreign loss carryforwards have indefinite carryforward 
periods. Certain of these federal, state, and foreign loss carryforwards and credits are subject to Internal Revenue Code Section 
382 or similar provisions, which impose limitations on their utilization following certain changes in ownership of the entity 
generating the loss carryforward. The NOL carryforwards for tax return purposes are different from the NOL carryforwards for 
financial statement purposes, primarily due to the reduction of NOL carryforwards for financial statement purposes under the 
authoritative guidance on accounting for uncertainty in income taxes. We have U.S. federal, state and foreign tax credit 
carryforwards of approximately $12.6 million and $8.3 million at January 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, the utilization of 
which is subject to limitation. At January 31, 2013, approximately $1.5 million of these tax credit carryforwards may be carried 
forward indefinitely. The balance of $11.1 million expires in various years ending from January 31, 2015 to 2031.

As of January 31, 2013, we have not provided for deferred taxes on the excess of financial reporting over the tax basis of 
investments in certain foreign subsidiaries in the amount of $261.4 million because we plan to reinvest such earnings 
indefinitely outside the United States. If these earnings were repatriated in the future, additional income and withholding tax 
expense would be incurred. Due to complexities in the laws of the foreign jurisdictions and the assumptions that would have to 
be made, it is not practicable to estimate the total amount of income taxes that would have to be provided on such earnings.

As required by the authoritative guidance on accounting for income taxes, we evaluate the realizability of deferred tax assets on 
a jurisdictional basis at each reporting date. Accounting for income taxes requires that a valuation allowance be established 
when it is more likely than not that all or a portion of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. In circumstances where there 
is sufficient negative evidence indicating that the deferred tax assets are not more likely than not realizable, we establish a 

96

Table of Contents

valuation allowance. We have recorded valuation allowances in the amounts of $104.8 million and $100.8 million at January 
31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. The $4.0 million increase in the valuation allowance between January 31, 2012 and January 
31, 2013 arose primarily as a result of an overall increase in net deferred tax assets, primarily related to amortization of 
acquired intangibles and loss carryforwards, offset by changes in deferred revenue and equity compensation.

The recorded valuation allowance consisted of the following at January 31, 2013 and 2012:

(in thousands)
Valuation allowance, beginning of year
(Provision for) benefit from income taxes
Additional paid-in capital
Acquisitions
Cumulative translation adjustment
Valuation allowance, end of year

Year Ended January 31,
2012
2013

(100,842) $
(4,844)
1,077
—
(148)
(104,757) $

(105,720)
5,575
477
(1,663)
489
(100,842)

$

$

In accordance with the authoritative guidance for accounting for stock-based compensation, we use a "with-and-without" 
approach to applying the intra-period allocation rules in accordance with accounting for income taxes. Under this approach, the 
windfall tax benefit is calculated based on the incremental tax benefit received from deductions related to stock-based 
compensation. The amount is measured by calculating the tax benefit both "with" and "without" the excess tax deduction; the 
resulting difference between the two calculations is considered the windfall. We did not recognize a windfall benefit in our U.S. 
federal income tax provision for the years ended January 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011.

On February 1, 2007, we implemented the provisions of the authoritative guidance on accounting for uncertainty in income 
taxes. The guidance contains a two-step approach to recognizing and measuring uncertain tax positions. The first step is to 
determine whether any amount of tax benefit may be recognized by evaluating tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a 
tax return and assessing whether, based solely on their technical merits, they are more likely than not sustainable upon 
examination, including resolution of any related appeals or litigation process. The second step is to measure the amount of 
associated tax benefit that may be recorded for each position as the largest amount that we believe is more likely than not 
sustainable. Differences between the amount of tax benefits taken or expected to be taken in our income tax returns and the 
amount of tax benefits recognized in our financial statements, determined by applying the prescribed methodologies of 
accounting for uncertainty in income taxes, represent our unrecognized income tax benefits, which we either record as a 
liability or as a reduction of deferred tax assets.

For the years ended January 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011, the aggregate changes in the balance of gross unrecognized tax benefits 
were as follows:

(in thousands)
Gross unrecognized tax benefits, beginning of year
Increases related to tax positions taken during the current year
Increases as a result of acquisitions
Increases related to tax positions taken during prior years
Increases (decreases) related to foreign currency exchange rate
Reductions for tax positions of prior years
Lapses of statutes of limitation
Gross unrecognized tax benefits, end of year

Year Ended January 31,
2012

2011

2013

$

$

36,377
8,909
—
15,575
(375)
(3,602)
(1,472)
55,412

$

$

32,672
4,424
2,781
1,904
(71)
(2,320)
(3,013)
36,377

$

$

37,495
4,778
—
2,271
97
(10,829)
(1,140)
32,672

As of January 31, 2013, we had $55.4 million of unrecognized tax benefits, of which $50.8 million represents the amount that, 
if recognized, would impact the effective income tax rate in future periods. We recorded $0.6 million, $(0.7) million, and $(0.6) 
million of interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions in our provision for income taxes for the years ended January 
31, 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively. The accrued liability for interest and penalties was $8.3 million, $8.2 million, and $6.6 
million at January 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively.  Interest and penalties (expense and/or benefit) are recorded as a 
component of the provision for income taxes in the consolidated financial statements.

Our income tax returns are subject to ongoing tax examinations in several jurisdictions in which we operate. In the United 
States, we are no longer subject to federal income tax examination for years prior to January 31, 2008. As of January 31, 2013 

97

Table of Contents

we had completed the filing of our Israeli tax returns for the years ended January 31, 2006 through January 31, 2010 which 
were delayed due to our restated results of operations. As of January 31, 2013, income tax returns are under examination in the 
following major tax jurisdictions:

Jurisdiction
Brazil
United Kingdom
Hong Kong
India

Tax Years

December 31, 2009
December 31, 2006, January 31, 2008
March 31, 2003 - March 31, 2005, January 31, 2006 - January 31, 2007
March 31, 2008, March 31, 2010, March 31, 2011

We regularly assess the adequacy of our provisions for income tax contingencies. As a result, we may adjust the reserves for 
unrecognized tax benefits for the impact of new facts and developments, such as changes to interpretations of relevant tax law, 
assessments from taxing authorities, settlements with taxing authorities, and lapses of statutes of expiration. We believe that it 
is reasonably possible that the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits at January 31, 2013 could decrease by approximately 
$3.1 million in the next twelve months as a result of settlement of certain tax audits or lapses of statutes of limitation. Such 
decreases may involve the payment of additional taxes, the adjustment of certain deferred taxes including the need for 
additional valuation allowances and the recognition of tax benefits. We also believe that it is reasonably possible that new 
issues may be raised by tax authorities or developments in tax audits may occur which would require increases or decreases to 
the balance of reserves for unrecognized tax benefits; however, an estimate of such changes cannot reasonably be made.

13.  FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS 

Fair value is defined as the price that would be received from selling an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly 
transaction between market participants at the measurement date.  When determining the fair value measurements for assets 
and liabilities required to be recorded at fair value, we consider the principal or most advantageous market in which we would 
transact and consider assumptions that market participants would use when pricing the asset or liability, such as inherent risk, 
transfer restrictions, and risk of nonperformance.

Accounting guidance establishes a fair value hierarchy that requires an entity to maximize the use of observable inputs and 
minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value.  An instrument’s categorization within the fair value 
hierarchy is based upon the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement.  This fair value hierarchy 
consists of three levels of inputs that may be used to measure fair value:

•  Level 1:  quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities;

•  Level 2:  inputs other than Level 1 that are observable, either directly or indirectly, such as quoted prices in active 

markets for similar assets or liabilities, quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not 
active, or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full 
term of the assets or liabilities; or

•  Level 3:  unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity.

Assets and liabilities are classified based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurements.  We 
review the fair value hierarchy classification of our applicable assets and liabilities on a quarterly basis.  Changes in the 
observability of valuation inputs may result in transfers within the fair value measurement hierarchy.  We did not identify any 
transfers between levels of the fair value measurement hierarchy during the years ended January 31, 2013 and 2012.

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis

Our assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis consisted of the following as of January 31, 2013 and 2012: 

98

 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

(in thousands)
Assets:

Money market funds
Foreign currency forward contracts

Total assets

Liabilities:

Foreign currency forward contracts
Contingent consideration - business combinations

Total liabilities

(in thousands)
Assets:

Money market funds
Foreign currency forward contracts

Total assets

Liabilities:

Foreign currency forward contracts
Contingent consideration - business combinations

Total liabilities

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

January 31, 2013
Fair Value Hierarchy Category
Level 2

Level 3

Level 1

62,085
—
62,085

$

$

— $
—
— $

— $

2,854
2,854

542
—
542

$

$

$

—
—
—

—
25,041
25,041

January 31, 2012
Fair Value Hierarchy Category
Level 2

Level 3

Level 1

44,494
—
44,494

$

$

— $
—
— $

— $
978
978

$

530
—
530

$

$

—
—
—

—
38,646
38,646

The following table presents the change in the estimated fair value of our liability for contingent consideration measured using 
significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) for the years ended January 31, 2013 and 2012: 

(in thousands)
Fair value measurement at beginning of period
Contingent consideration liabilities recorded for business combinations
Changes in fair values, recorded in operating expenses
Payments of contingent consideration
Fair value measurement at end of period

Year Ended January 31,

2013

2012

$

$

38,646
—
(6,203)
(7,402)
25,041

$

$

3,686
42,404
(3,337)
(4,107)
38,646

Our estimated liability for contingent consideration represents potential payments of additional consideration for business 
combinations, payable if certain defined performance goals are achieved. Changes in fair value of contingent consideration are 
recorded in the consolidated statements of operations within selling, general and administrative expenses.

Fair Value Measurements

Money Market Funds - We value our money market funds using quoted market prices for such funds.

Foreign Currency Forward Contracts - The estimated fair value of foreign currency forward contracts is based on quotes 
received from the counterparties thereto.  These quotes are reviewed for reasonableness by discounting the future estimated 
cash flows under the contracts, considering the terms and maturities of the contracts and market exchange rates using readily 
observable market prices for similar contracts.

Contingent Consideration - Business Combinations - The fair value of the contingent consideration related to business 
combinations is estimated using a probability-adjusted discounted cash flow model.  These fair value measurements are based 
on significant inputs not observable in the market.  The key internally developed assumptions used in these models are discount 
rates and the probabilities assigned to the milestones to be achieved.  We remeasure the fair value of the contingent 
consideration at each reporting period, and any changes in fair value resulting from either the passage of time or events 
occurring after the acquisition date, such as changes in discount rates, or in the expectations of achieving the performance 
targets, are recorded within selling, general, and administrative expenses.  Increases or decreases in discount rates would have 

99

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

inverse impacts on the related fair value measurements, while favorable or unfavorable changes in expectations of achieving 
performance targets would result in corresponding increases or decreases in the related fair value measurements.  We utilized 
discount rates ranging from 2.4% to 17.0% in our calculations of the estimated fair values of our contingent consideration 
liabilities as of January 31, 2013.  We utilized discount rates ranging from 4.5% to 17.5% in our calculations of the estimated 
fair values of our contingent consideration liabilities as of January 31, 2012.

Other Financial Instruments

Included within cash and cash equivalents at January 31, 2013 is a marketable debt security purchased with a remaining 
maturity of less than three months which is classified as held-to-maturity and is carried at its amortized cost of $4.0 million.  
The carrying value of this security approximates its fair value, which was determined using Level 2 inputs of the fair value 
hierarchy.

The carrying amounts of accounts receivable, accounts payable, and accrued liabilities and other current liabilities approximate 
fair value due to their short maturities.

The estimated fair values of our term loan borrowings were $583.0 million and $597.0 million at January 31, 2013 and 2012, 
respectively.  The estimated fair values of the term loan are based upon indicative bid and ask prices as determined by the agent 
responsible for the syndication of our term loan.  We consider these inputs to be within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy 
because we cannot reasonably observe activity in the limited market in which participations in our term loan are traded.  The 
indicative prices provided to us as at each of January 31, 2013 and 2012 did not significantly differ from par value.

Assets and Liabilities Not Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis

In addition to assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis, we also measure certain assets and 
liabilities at fair value on a nonrecurring basis. Our non-financial assets, including goodwill, intangible assets and property, 
plant and equipment, are measured at fair value when there is an indication of impairment and the carrying amount exceeds the 
asset’s projected undiscounted cash flows.  These assets are recorded at fair value only when an impairment charge is 
recognized.  Further details regarding our regular impairment reviews appear in Note 1, "Summary of Significant Accounting 
Policies".

14.  DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

Our primary objective for holding derivative financial instruments is to manage foreign currency exchange rate risk and interest 
rate risk, when deemed appropriate. We enter into these contracts in the normal course of business to mitigate risks and not for 
speculative purposes.

Foreign Currency Forward Contracts

Under our risk management strategy, we periodically use derivative financial instruments to manage our short-term exposures 
to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates.  We utilize foreign exchange forward contracts to hedge certain operational 
cash flow exposures resulting from changes in foreign currency exchange rates.  These cash flow exposures result from 
portions of our forecasted operating expenses, primarily compensation and related expenses, which are transacted in currencies 
other than the U.S. dollar, primarily the Israeli shekel and the Canadian dollar.  We also periodically utilize foreign currency 
forward contracts to manage exposures resulting from forecasted customer collections to be remitted in currencies other than 
the applicable functional currency, and exposures from cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments denominated in 
currencies other than the applicable functional currency.  Our joint venture, which has a Singapore dollar functional currency, 
also utilizes foreign exchange forward contracts to manage its exposure to exchange rate fluctuations related to settlements of 
liabilities denominated in U.S. dollars.  These foreign currency forward contracts are reported at fair value on our consolidated 
balance sheets and generally have maturities of no longer than twelve months, although occasionally we will execute a contract 
that extends beyond twelve months, depending upon the nature of the underlying risk.

The counterparties to our derivative financial instruments consist of several major international financial institutions.  We 
regularly monitor the financial strength of these institutions.  While the counterparties to these contracts expose us to credit-
related losses in the event of a counterparty’s non-performance, the risk would be limited to the unrealized gains on such 
affected contracts.  We do not anticipate any such losses.

Certain of these foreign currency forward contracts are not designated as hedging instruments under accounting guidance for 
derivatives, and gains and losses from changes in their fair values are therefore reported in other income (expense), net.  

100

  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Changes in the fair values of foreign currency forward contracts that are designated and effective as cash flow hedges are 
recorded net of related tax effects in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), and are reclassified to the consolidated 
statements of operations when the effects of the item being hedged are recognized in the consolidated statements of operations.

Interest Rate Swap Agreement

On May 25, 2007, concurrently with entry into the 2007 Credit Agreement, we executed a pay-fixed/ receive-variable interest 
rate swap agreement with a high credit-quality multinational financial institution to mitigate a portion of the risk associated 
with variable interest rates on the term loan. We recorded losses of $3.1 million on the interest rate swap for the year ended 
January 31, 2011. In July 2010, we terminated this interest rate swap agreement.

The interest rate swap agreement was not designated as a hedging instrument under accounting guidance for derivatives, and 
gains and losses from changes in its fair value were therefore reported in other income (expense), net.

Notional Amounts of Derivative Financial Instruments

Our outstanding derivative financial instruments consisted only of foreign currency forward contracts with notional amounts of 
$108.1 million and $94.1 million as of January 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

Fair Values of Derivative Financial Instruments

The fair values of our derivative financial instruments as of January 31, 2013 and 2012 were as follows: 

(in thousands) 
Derivative financial instruments

designated as hedging instruments:

Foreign currency forward contracts

Total derivative financial instruments
designated as hedging instruments
Derivative financial instruments not

designated as hedging instruments:

Foreign currency forward contracts

Total derivative financial instruments

not designated as hedging
instruments

(in thousands) 
Derivative financial instruments

designated as hedging instruments:

Foreign currency forward contracts

Total derivative financial instruments
designated as hedging instruments
Derivative financial instruments not

designated as hedging instruments:

Foreign currency forward contracts

Total derivative financial instruments

not designated as hedging
instruments

January 31, 2013

Assets

Liabilities

Balance Sheet
Classification

Fair Value

Balance Sheet
Classification

Fair Value

Prepaid expenses and
other current assets

Prepaid expenses and
other current assets

Assets

Balance Sheet
Classification

Prepaid expenses and
other current assets

—

101

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

2,808

2,808

46

46

Accrued expenses
and other liabilities

Accrued expenses
and other liabilities

$

$

$

$

64

64

478

478

January 31, 2012

Liabilities

Fair Value

Balance Sheet
Classification

Fair Value

Accrued expenses
and other liabilities

978

978

Accrued expenses
and other liabilities

—

—  

$

$

$

$

227

227

303

303

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Derivative Financial Instruments in Cash Flow Hedging Relationships

The effects of derivative financial instruments designated as cash flow hedging instruments for the years ended January 31, 
2013 and 2012 were as follows: 

Classification of Net Gains 
(Losses) 
Reclassified from Other 
Comprehensive Loss
into the Consolidated 
Statements of Operations

Net Gains Recognized in
Accumulated Other
Comprehensive Loss

January 31,

2013

2012

Net Gains (Losses) Reclassified
from Other Comprehensive Loss
into the Consolidated
Statements of Operations

Year Ended January 31,

2013

2012

2011

(in thousands) 

Foreign currency forward contracts

$

2,447

$

666

Operating Expenses

$

(803) $

(373) $

925

There were no gains or losses from ineffectiveness of these hedges recorded for the years ended January 31, 2013, 2012, and 
2011. All of the foreign currency forward contracts underlying the $2.4 million of net unrealized gains recorded in our 
accumulated other comprehensive loss at January 31, 2013 mature within twelve months, and therefore we expect all such 
gains to be reclassified into earnings within the next twelve months.

Derivative Financial Instruments Not Designated as Hedging Instruments

Losses recognized on derivative financial instruments not designated as hedging instruments in our consolidated statements of 
operations for the years ended January 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 were as follows:

(in thousands)
Foreign currency forward contracts
Interest rate swap agreement
Total

Classification in Consolidated 
Statements of Operations
Other income (expense), net
Other income (expense), net

$

  $

15.  STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION AND OTHER BENEFIT PLANS

Stock-Based Compensation Plans

Plan Summaries

Year Ended January 31,
2012

2011

2013

(399) $
—
(399) $

(896) $
—
(896) $

(2,761)
(3,102)
(5,863)

Our stock-based incentive awards are provided to employees and directors under the terms of our multiple outstanding stock 
benefit plans (the "Plans" or "Stock Plans") and/or forms of equity award agreements approved by the board of directors.  

The 1996 Stock Incentive Compensation Plan, as amended (the "1996 Plan"), was approved by our stockholders and became 
effective on September 10, 1996. The 1996 Plan allowed for the granting of awards of deferred stock, restricted stock awards 
("RSAs") and restricted stock units ("RSUs"), incentive and non-qualified stock options, and stock appreciation rights to our 
employees, directors, and consultants. The deadline for making new awards under the 1996 Plan was March 10, 2012.  

On May 25, 2007, in connection with the acquisition of Witness, we assumed a stock plan referred to as the Witness Systems, 
Inc.  Amended and Restated Stock Incentive Plan, as amended (the "1997 Plan"). Under the 1997 Plan, we were permitted to 
grant awards of deferred stock, RSAs, and RSUs, incentive and non-qualified stock options, and stock appreciation rights to 
our employees, directors, and consultants. The 1997 Plan contained an evergreen provision, which allowed for an increase in 
the number of shares available for issuance, up to a maximum of 3.0 million shares per year. The deadline for making new 
awards under the 1997 Plan was November 18, 2009. Additionally, in connection with the acquisition of Witness, we assumed 
certain new-hire inducement grants made by Witness outside of its stockholder-approved equity plans prior to May 25, 2007.

Terminations of the 1996 Plan and 1997 Plan did not affect outstanding awards under those Plans, which remain in effect until 
such awards shall have been exercised or shall have expired in accordance with their terms.

102

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Our stockholders approved the 2004 Stock Incentive Compensation Plan (the "2004 Plan") on July 27, 2004. Under the 2004 
Plan, we were permitted to grant awards of deferred stock, RSAs and RSUs, incentive and non-qualified stock options, and 
stock appreciation rights to our employees, directors, and consultants. To the extent not used under the 1996 Plan, the shares 
available pursuant to the 2004 Plan could be increased by a maximum of 1.0 million shares for awards granted under the 1996 
Plan that were forfeited, expire, or are cancelled on or after July 28, 2004. On June 15, 2012, our stockholders approved 
Amendment No. 1 to the 2010 Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan, as discussed further below, which included the transfer of 0.2 
million shares that remained available for issuance or transfer under the 2004 Plan to the 2010 Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan 
and terminated the 2004 plan. Termination of the 2004 Plan did not affect awards outstanding under the 2004 Plan at the time 
of termination.

On October 5, 2010, our stockholders approved the 2010 Long-Term Incentive Plan, and on June 15, 2012, approved 
Amendment No. 1 to the 2010 Long-Term Incentive Plan (together, the "2010 Plan").  The amendment provided for an increase 
of 4.5 million shares available for issuance under the 2010 Plan and concurrently transferred 0.2 million shares that remained 
available under the 2004 Plan to the 2010 Plan. Under the 2010 Plan, we are permitted to grant stock options (both incentive 
and non-qualified), stock appreciation rights, RSAs, RSUs, performance awards, performance compensation awards or other 
awards to eligible employees, directors and consultants.  Awards of incentive stock options are limited to an aggregate of 3.5 
million shares under the 2010 Plan. No grant will be made under the 2010 Plan after June 15, 2022, but all grants made on or 
prior to such date will continue in effect thereafter subject to the terms and conditions of the 2010 Plan.

On August 4, 2011, in connection with the acquisition of Vovici, we assumed a stock plan referred to as the Vovici 2006 
Amended and Restated Stock Plan, as amended (the "Vovici Plan"). Under the Vovici Plan, we are permitted to grant stock 
options (both incentive and nonstatutory), stock purchase rights, and restricted stock units. The Vovici Plan shall continue in 
effect until July 28, 2020. However, our board of directors may at any time amend, alter, suspend, or terminate the Vovici Plan.

On February 4, 2013, in connection with the CTI Merger, we assumed the Comverse Technology, Inc. Stock Incentive 
Compensation Plan (the "CTI Plan"). Under the CTI Plan, we are permitted to grant stock options, stock appreciation rights, 
restricted stock, performance-based compensation awards, and other stock-based awards. There are 2.7 million shares available 
to be granted pursuant to the CTI Plan, which will continue in effect until September 7, 2021. Further details regarding the CTI 
Merger appear in Note 4, "Merger Agreement with CTI".

The table below summarizes key information for the Plans as of January 31, 2013:

(in thousands)
The 1996 Plan
The 1997 Plan
The 1997 Blue Pumpkin inducement grants
The 2004 Plan
The 2010 Plan
The Vovici Plan
Total

Number of
Shares
Reserved
for Grants

5,000
6,400
158
3,000
8,700
317
23,575

Number of
Shares
Outstanding
354
15
—
797
1,270
23
2,459

Number of
Shares
Available
for Grants

—
—
—
—
5,172
—
5,172

As presented in the table above, the number of shares outstanding excludes, and the number of shares available for grants has 
not been reduced for, approximately 0.4 million RSUs with performance conditions awarded to officers for which the 
performance criteria has not yet been established by our board. Under applicable accounting guidance, if an award is subject to 
a performance vesting condition, an accounting grant date for the award is generally not established until the performance 
vesting condition has been defined and communicated.  The table excludes 0.3 million shares available for grants under the 
Vovici Plan which are not expected to be used for future awards.

Awards are generally subject to multi-year vesting periods and generally expire 10 years or less after the date of grant. We 
recognize compensation expense for awards on a straight-line basis over the life of the vesting period, reduced by estimated 
forfeitures. Upon exercise of stock options, issuance of restricted stock, or issuance of shares under the Plans, we generally 
issue new shares of common stock, but occasionally may issue treasury shares.

Stock-Based Compensation Expense

103

Table of Contents

As described in Note 1, "Summary of Significant Accounting Policies", we recognize stock-based compensation expense based 
on the grant date fair value of stock-based awards granted to employees and others.

We recognized stock-based compensation expense in the following line items on the consolidated statements of operations for 
the years ended January 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011:

(in thousands, except per share amounts)
Component of income before provision for income taxes:
   Cost of revenue - product
   Cost of revenue - service and support
   Research and development, net
   Selling, general and administrative
Stock-based compensation expense
Income tax benefits related to stock-based compensation (before
consideration of valuation allowances
Stock-based compensation, net of taxes

Impact on net income per common share attributable to Verint
Systems Inc.:
   Basic
   Diluted

Year Ended January 31,
2012

2011

2013

$

$

$
$

771
2,086
2,636
19,715
25,208

6,456
18,752

0.47
0.47

$

$

$
$

883
2,424
3,060
21,544
27,911

7,175
20,736

0.54
0.52

$

$

$
$

1,595
4,612
7,081
33,531
46,819

12,165
34,654

1.00
0.93

The following table summarizes stock-based compensation expense by type of award for the years ended January 31, 2013, 
2012, and 2011:

(in thousands)
Component of stock-based compensation expense:
   Stock options
   Restricted stock awards and restricted stock units
   Phantom stock units
   Stock bonus program
Stock-based compensation expense

Year Ended January 31,
2012

2011

2013

$

$

289
20,425
516
3,978
25,208

$

$

723
21,414
2,533
3,241
27,911

$

$

3,135
25,583
18,101
—
46,819

The table above includes stock-based compensation amounts where we modified certain option awards to revise exercising 
terms for certain terminated employees and recognized incremental compensation expense of $0.1 million the year ended 
January 31, 2011. No amount was recognized for the years ended January 31, 2013 and 2012. Participants in the Plans were 
restricted from exercising options due to our inability to use our Registration Statement on Form S-8 during our previous 
extended filing delay period. As such, we modified grants held by terminated employees by extending the time a terminated 
employee would normally have to exercise vested stock option awards. A total of 36 employees were affected by such 
modifications for the year ended January 31, 2011. No employees were affected for the years ended January 31, 2013 and 2012.

Total stock-based compensation expense by classification was as follows for the years ended January 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011: 

(in thousands)
Equity-classified awards
Stock bonus program
   Total equity-settled awards
Other liability-classified awards
Total stock-based compensation expense

Year Ended January 31,
2012

2011

2013

$

$

20,174
830
21,004
4,204
25,208

$

$

21,781
—
21,781
6,130
27,911

$

$

28,784
—
28,784
18,035
46,819

104

 
 
 
Table of Contents

Awards under our stock bonus program are accounted for as liability-classified awards, because the obligations are based 
predominantly on fixed monetary amounts that are generally known at inception of the obligation, to be settled with a variable 
number of shares of our common stock.  Our other liability-classified awards include our phantom stock awards, the values of 
which track the market price of our common stock and are therefore subject to volatility, and which are settled with cash 
payments equivalent to the market value of our common stock upon vesting.  Upon settlement of other liability-classified 
awards with equity, compensation expense associated with those awards is reported within equity-classified awards in the table 
above.

Net excess tax benefits resulting from our Stock Plans were a nominal amount for the year ended January 31, 2013 and $0.7 
million for the year ended January 31, 2012, and were recorded as increases to additional paid-in capital. We did not recognize 
excess tax benefits for the year ended January 31, 2011. Excess tax benefits represent a reduction in income taxes otherwise 
payable during the period, attributable to the actual gross tax benefits in excess of the expected tax benefits.

Stock Options

When stock options are awarded, the fair value of the options is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-
pricing model. Expected volatility and the expected term are the input factors to that model that require the most significant 
management judgment. Expected volatility is estimated utilizing daily historical volatility over a period that equates to the 
expected life of the option. The expected life (estimated period of time outstanding) is estimated using the historical exercise 
behavior of employees. The risk-free interest rate is the implied daily yield currently available on U.S. Treasury issues with a 
remaining term closely approximating the expected term used as the input to the Black-Scholes option pricing model.

We have generally not granted stock options during the years ended January 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011. However, in connection 
with our acquisition of Vovici on August 4, 2011, stock options to purchase shares of Vovici common stock were converted into 
stock options to purchase approximately 42,000 shares of our common stock.

The fair values of the options granted in August 2011 in connection with the acquisition of Vovici were estimated using a 
Black-Scholes option pricing model with the weighted-average assumptions presented in the following table:

Expected Life (in years)
Risk-free interest rate
Expected volatility
Dividend Yield

5.43
1.26%
50.40%
—%

We utilized the simplified method to calculate the expected lives of options granted to Vovici employees due to the limited data 
available regarding the exercise patterns of Vovici option holders.

The following table summarizes stock option activity under the Plans for the years ended January 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011:

(in thousands, except exercise
prices)
Beginning balance
Granted
Exercised
Forfeited
Expired
Ending balance
Stock options exercisable

2013

Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price

Stock
Options

1,114

$
— $
(121) $
(23) $
(46) $
$
924
$
907

30.40
—
18.35
30.07
32.73
31.88
32.32

Year Ended January 31,
2012

Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price

Stock
Options

$
1,767
42
$
(623) $
— $
(72) $
$
$

1,114
1,083

27.33
9.28
20.51
—
28.07
30.40
31.03

2011

Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price

Stock
Options

4,731

$
— $
(2,164) $
(4) $
(796) $
$
1,767
$
1,764

23.16
—
18.88
23.94
25.56
27.33
27.33

As of January 31, 2013, the aggregate intrinsic value for the options vested and exercisable was $2.2 million with a weighted-
average remaining contractual life of 1.8 years. Additionally, there were 0.9 million options vested and expected to vest with a 
weighted-average exercise price of $31.92 per share and an aggregate intrinsic value of $2.6 million with a weighted-average 
remaining contractual life of 1.9 years.

105

 
 
 
Table of Contents

The unrecognized compensation expense calculated under the fair value method for options expected to vest (unvested shares 
net of expected forfeitures) as of January 31, 2013 was $0.4 million and is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average 
period of 1.9 years.

The following table summarizes information about stock options as of January 31, 2013:

(number of options in thousands)
Range of Exercise Prices
 $4.93 - $17.98
 $19.95 - $19.95
 $22.61 - $22.61
 $23.00 - $23.00
 $28.41 - $28.41
 $31.78 - $31.78
 $32.16 - $32.16
 $34.40 - $34.40
 $35.11 - $35.11
 $37.99 - $37.99
 $4.93 - $37.99

Options Outstanding
Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term (years)
3.0
5.7
0.6
0.9
1.3
1.4
2.3
2.9
1.8
2.2
1.9

$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$

Number of
Options
Outstanding
63
1
15
84
34
12
13
131
547
24
924

Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price

12.42
19.95
22.61
23.00
28.41
31.78
32.16
34.40
35.11
37.99
31.88

Options Exercisable

Number of
Options
Exercisable
46
1
15
84
34
12
13
131
547
24
907

$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$

Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price

13.81
19.95
22.61
23.00
28.41
31.78
32.16
34.40
35.11
37.99
32.32

The following table summarizes key data points for exercised options:

(in thousands)
Intrinsic value of options exercised
Cash received from the exercise of stock options
Tax benefits realized from stock options exercised
Fair value of options vested

Restricted Stock Units and Restricted Stock Awards

Year Ended January 31,
2012

2011

2013

$
$
$
$

1,450
2,605
339
17,832

$
$
$
$

8,034
12,474
3,219
20,413

$
$
$
$

18,430
40,787
3,391
30,209

We periodically award RSUs and RSAs to our directors, officers, and other employees. The fair value of these awards is 
equivalent to the market value of our common stock on the grant date. The principal difference between these instruments is 
that RSUs are not shares of our common stock and do not have any of the rights or privileges thereof, including voting or 
dividend rights. On the applicable vesting date, the holder of an RSU becomes entitled to a share of our common stock. Both 
RSAs and RSUs are subject to certain restrictions and forfeiture provisions prior to vesting.

RSUs typically vest based upon continued service, and we amortize the fair value of such time-based RSUs on a straight-line 
basis over the requisite service periods.

We periodically award RSUs to executive officers and certain employees that vest upon the achievement of specified 
performance goals. For some of these awards, the performance goals are established by our board subsequent to the award date. 
As noted above, if an award is subject to a performance vesting condition, an accounting grant date for the award is generally 
not established until the performance vesting condition has been defined and communicated.  Once the performance vesting 
condition has been defined and communicated, our estimate of the fair value of performance-based RSUs requires an 
assessment of the probability that the specified performance criteria will be achieved. At each reporting date, we update our 
assessment of the probability that the specified performance criteria will be achieved and adjust our estimate of the fair value of 
the performance-based RSUs, if necessary. We amortize the fair values of performance-based RSUs over the requisite service 
period for each separately vesting tranche of the award.

RSUs that settle, or are expected to settle, with cash payments upon vesting are reflected as liabilities on our consolidated 
balance sheets.

The following table summarizes RSA and RSU activity under the Plans for the years ended January 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011:
106

 
Table of Contents

(in thousands, except grant date fair values)
Beginning balance
Granted
Released
Forfeited
Ending balance

2013

Weighted-
Average
Grant-Date
Shares
Fair Value
30.25
1,450
$
29.59
$
1,258
27.62
(1,076) $
32.59
(96) $
31.42
$

1,536

Year Ended January 31,
2012

Weighted-
Average
Grant-Date
Shares
Fair Value
18.09
1,935
$
34.84
$
902
(1,336) $
15.72
(51) $
28.85
30.25
$

1,450

2011

Weighted-
Average
Grant-Date
Shares
Fair Value
14.92
3,412
$
26.01
$
1,102
(2,503) $
17.39
(76) $
13.23
18.09
$

1,935

Activity presented in the table above includes shares earned and released under our stock bonus program, further details 
regarding which appear below under "Stock Bonus Program".

As of January 31, 2013, unrecognized compensation expense related to 1.5 million unvested RSUs expected to vest subsequent 
to January 31, 2013 was approximately $29.9 million, with remaining weighted-average vesting periods of approximately 1.8 
years, over which such expense is expected to be recognized. The total fair value of restricted stock units vested during the 
years ended January 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011 was $29.1 million, $21.0 million, and $43.5 million, respectively.

Phantom Stock Units

We have periodically issued phantom stock units to certain non-officer employees that settle, or are expected to settle, with cash 
payments upon vesting. Phantom stock units provide for the payment of a cash bonus equivalent to the value of our common 
stock as of the vesting date of the award. Phantom stock units generally have a multi-year vesting and are generally subject to 
the same vesting conditions as equity awards granted on the same date. We recognize compensation expense for phantom stock 
units on a straight-line basis, reduced by estimated forfeitures. Phantom stock units are accounted for as liabilities and as such 
their value tracks our stock price and is subject to market volatility.

The following table summarizes phantom stock unit activity for the years ended January 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011:

(in thousands)
Beginning balance, in units
Granted
Released
Forfeited
Ending balance, in units

Year Ended January 31,
2012

2011

2013

90
3
(79)
(5)
9

403
10
(298)
(25)
90

1,106
196
(865)
(34)
403

The total accrued liability for phantom stock units was $0.2 million and $1.9 million as of January 31, 2013 and 2012, 
respectively. Total cash payments made upon vesting of phantom stock units were $2.3 million, $10.3 million, and $22.9 
million for the years ended January 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively.

The phantom stock units granted during the years ended January 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011 primarily vest over two-year and 
three-year periods, subject to applicable performance conditions.

As of January 31, 2013, unrecognized compensation expense related to 9,000 unvested phantom stock units expected to vest 
subsequent to January 31, 2013 was approximately $0.1 million, based on our stock price of $33.80 at January 31, 2013, with a 
remaining weighted-average vesting period of approximately 1.3 years over which such expense is expected to be recognized.

Stock Bonus Program

In September 2011, our board of directors approved a stock bonus program under which eligible employees may receive a 
portion of their annual or quarterly bonuses (depending on the employee’s bonus plan) in the form of fully vested shares of our 
common stock.  As of January 31, 2013, executive officers were not eligible to participate in this program.  This program is 
subject to annual funding approval by our board of directors and an annual cap on the number of shares that can be issued.  
Subject to these limitations, the number of shares to be issued under the program for a given year is determined using a five-

107

 
 
 
Table of Contents

day trailing average price of our common stock when the awards are calculated, reduced by a discount to be determined by the 
board of directors each year (the "discount").  To the extent that this program is not funded in a given year or the number of 
shares of common stock needed to fully satisfy employee enrollment exceeds the annual cap, the applicable portion of the 
employee bonuses will generally revert to being paid in cash.  Obligations under this program are accounted for as liabilities, 
because the obligations are based predominantly on fixed monetary amounts that are generally known at inception of the 
obligation, to be settled with a variable number of shares of common stock determined using a discounted average price of our 
common stock, as described above.

For the year ended January 31, 2012, our board of directors approved up to 150,000 shares of common stock for awards under 
this program and a discount of 20% (the "2012 stock bonus program").  The total accrued liability for the 2012 stock bonus 
program was $3.2 million as of January 31, 2012.  Approximately 132,000 shares of common stock earned under the 2012 
stock bonus program were issued during the year ended January 31, 2013, which, along with $0.1 million of awards settled 
with cash payments, settled our obligations under the 2012 stock bonus program.  

For the year ended January 31, 2013, our board of directors approved up to 150,000 shares of common stock for awards under 
this program and a discount of 15%, (the "2013 stock bonus program").  The total accrued liability for the 2013 stock bonus 
program was $3.1 million as of January 31, 2013.  Approximately 13,000 shares of our common stock earned under the 2013 
stock bonus program in respect of the three months ended October 31, 2012 were issued during the three months ended January 
31, 2013, and awards earned under the 2013 stock bonus program in respect of the three months and the year ended January 31, 
2013 are expected to be issued during the first half of the year ending January 31, 2014.

Please see Note 19, “Subsequent Events” for information regarding this program for the year ending January 31, 2014.

Tandem and Hybrid Awards 

We issued grants known as "tandem" awards to certain of our Israeli employees during the year ended January 31, 2009. These 
tandem awards included two components — a share of deferred stock and a share of phantom stock. The recipient received two 
different units and two separate award agreements. The tandem awards were structured such that, on any given vesting date, 
only one component of the awards vested. The tandem awards were accounted for as liabilities based on our assessment that the 
tandem awards would likely be settled in phantom stock units upon vesting.

We also issued grants known as "hybrid" awards to our employees during the year ended January 31, 2009 which vested in 
restricted stock units upon the achievement of certain performance conditions that were set by our board of directors. In the 
event that any of the stock-settle conditions were not satisfied on the vesting date, no shares of common stock were issued and 
instead we settled these awards with cash payments equal to the fair market value (as defined in the award agreement) of our 
common stock on the vesting date. These hybrid awards were being accounted for as liabilities based upon our assessment that 
the hybrid awards would likely be settled in cash upon vesting.

The "tandem" awards and "hybrid" awards were fully settled as of January 31, 2011.

Employee Stock Purchase Plan

Effective September 1, 2002, we adopted and implemented the 2002 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the "ESPP"), which was 
amended and restated on May 22, 2003. Any employee who had completed three months of employment and was employed by 
us on the applicable offering commencement date was eligible to participate in the ESPP. Participants elected to have amounts 
withheld through payroll deductions at the rate of up to 10% of their annualized base salary, to purchase shares of our common 
stock at 85% of the lesser of the market price at the offering commencement date or the offering termination date.

The number of shares available under the ESPP is 1.0 million, of which approximately 260,000 have been issued. The ESPP 
was suspended in March 2006 in connection with the beginning of our previous extended filing delay period and remained 
inactive as of January 31, 2013.

No expense related to the ESPP was recorded during the years ended January 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011 due to the suspension 
of the ESPP during those periods.

401(k) Plan and Other Retirement Plans

We maintain a 401(k) Plan for our full-time employees in the United States. The plan allows eligible employees who attain the 
age of 21 with three months of service to elect to contribute up to 60% of their annual compensation, subject to the prescribed 
108

 
Table of Contents

maximum amount. We match employee contributions at a rate of 50%, up to a maximum annual matched contribution of 
$2,000 per employee.

Employee contributions are always fully vested, while our matching contributions for each year vest on the last day of the 
calendar year provided the employee remains employed with us on that day.

Our matching contribution expense for our 401(k) Plan was $1.7 million, $1.5 million, and $1.4 million for the years ended 
January 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively.

We provide retirement benefits for non-U.S. employees as required by local laws or to a greater extent as we deem appropriate 
through plans that function similar to 401(k) plans. Funding requirements for programs required by local laws are determined 
on an individual country and plan basis and are subject to local country practices and market circumstances.

Liability for Severance Pay

We are obligated to make severance payments for the benefit of certain employees of our foreign subsidiaries. Severance 
payments made to Israeli employees are considered significant compared to all other subsidiaries with severance payment 
arrangements. Under Israeli law, we are obligated to make severance payments to employees of our Israeli subsidiaries, subject 
to certain conditions. In most cases, our liability for these severance payments is fully provided for by regular deposits to funds 
administered by insurance providers and by an accrual for the amount of our liability which has not yet been deposited.

Severance expenses for the years ended January 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011 were $4.9 million, $5.2 million, and $4.0 million, 
respectively.

16.  RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

As noted previously, on February 4, 2013 we completed the CTI Merger, which eliminated CTI's majority ownership and 
control of us. As of January 31, 2013, prior to the CTI Merger, CTI beneficially owned approximately 53.5%, and also held a 
majority of the voting power, of our common stock on an as-converted basis.

During the year ended January 31, 2013, we paid $0.3 million to a subsidiary of CTI for its assignment to us of user licenses for 
certain third-party internal-use software.  We also paid $1.6 million during the year to certain subsidiaries of CTI to settle pre-
existing liabilities incurred in the regular course of business.

Previous Relationships with CTI and its Subsidiaries

Prior to the CTI Merger, we were a party to several business agreements with CTI or its affiliates, each of which either 
terminated in connection with the CTI Merger, or is inactive and will be formally terminated, with the exception of the Federal 
Income Tax Sharing Agreement, which will remain in effect for the foreseeable future.  These agreements are described below.

Preferred Stock Financing

On May 25, 2007, in connection with our acquisition of Witness, we entered into the Securities Purchase Agreement with CTI 
pursuant to which CTI purchased, for cash, an aggregate of 293,000 shares of our Preferred Stock for $293.0 million. In 
connection with the sale of the Preferred Stock we entered into the New Registration Rights Agreement with CTI. Further 
details regarding the Preferred Stock and the related registration rights agreement appear within Note 9, "Convertible Preferred 
Stock".

Original Registration Rights Agreement

Shortly before our IPO in 2002, we entered into the Original Registration Rights Agreement with CTI that covered all shares of 
our common stock then held by CTI and any additional shares of our common stock acquired by CTI at a later date. Under the 
Original Registration Rights Agreement, CTI was provided the right to demand registration of its shares on a stand-alone filing, 
or to participate in other registrations we may undertake (piggyback rights). In addition, we were required to pay registration-
related expenses and indemnify CTI from liabilities that may have arisen from sale of shares registered pursuant to the Original 
Registration Rights Agreement.

CTI exercised its one demand registration right under the Original Registration Rights Agreement in July 2010, demanding that 
we prepare and file with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 so as to permit the public offering and sale of up to 2.8 

109

Table of Contents

million shares of our common stock owned by CTI. In connection with the exercise of this demand, we entered into a letter 
agreement with CTI pursuant to which we agreed not to exercise our rights under the Original Registration Rights Agreement 
to delay the filing of, or offer shares pursuant to, the prospectus, subject to certain limitations. CTI subsequently reduced the 
size of the offering to 2.3 million shares. A registration statement relating to these securities was filed with the SEC and in 
January 2011 was declared effective.

Service and Tax Agreements with CTI

There were several agreements in place between us and CTI and its other subsidiaries, which were executed prior to our IPO in 
order to allow us to continue to receive certain services from CTI and its other subsidiaries following our IPO. A separate 
agreement clarified the income tax relationship between us and CTI. Following our IPO, we established our own systems and 
reduced or eliminated our reliance on these services. Activity under the service agreements was not significant during the three 
years ended January 31, 2013. As of January 31, 2012, we had liabilities to CTI for past services under these agreements of 
$1.8 million, which are presented as liabilities to affiliates on our consolidated balance sheets at that date.  There were no such 
liabilities at January 31, 2013.

The following is an overview of certain of these agreements with CTI:

Satellite Services Agreement

Under a satellite services agreement, Comverse formerly provided us with the exclusive use of the services of specified 
employees and facilities of Comverse located in countries where we did not have our own legal presence or facilities. The fee 
for this service was equal to the expenses Comverse incurred in providing these services plus ten percent. We did not incur any 
expenses under this agreement for the years ended January 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011.

Federal Income Tax Sharing Agreement

We are party to a tax sharing agreement with CTI which applies to periods prior to our IPO in which we were included in CTI’s 
consolidated federal tax return. By virtue of its controlling ownership and this tax sharing agreement, CTI effectively controlled 
all of our tax decisions for periods ending prior to the completion of our IPO, which occurred in May 2002.  Under the 
agreement, for periods during which we were included in CTI's consolidated income tax return, we were required to pay CTI an 
amount equal to the tax liability we would have owed, if any, had we filed a federal income tax return on our own, as computed 
by CTI in its reasonable discretion. Under the agreement, we were not entitled to receive any payments from CTI in respect of, 
or to otherwise take advantage of, any loss resulting from the calculation of our separate income tax liability. The tax sharing 
agreement also provided for certain payments in the event of adjustments to the group’s income tax liability. The tax sharing 
agreement continues in effect until 60 days after the expiration of the applicable statute of limitations for the final year in which 
we were part of the CTI consolidated group for income tax purposes.

Other Related Party Transactions

Our joint venture incurs certain operating expenses, including office rent and other administrative costs, under arrangements 
with one of its noncontrolling shareholders. These expenses totaled $0.5 million, $0.5 million, and $0.4 million for the years 
ended January 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively. The joint venture also recognized $0.3 million, $0.2 million, and $0.2 
million of revenue from this noncontrolling shareholder for the years ended January 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

17.  COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Operating and Capital Leases

We lease office, manufacturing, and warehouse space, as well as certain equipment, under non-cancelable operating lease 
agreements.  We have also periodically entered into capital leases. Terms of the leases, including renewal options and escalation 
clauses, vary by lease. When determining the term of a lease, we include renewal options that are reasonably assured. The lease 
agreements generally provide that we pay taxes, insurance, and maintenance expenses related to the leased assets over the 
initial lease term and those renewal periods that are reasonably assured.

Our facility leases may contain rent escalation clauses or rent holidays, commencing at various times during the terms of the
agreements. Rent expense on operating leases with scheduled rent increases or holidays during the lease term is recognized on 
a straight-line basis. The difference between rent expense and rent paid is recorded as deferred rent. Leasehold improvements 

110

 
Table of Contents

are depreciated over the shorter of their economic lives, which begin once the assets are ready for their intended use, or the 
term of the lease.

Rent expense incurred under all operating leases was $16.0 million, $16.3 million, and $12.9 million for the years ended 
January 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively.

As of January 31, 2013, our minimum future rentals under non-cancelable operating and capital leases were as follows:

(in thousands)
Years Ending January 31,
2014
2015
2016
2017
2018
2019 and thereafter
Total
Less amount representing interest
Present value of minimum lease payments

Operating
Leases

Capital
Leases

$

$

13,063
13,323
11,659
7,257
5,165
31,519
81,986

$

$

406
—
—
—
—
—
406
(55)
351

We sublease certain space to third parties. As of January 31, 2013, total expected future sublease income was $3.2 million and 
ranged from $0.3 million to $0.8 million on an annual basis through March 2018.

Unconditional Purchase Obligations

In the ordinary course of business, we enter into certain unconditional purchase obligations, which are agreements to purchase 
goods or services that are enforceable, legally binding, and that specify all significant terms, including: fixed or minimum 
quantities to be purchased; fixed, minimum, or variable price provisions; and the approximate timing of the transaction. Our 
purchase orders are based on current needs and are typically fulfilled by our vendors within a relatively short time horizon.

As of January 31, 2013, our unconditional purchase obligations totaled approximately $48.8 million, the majority of which 
were scheduled to occur within the subsequent twelve months. Due to the relatively short life of the obligations, the carrying 
value approximates their fair value at January 31, 2013.

Warranty Liability

The following table summarizes the activity in our warranty liability, which is included in accrued expenses and other liabilities 
in the consolidated balance sheets, for the years ended January 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011:

(in thousands)
Warranty liability, beginning of year
Provision charged (credited) to expenses
Warranty charges
Foreign currency translation and other
Warranty liability, end of year

Year Ended January 31,
2012

2011

2013

$

$

2,015
(780)
(188)
(2)
1,045

$

$

1,996
675
(389)
(267)
2,015

$

$

1,292
957
(121)
(132)
1,996

We accrue for warranty costs as part of our cost of revenue based on associated product costs, labor costs, and associated 
overhead.  Our Enterprise Intelligence solutions are sold with a warranty of generally one year on hardware and 90 days for 
software. Our Video Intelligence solutions and Communications Intelligence solutions are sold with warranties that typically 
range in duration from 90 days to three years, and in some cases longer. 

Licenses and Royalties

We license certain technology and pay royalties under such licenses and other agreements entered into in connection with 
research and development activities. 

111

Table of Contents

As discussed in Note 1, "Summary of Significant Accounting Policies", we receive non-refundable grants from the OCS that 
fund a portion of our research and development expenditures. The Israeli law under which the OCS grants are made limits our 
ability to manufacture products, or transfer technologies, developed using these grants outside of Israel. If we were to seek 
approval to manufacture products, or transfer technologies, developed using these grants outside of Israel, we could be subject 
to additional royalty requirements or be required to pay certain redemption fees. If we were to violate these restrictions, we 
could be required to refund any grants previously received, together with interest and penalties, and may be subject to criminal 
penalties.

Preferred Stock Dividends, Conversion, and Redemption

On May 25, 2007, in connection with our acquisition of Witness, we entered into the Securities Purchase Agreement under 
which CTI purchased, for cash, an aggregate of 293,000 shares of our Preferred Stock, for $293.0 million. All issued and 
outstanding shares of our Preferred Stock were canceled on February 4, 2013 at the closing of the CTI Merger.

Upon a fundamental change event, as defined in the certificate of designation governing the Preferred Stock, and subject to 
certain exceptions, the holders of the Preferred Stock would have had the right to require us to purchase the Preferred Stock for 
100% of the liquidation preference then in effect. Further information regarding the terms of the Preferred Stock, including 
liquidation preferences, dividends, conversion, and redemption rights are included in Note 9, "Convertible Preferred Stock".

Off-Balance Sheet Risk

In the normal course of business, we provide certain customers with financial performance guarantees, which are generally 
backed by standby letters of credit or surety bonds. In general, we would only be liable for the amounts of these guarantees in 
the event that our nonperformance permits termination of the related contract by our customer, which we believe is remote. At 
January 31, 2013, we had approximately $32.0 million of outstanding letters of credit and surety bonds relating primarily to 
these performance guarantees.  As of January 31, 2013, we believe we were in compliance with our performance obligations 
under all contracts for which there is a financial performance guarantee, and the ultimate liability, if any, incurred in connection 
with these guarantees will not have a material adverse effect on our consolidated results of operations, financial position, or 
cash flows. Our historical non-compliance with our performance obligations has been insignificant.

Indemnifications

In the normal course of business, we provide indemnifications of varying scopes to customers against claims of intellectual 
property infringement made by third parties arising from the use of our products. Historically, costs related to these 
indemnification provisions have not been significant and we are unable to estimate the maximum potential impact of these 
indemnification provisions on our future results of operations.

To the extent permitted under Delaware law or other applicable law, we indemnify our directors, officers, employees, and 
agents against claims they may become subject to by virtue of serving in such capacities for us. We also have contractual 
indemnification agreements with our directors, officers, and certain senior executives. The maximum amount of future 
payments we could be required to make under these indemnification arrangements and agreements is potentially unlimited; 
however, we have insurance coverage that limits our exposure and enables us to recover a portion of any future amounts paid. 
We are not able to estimate the fair value of these indemnification arrangements and agreements in excess of applicable 
insurance coverage, if any.

Prior to the CTI Merger, we were party to a business opportunities agreement with CTI which addressed potential conflicts of 
interest between CTI and us. This agreement allocated between CTI and us opportunities to pursue transactions or matters that, 
absent such allocation, could have constituted corporate opportunities of both companies. Under the agreement, each party was 
precluded from pursuing opportunities it became aware of which were offered to an employee of the other party, even if such 
employee served as a director of the other entity. We agreed to indemnify CTI and its directors, officers, employees, and agents 
against any liabilities as a result of any claim that any provision of the agreement, or the failure to offer any business 
opportunity to us, violated or breached any duty that may have been owed to us by CTI or any such person.

Legal Proceedings

On March 26, 2009, legal actions were commenced by Ms. Orit Deutsch, a former employee of our subsidiary, Verint Systems 
Limited ("VSL"), against VSL in the Tel Aviv Regional Labor Court (Case Number 4186/09) (the “Deutsch Labor Action”) and 
against CTI in the Tel Aviv Regional District Court (Case Number 1335/09) (the “Deutsch District Action”).  In the Deutsch 

112

Table of Contents

Labor Action, Ms. Deutsch filed a motion to approve a class action lawsuit on the grounds that she purports to represent a class 
of our employees and former employees who were granted Verint and CTI stock options and were allegedly damaged as a 
result of the suspension of option exercises during our previous extended filing delay period.  In the Deutsch District Action, in 
addition to a small amount of individual damages, Ms. Deutsch is seeking to certify a class of plaintiffs who were allegedly 
damaged due to their inability to exercise Verint and CTI stock options as a result of alleged negligence by CTI in its financial 
reporting.  The class certification motions do not specify an amount of damages.  On February 8, 2010, the Deutsch Labor 
Action was dismissed for lack of material jurisdiction and was transferred to the Tel Aviv Regional District Court and 
consolidated with the Deutsch District Action. On March 16, 2009 and March 26, 2009, respectively, legal actions were 
commenced by Ms. Roni Katriel, a former employee of CTI's former subsidiary, Comverse Limited, against Comverse Limited 
in the Tel Aviv Regional Labor Court (Case Number 3444/09) (the “Katriel Labor Action”) and against CTI in the Tel Aviv 
Regional District Court (Case Number 1334/09) (the “Katriel District Action”).  In the Katriel Labor Action, Ms. Katriel is 
seeking to certify a class of plaintiffs who were granted CTI stock options and were allegedly damaged as a result of the 
suspension of option exercises during CTI's previous extended filing delay period.  In the Katriel District Action, in addition to 
a small amount of individual damages, Ms. Katriel is seeking to certify a class of plaintiffs who were allegedly damaged due to 
their inability to exercise CTI stock options as a result of alleged negligence by CTI in its financial reporting.  The class 
certification motions do not specify an amount of damages. On March 2, 2010, the Labor Court ordered the transfer of the case 
to the District Court in Tel Aviv - Jaffa, based on an agreed motion filed by the parties requesting such transfer.

On April 4, 2012, Ms. Deutsch and Ms. Katriel filed an uncontested motion to consolidate and amend their claims and on June 
7, 2012, the court allowed Ms. Deutsch and Ms. Katriel to file the consolidated class certification motion and an amended 
consolidated complaint against VSL, CTI, and Comverse Limited.  Following CTI's announcement of its intention to effect the 
Comverse share distribution, on July 12, 2012, the plaintiffs filed a motion requesting that the District Court order CTI to set 
aside up to $150.0 million in assets to secure any future judgment.  The District Court ruled that it would not decide this motion 
until the Deutsch and Katriel class certification motion was heard.  On August 16, 2012, in light of the announcement of the 
signing of the CTI Merger Agreement, the plaintiffs filed a motion for leave to appeal this District Court ruling to the Israeli 
Supreme Court.  We filed our response to this motion on September 6, 2012.  

Prior to the consummation of the Comverse share distribution, CTI either sold or transferred substantially all of its business 
operations and assets (other than its equity ownership interests in us and Comverse) to Comverse or unaffiliated third parties.  
On October 31, 2012, CTI completed the Comverse share distribution, in which it distributed all of the outstanding shares of 
common stock of Comverse to CTI's shareholders.  As a result of the Comverse share distribution, Comverse became an 
independent public company and ceased to be a wholly owned subsidiary of CTI, and CTI ceased to have any material assets 
other than its equity interest in us.

We and the other defendants filed our responses to the complaint on November 11, 2012 and plaintiffs filed their replies on 
December 20, 2012.  A pre-trial hearing for the case was held on December 25, 2012, during which all parties agreed to attempt 
to settle the dispute through mediation.  

On February 4, 2013, we completed the CTI Merger.  As a result of the CTI Merger, we have assumed certain rights and 
liabilities of CTI, including any liability of CTI arising out of the Deutsch District Action and the Katriel District Action.  
However, under the terms of the Distribution Agreement between CTI and Comverse relating to the Comverse share 
distribution, we, as successor to CTI, are entitled to indemnification from Comverse for any losses we suffer in our capacity as 
successor-in-interest to CTI in connection with the Deutsch District Action and the Katriel District Action.

On February 28, 2013, a preliminary mediation meeting was held with the mediator, during which the mediator met with all 
parties together and with the respective parties separately.  Another mediation meeting between us and the mediator is 
scheduled for April 4, 2013.

From time to time we or our subsidiaries may be involved in legal proceedings and/or litigation arising in the ordinary course 
of our business. While the outcome of these matters cannot be predicted with certainty, we do not believe that the outcome of 
any current claims will have a material effect on our consolidated financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.

18.  SEGMENT, GEOGRAPHIC, AND SIGNIFICANT CUSTOMER INFORMATION

Segment Information

Operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise about which separate financial information is available that is 
evaluated regularly by the enterprise’s chief operating decision maker ("CODM"), or decision making group, in deciding how 
to allocate resources and in assessing performance.  Our Chief Executive Officer is our CODM.

113

 
Table of Contents

We conduct our business in three operating segments — Enterprise Intelligence, Video Intelligence and Communications 
Intelligence. Our Enterprise Intelligence segment was previously referred to as our Workforce Optimization segment.

Our Enterprise Intelligence solutions help large organizations and small-to-medium sized business organizations to extract and 
analyze valuable information from customer interactions and related operational and transactional data for the purpose of 
optimizing the performance of their customer service operations, including contact centers, back offices, branches, and remote 
locations.

Our Video Intelligence solutions help organizations enhance safety and security by enabling them to deploy an end-to-end IP 
video solution with integrated analytics or evolve to IP video operations without discarding their investments in analog Closed 
Circuit Television technology.

Our Communications Intelligence solutions are designed to generate evidence and intelligence and are used to detect and 
neutralize criminal and terrorist threats.

We measure the performance of our operating segments based upon operating segment revenue and operating segment 
contribution.  Operating segment contribution includes segment revenue and expenses incurred directly by the segment, 
including material costs, service costs, research and development and selling, marketing, and administrative expenses.  We do 
not allocate certain expenses, which include the majority of general and administrative expenses, facilities and communication 
expenses, purchasing expenses, manufacturing support and logistic expenses, depreciation and amortization, amortization of 
capitalized software development costs, stock-based compensation, and special charges such as restructuring costs when 
calculating operating segment contribution.  These expenses are included in the unallocated expenses section of the table 
presented below.  Revenue from transactions between our operating segments is not material.

The accounting policies used to determine the performance of the operating segments are the same as those described in the 
summary of significant accounting policies in Note 1, "Summary of Significant Accounting Policies".

Revenue adjustments for the years ended January 31, 2013 and 2012 represent revenue of acquired companies which is 
included within segment revenue reviewed by the CODM, but not recognizable within GAAP revenue.  These adjustments 
primarily relate to the acquisition-date excess of the historical carrying value over the fair value of acquired companies’ future 
maintenance and service performance obligations. As the obligations are satisfied, we report our segment revenue using the 
historical carrying values of these obligations, which we believe better reflects our ongoing maintenance and service revenue 
streams, whereas GAAP revenue is reported using the obligations’ acquisition-date fair values.

With the exception of goodwill and acquired intangible assets, we do not identify or allocate our assets by operating segment.  
Consequently, it is not practical to present assets by operating segment.  There were no material changes in the allocation of 
goodwill and acquired intangible assets by operating segment during the years ended January 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011.  The 
allocations of goodwill and acquired intangible assets by operating segment appear in Note 6, "Intangible Assets and 
Goodwill".

Operating results by segment for the years ended January 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 were as follows: 

114

 
 
Table of Contents

(in thousands)
Revenue:
Enterprise Intelligence
Segment revenue
Revenue adjustments

Video Intelligence

Segment revenue
Revenue adjustments

Communications Intelligence

Segment revenue
Revenue adjustments

Total revenue

Segment contribution:
Enterprise Intelligence
Video Intelligence
Communications Intelligence
Total segment contribution

Unallocated expenses, net:
Amortization of acquired intangible assets
Stock-based compensation
Other unallocated expenses

Total unallocated expenses, net
Operating income

Other expense, net

Income before provision for income taxes

Geographic Information

Year Ended January 31,
2012

2011

2013

$

$

$

$

$

494,967
(4,489)
490,478

$

444,700
(6,682)
438,018

121,390
(1,933)
119,457

231,719
(2,112)
229,607
839,542

216,941
27,407
67,168
311,516

39,254
25,208
147,501
211,963
99,553
(31,789)
67,764

$

$

$

140,610
(2,594)
138,016

210,937
(4,323)
206,614
782,648

198,428
34,697
63,296
296,421

35,302
27,911
146,730
209,943
86,478
(40,321)
46,157

$

$

$

410,529
—
410,529

134,012
—
134,012

182,258
—
182,258
726,799

191,068
42,318
66,802
300,188

30,554
46,819
149,710
227,083
73,105
(34,580)
38,525

Revenue by major geographic region is based upon the geographic location of the customers who purchase our products. The 
geographic locations of distributors, resellers, and systems integrators who purchase and resell our products may be different 
from the geographic locations of end customers. The information below summarizes revenue from unaffiliated customers by 
geographic area for the years ended January 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011:

(in thousands)

United States

United Kingdom

Other
Total revenue

Year Ended January 31,

2013

2012

2011

$

$

387,927

$

342,479

$

73,842

377,773
839,542

$

83,787

356,382
782,648

$

292,604

102,389

331,806
726,799

Our long-lived assets primarily consist of net property and equipment, goodwill and other intangible assets, capitalized 
software development costs, deferred cost of revenue, and deferred income taxes.  We believe that our tangible long-lived 
assets, which consist of our net property and equipment, are exposed to greater geographic area risks and uncertainties than 
intangible assets and long-term cost deferrals, because these tangible assets are difficult to move and are relatively illiquid.

Property and equipment, net by geographic area consisted of the following as of January 31, 2013 and 2012:

115

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

(in thousands)
United States
Israel
Germany
United Kingdom
Canada
Other
Total property and equipment, net

Significant Customers

January 31,

2013

2012

$

$

20,607
11,025
2,241
1,771
637
1,880
38,161

$

$

11,406
10,150
2,309
2,024
694
1,706
28,289

No single customer accounted for more than 10% of our total revenue during any of the years ended January 31, 2013, 2012 
and 2011.

19.  SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

Merger with CTI

On August 12, 2012, we entered into the CTI Merger Agreement providing for the merger of CTI with and into our new, wholly 
owned subsidiary. The CTI Merger was completed on February 4, 2013 and eliminated CTI's majority ownership in and control 
of us. Further details regarding the CTI Merger appear in Note 4, "Merger Agreement with CTI".

Stock Bonus Program

On March 15, 2013, our board of directors approved up to 150,000 shares of common stock, and a discount of 15%, for awards 
under our stock bonus program for the year ending January 31, 2014.  Executive officers will be permitted to participate in this 
program for the year ending January 31, 2014, but only to the extent that shares remain available for awards following the 
enrollment of all other participants.  Shares awarded to executive officers with respect to the 15% discount will be subject to a 
one year vesting period.

2013 Amended Credit Agreement

On March 6, 2013, we entered into an amendment and restatement agreement with the lenders under our 2011 Credit 
Agreement providing for the 2013 Amended Credit Agreement. The 2013 Amended Credit Agreement provides for $850.0 
million of senior secured credit facilities, comprised of (i) a $650.0 million term loan maturing in September 2019 and (ii) a 
$200.0 million revolving credit facility maturing in March 2018, subject to increase (up to a maximum increase of $300.0 
million) and reduction from time to time according to the terms of the 2013 Amended Credit Agreement.

The 2013 Amended Credit Agreement included an original issuance term loan discount of 0.5%, or $3.3 million, resulting in 
net term loan proceeds of $646.7 million. This discount will be amortized as interest expense over the term of the new term 
loan using the effective interest method.

The majority of the new term loan proceeds were used to repay all $576.0 million of outstanding term loan borrowings under 
the 2011 Credit Agreement at the closing date of the 2013 Amended Credit Agreement.  There were no outstanding borrowings 
under the 2011 Credit Agreement's revolving credit facility at the closing date.

Loans under the 2013 Amended Credit Agreement bear interest, payable quarterly or, in the case of Eurodollar loans with an 
interest period of three months or shorter, at the end of any interest period, at a per annum rate of, at our election:

(a) in the case of Eurodollar loans, the Adjusted LIBO Rate plus 3.00% (or, if our corporate credit ratings are BB- and Ba3 
or better, 2.75%). The Adjusted LIBO Rate is the greater of (i) 1.00% per annum and (ii) the product of the LIBO Rate and 
Statutory Reserves (both as defined in the 2013 Amended Credit Agreement), and

(b) in the case of Base Rate loans, the Base Rate plus 2.00% (or, if our corporate credit ratings are BB- and Ba3 or better, 
1.75%). The Base Rate is the greatest of (i) the administrative agent's prime rate, (ii) the Federal Funds Effective Rate (as 
defined in the 2013 Amended Credit Agreement) plus 0.50% and (iii) the Adjusted LIBO Rate for a one-month interest 
period plus 1.00%.

116

 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

The initial interest rate on the new term loan was 4.00%. 

We incurred debt issuance costs, which are being quantified but are estimated to be approximately $7.5 million, associated with 
the 2013 Amended Credit Agreement, which have been deferred and will be amortized as interest expense over the term of the 
2013 Amended Credit Agreement.

At the March 6, 2013 closing date of the 2013 Amended Credit Agreement, there were $11.0 million of unamortized deferred 
fees and $2.2 million of unamortized original issuance term loan discount associated with the 2011 Credit Agreement. Of the 
$11.0 million of unamortized deferred fees, $3.5 million were associated with the revolving credit commitments under the 2011 
Credit Agreement provided by lenders that are continuing to provide revolving credit commitments under the 2013 Amended 
Credit Agreement and will therefore continue to be deferred, and will be amortized over the term of the 2013 Amended Credit 
Agreement.  The accounting treatment for the remaining $7.5 million of unamortized deferred fees and the $2.2 million 
unamortized original issuance discount, all of which relates to the term loan under the 2011 Credit Agreement, is being 
assessed.

Under the 2013 Amended Credit Agreement, we are required to pay a commitment fee equal to 0.50% per annum of the 
undrawn portion on the revolving credit facility, payable quarterly, and customary administrative agent and letter of credit fees.  
These fees are unchanged from the 2011 Credit Agreement.

The 2013 Amended Credit Agreement requires us to make term loan principal payments of $1.6 million per quarter 
commencing on May 1, 2013 and continuing through August 1, 2019, with the remaining balance due in September 2019.  
Optional prepayments of the loans are permitted without premium or penalty, other than customary breakage costs associated 
with the prepayment of loans bearing interest based on LIBO Rates and a 1.0% premium applicable in the event of a Repricing 
Transaction (as defined in the 2013 Amended Credit Agreement) prior to March 5, 2014.  The loans are also subject to 
mandatory prepayment requirements with respect to certain asset sales, excess cash flows (as defined in the 2013 Amended 
Credit Agreement), and certain other events. Prepayments are applied first to the eight immediately following scheduled term 
loan principal payments, then pro rata to other remaining scheduled term loan principal payments, if any, and thereafter as 
otherwise provided in the 2013 Amended Credit Agreement.

Our obligations under the 2013 Amended Credit Agreement are guaranteed, in the same manner as under the 2011 Credit 
Agreement, by substantially all of our domestic subsidiaries and certain foreign subsidiaries that have elected to be disregarded 
for U.S. tax purposes, and are secured, in the same manner as under the 2011 Credit Agreement, by security interests in 
substantially all of our and their assets, subject to certain exceptions detailed in the 2013 Amended Credit Agreement and 
related ancillary documents.

The 2013 Amended Credit Agreement contains certain customary affirmative and negative covenants for credit facilities of this 
type, which covenants are substantially similar to those in the 2011 Credit Agreement.  These covenants include limitations on 
us and our subsidiaries with respect to indebtedness, liens, nature of business, investments and loans, distributions, acquisitions, 
dispositions of assets, sale-leaseback transactions and transactions with affiliates.  The revolving credit facility also contains a 
financial covenant that requires us to maintain a ratio of Consolidated Total Debt to Consolidated EBITDA (each as defined in 
the 2013 Amended Credit Agreement) of no greater than 5.00 to 1 until January 31, 2015 and no greater than 4.50 to 1 
thereafter (the "Leverage Ratio Covenant"). The limitations imposed by the covenants are subject to certain exceptions as 
detailed in the 2013 Amended Credit Agreement.

The 2013 Amended Credit Agreement provides for certain customary events of default with corresponding grace periods. These 
events of default include failure to pay principal or interest when due under the 2013 Amended Credit Agreement, failure to 
comply with covenants, any representation or warranty made by us proving to be inaccurate in any material respect, defaults 
under certain other indebtedness of us or our subsidiaries, the occurrence of a Change of Control (as defined in the 2013 
Amended Credit Agreement) with respect to us and certain insolvency or receivership events affecting us or our significant 
subsidiaries. Upon the occurrence of an event of default resulting from a violation of the Leverage Ratio Covenant, the lenders 
under our revolving credit facility may require us to immediately repay outstanding borrowings under the revolving credit 
facility and may terminate their commitments to provide loans under that facility. A violation of the Leverage Ratio Covenant 
would not, by itself, result in an event of default under the term loan but may trigger a cross-default under the term loan in the 
event we are required to repay outstanding borrowings under the revolving credit facility.  Upon the occurrence of other events 
of default, the lenders may require us to immediately repay all outstanding borrowings under the 2013 Amended Credit 
Agreement and the lenders under our revolving credit facility may terminate their commitments to provide loans under the 
facility.

117

 
 
Table of Contents

20.   SELECTED QUARTERLY FINANCIAL INFORMATION (UNAUDITED)

Summarized condensed quarterly financial information for the years ended January 31, 2013 and 2012 appears in the following 
tables:

(in thousands, except per share data)
Revenue
Gross profit
Income before provision for income taxes
Net income
Net income attributable to Verint Systems Inc.
Net income attributable to Verint Systems Inc. common
shares:
   for basic net income per common share
   for diluted net income per common share

Net income per common share attributable to Verint
Systems Inc.
   Basic
   Diluted

(in thousands, except per share data)
Revenue
Gross profit
Income before provision for (benefit from) income taxes
Net income
Net income (loss) attributable to Verint Systems Inc.
Net income (loss) attributable to Verint Systems Inc.
common shares:
   for basic net income (loss) per common share
   for diluted net income (loss) per common share

$

$
$

$

Quarter Ended

April 30,
2012

July 31,
2012

October 31,
2012

January 31,
2013

$

196,635
128,307
14,029
11,630
10,035

$

212,426
136,446
18,037
13,265
12,607

$

201,520
136,238
8,858
6,615
5,471

228,961
156,547
26,840
27,294
25,889

6,291
6,291

8,739
8,739

1,562
1,562

21,938
25,889

0.16
0.16

$
$

0.22
0.22

$
$

0.04
0.04

$
$

0.55
0.50

Quarter Ended

April 30,
2011

July 31,
2011

October 31,
2011

January 31,
2012

$

176,332
120,983
3,064
1,555
(112)

$

194,959
125,850
14,437
11,274
10,475

$

199,364
129,225
9,217
9,921
9,451

211,993
138,229
19,439
17,875
17,179

(3,661)
(3,661)

6,768
6,768

5,704
5,704

13,392
13,392

Net income (loss) per common share attributable to Verint
Systems Inc.
   Basic
   Diluted

$
$

(0.10) $
(0.10) $

0.18
0.17

$
$

0.15
0.15

$
$

0.34
0.34

Net income (loss) per common share attributable to Verint Systems Inc. is computed independently for each quarterly period 
and for the year. Therefore, the sum of quarterly net income (loss) per common share amounts may not equal the amounts 
reported for the years.

The computation of diluted net income per share attributable to Verint Systems Inc. for the quarter ended January 31, 2013 
assumes the conversion of our Preferred Stock into approximately 11.2 million shares of common stock. 

Quarterly operating results for the year ended January 31, 2013 include the following:

• 

Professional fees and related expenses associated with the CTI Merger of approximately $0.9 million, $2.4 million, $9.6 
million, and $3.2 million for the four quarterly periods in the year ended January 31, 2013, respectively.

Quarterly operating results for the year ended January 31, 2012 include the following:

118

Table of Contents

•  An $8.1 million loss on extinguishment of debt in the three months ended April 30, 2011 associated with the termination of 

the 2007 Credit Agreement.

As is typical for many software and technology companies, our business is subject to seasonal and cyclical factors. Our revenue 
and operating income are typically highest in the fourth quarter and lowest in the first quarter. Moreover, revenue and operating 
income in the first quarter of a new year may be lower than in the fourth quarter of the preceding year, potentially by a 
significant margin. In addition, we generally receive a higher volume of orders in the last month of a quarter, with orders 
concentrated in the later part of that month. We believe that these seasonal and cyclical factors primarily reflects customer 
spending patterns and budget cycles, as well as the impact of compensation incentive plans for our sales personnel. While 
seasonal and cyclical factors such as these are common in the software and technology industry, this pattern should not be 
considered a reliable indicator of our future revenue or financial performance. Many other factors, including general economic 
conditions, also have an impact on our business and financial results. See "Risk Factors" under Item 1A for a more detailed 
discussion of factors which may affect our business and financial results.

Item 9.  Changes In and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

None.

Item 9A.  Controls and Procedures

The information contained in this section covers management's evaluation of our disclosure controls and procedures and 
management's assessment of our internal control over financial reporting in each case as of January 31, 2013.

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

Management conducted an evaluation under the supervision and with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and 
Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of disclosure controls and procedures, as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) 
under the Exchange Act, as of January 31, 2013.  Disclosure controls and procedures are those controls and other procedures 
that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in reports filed or submitted under the Exchange Act is 
recorded, processed, summarized, and reported, within the time periods specified by the rules and forms promulgated by the 
SEC. Disclosure controls and procedures include, without limitation, controls and procedures designed to ensure that such 
information is accumulated and communicated to management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial 
Officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.  As a result of this evaluation, our Chief 
Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of 
January 31, 2013.

Management's Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate "internal control over financial reporting," as defined 
in Rule 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act.  Our system of internal control over financial reporting is a process 
designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of consolidated 
financial statements for external reporting purposes in accordance with GAAP.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect every misstatement. An 
evaluation of effectiveness is subject to the risk that the controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or 
that the degree of compliance with policies or procedures may decrease over time.

Our management, with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, evaluated the effectiveness 
of our internal control over financial reporting as of January 31, 2013.  In making this assessment, our management utilized the 
criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission ("COSO") in Internal Control - 
Integrated Framework.  As a result of this evaluation, our management concluded that our internal control over financial 
reporting was effective as of January 31, 2013.

Our independent registered accounting firm, Deloitte & Touche LLP, has audited the effectiveness of our internal control over 
financial reporting as stated in their report included herein.

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Under applicable SEC rules (Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(c) and 15d-15(c)) management is required to evaluate any change in 

119

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

internal control over financial reporting that occurred during each fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably 
likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

In evaluating whether there were any reportable changes in our internal control over financial reporting during the quarter 
ended January 31, 2013, management determined, with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial 
Officer, that there were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting that have materially affected, or are 
reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

120

 
Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of 
Verint Systems Inc.
Melville, New York

We have audited the internal control over financial reporting of Verint Systems Inc. and subsidiaries (the "Company") as of 
January 31, 2013, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of 
Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. The Company's management is responsible for maintaining effective 
internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, 
included in the accompanying Management's Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to 
express an opinion on the Company's internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States).  
Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal 
control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of 
internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and 
operating effectiveness of internal control based on that risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary 
in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company's internal control over financial reporting is a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the company's 
principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, and effected by the company's 
board of directors, management, and other personnel to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial 
reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting 
principles. A company's internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the 
maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of 
the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial 
statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are 
being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable 
assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company's assets that 
could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of the inherent limitations of internal control over financial reporting, including the possibility of collusion or 
improper management override of controls, material misstatements due to error or fraud may not be prevented or detected on a 
timely basis.  Also, projections of any evaluation of the effectiveness of the internal control over financial reporting to future 
periods are subject to the risk that the controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of 
compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of 
January 31, 2013, based on the criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework  issued by the Committee of 
Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), 
the consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended January 31, 2013 of the Company and our report dated March 
27, 2013 expressed an unqualified opinion on those financial statements and included an explanatory paragraph regarding the 
adoption of the Financial Accounting Standards Board's Accounting Standards Update ("ASU") 2009-13, Multiple Deliverable 
Revenue Arrangements and ASU 2009-14, Certain Revenue Arrangements That Include Software Elements.

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP
New York, New York
March 27, 2013

121

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Item 9B.  Other Information

Not applicable.

122

Table of Contents

PART III

Item 10.  Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

Except as set forth below, the information required by Item 10 will be included in our definitive proxy statement under the 
captions “Election of Directors”, “Corporate Governance”, “Executive Officers” and “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership 
Reporting Compliance”. Such information is incorporated herein by reference.

Corporate Governance Guidelines

All of our employees, including our executive officers, are required to comply with our Code of Conduct. Additionally, our 
Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, and senior officers must comply with our Code of Business Conduct and 
Ethics for Senior Officers. The purpose of these corporate policies is to ensure to the greatest possible extent that our business 
is conducted in a consistently legal and ethical manner. The text of the Code of Conduct and the Code of Business Conduct and 
Ethics for Senior Officers is available on our website (www.verint.com). We intend to disclose on our website any amendment 
to, or waiver from, a provision of our policies as required by law.

Item 11.  Executive Compensation

The information required by Item 11 will be included in our definitive proxy statement under the captions “Executive 
Compensation” and “Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation”. Such information is incorporated herein 
by reference.

Item 12.  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

Except as set forth below, the information required by Item 12 will be included in our definitive proxy statement under the 
caption “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management”. Such information is incorporated herein by 
reference.

Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans

The following table sets forth certain information regarding our equity compensation plans as of January 31, 2013.  Not 
included in the table below is available capacity under the Comverse Technology, Inc. 2011 Stock Incentive Compensation Plan 
(the "CTI Plan"), which we assumed on February 4, 2013 in connection with the consummation of the CTI Merger.  There are 
approximately 2,700,000 shares available for issuance under the CTI Plan and no awards outstanding.

(a)

Number of 
Securities to be 
Issued upon 
Exercise of 
Outstanding 
Options, 
Warrants, and 
Rights 

(b)

Weighted-
Average 
Exercise Price 
of Outstanding 
Options, 
Warrants and 
Rights (1)

(c)

Number of 
Securities 
Remaining 
Available for 
Future Issuance 
under Equity 
Compensation 
Plans (Excluding 
Securities 
Reflected in 
Column (a))

Plan Category

Equity compensation plans approved by security holders

2,915,303 (2)

$

31.88

4,879,332 (3)

Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders

—

—

Total

2,915,303

$

31.88

4,879,332

(1)  The weighted-average price relates to outstanding stock options only (as of the applicable date).  Other outstanding awards 
carry no exercise price and are therefore excluded from the weighted-average price.

(2)  Consists of 924,113 stock options and 1,976,646 restricted stock units.

(3) Excludes 220,213 shares available under the Vovici Corporation 2006 Amended and Restated Stock Plan, which plan was 
assumed in connection with our acquisition of Vovici Corporation in 2011 and is not expected to be used for future awards.

123

Table of Contents

Item 13.  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

Except as set forth below, the information required by Item 13 will be included in our definitive proxy statement under the 
captions “Corporate Governance” and “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions”. Such information is 
incorporated herein by reference.

Under our audit committee charter, all related-party transactions (as described in Item 404 of Regulation S-K and relevant SEC 
and stock exchange rules) other than director and officer compensation arrangements approved by the full board of directors or 
the compensation committee must be approved in advance by the audit committee of our board of directors. In addition to the 
requirements of our audit committee charter, we have a written policy regarding the approval of related-party transactions. Such 
policy provides that any related-party transaction, which includes any financial transaction, arrangement, or relationship 
between us and a related party, or any series of similar transactions, arrangements, or relationships between us and a related 
party, where the aggregate amount involved will or is expected to exceed $120,000 in any fiscal year, must be described in 
writing and submitted to our Chief Compliance Officer prior to the transaction. Such proposed related-party transaction must be 
reviewed by our Chief Compliance Officer and/or Chief Financial Officer and must be submitted to our audit committee for its 
review and approval. Our Chief Compliance Officer, Chief Financial Officer, and audit committee will consider several factors 
in their review, including the fairness of the terms of the transaction, the role of the related party in the transaction, and whether 
the transaction could have an effect on the status of any director or director nominees as an independent director under 
applicable rules. The audit committee has reviewed and approved all of the agreements and transactions referred to in this 
section. 

The following summarizes various agreements and arrangements that were in effect during the period beginning on February 1, 
2012 (the first day of our most recently completed fiscal year) and ending on the date of this report between us and related 
parties, principally CTI, our former majority stockholder, and its affiliates. 

Agreements Relating to the CTI Merger 

On August 12, 2012, we entered into the CTI Merger Agreement providing for the CTI Merger, upon the terms and subject to 
the conditions set forth in the CTI Merger Agreement.  The CTI Merger was completed on February 4, 2013.

Merger Agreement

Pursuant to the terms of the CTI Merger Agreement, each share of CTI common stock outstanding immediately prior to the 
effective time of the CTI Merger was converted into the right to receive new shares of our common stock at an exchange ratio 
of 0.1298 shares of our common stock for each share of CTI common stock.  In addition, each outstanding share of our 
Preferred Stock and each outstanding share of our common stock held by CTI immediately prior to the effective time of the 
CTI Merger was canceled.  Immediately following the effective time of the CTI Merger, former CTI shareholders owned 
approximately 54.6% of our common stock outstanding after completion of the CTI Merger.

Pursuant to the terms of the CTI Merger Agreement, the completion of the CTI Merger was contingent upon, among other 
things, completion of the Comverse share distribution or a Comverse disposition.

The share exchange provision of the CTI Merger Agreement provided that each holder of shares of CTI common stock would 
receive new shares of our common stock representing such holder's pro rata portion of an aggregate number of shares of our 
common stock equal to the sum of (1) the shares of our common stock held by CTI immediately prior to the completion of the 
CTI Merger (including the shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of the shares of our Preferred Stock held by 
CTI at a conversion price of $32.66), plus (2) additional shares of our common stock the number of which is equal to the $25 
million Target Amount (described below) divided by the average of the daily volume weighted averages of the trading prices of 
our common stock on NASDAQ during the 20 consecutive trading days ending on the second trading day immediately prior to 
the closing date of the CTI Merger, plus (3) additional shares of our common stock based on the positive net worth of CTI (as 
determined in accordance with the CTI Merger Agreement) immediately prior to the completion of the CTI Merger, up to a 
maximum dollar value of $10 million.  Under the CTI Merger Agreement, the Target Amount was determined based on the 
timing of the Comverse share distribution or a Comverse disposition and the level of CTI's beneficial ownership of shares of 
our common stock following the date of the CTI Merger Agreement.

Under the terms of the CTI Merger Agreement, each outstanding share of our common stock and our Preferred Stock held by 
CTI at the effective time of the CTI Merger was canceled.  Holders of shares of our common stock immediately prior to the 

124

Table of Contents

completion of the CTI Merger, other than CTI, continued to own their existing shares, which were not affected by the CTI 
Merger.

The CTI Merger Agreement restricted CTI from amending or modifying the terms of the agreements relating to the Comverse 
share distribution from the forms attached to the CTI Merger Agreement without our consent if those amendments or 
modifications would adversely affect our rights or the rights of CTI under those agreements in any material respect, including 
without limitation the right of CTI to be indemnified for specified losses related to Comverse.

The CTI Merger Agreement provided certain termination rights to both us and CTI, including in the event that the Comverse 
share distribution or a Comverse disposition did not occur by April 30, 2013, and further provided that in connection with the 
termination of the CTI Merger Agreement under specified circumstances, we may have been required to pay CTI, or CTI may 
have been required to pay us, a fee of $10 million and/or such party's out-of-pocket expenses.  Furthermore, upon termination 
of the CTI Merger Agreement under certain circumstances, we and CTI would have been entitled to certain rights and subject 
to certain obligations set forth in the Governance and Repurchase Rights Agreement, as further described below.

Voting Agreement

In connection with entering into the CTI Merger Agreement, CTI entered into a Voting Agreement (the "Voting Agreement") 
with us pursuant to which CTI agreed, among other things, to vote the shares of our common stock and our Preferred Stock 
beneficially owned by CTI in favor of the adoption of the CTI Merger Agreement.  CTI also agreed to comply with certain 
restrictions on the disposition of such shares as set forth in the Voting Agreement, including requiring any transferee of CTI's 
voting securities to be bound by the terms of the Voting Agreement.  Pursuant to its terms, the Voting Agreement terminated 
upon the completion of the CTI Merger. 

Governance and Repurchase Rights Agreement

Also in connection with entering into the CTI Merger Agreement, we and CTI entered into a Governance and Repurchase 
Rights Agreement (the "Governance and Repurchase Rights Agreement").

The Governance and Repurchase Rights Agreement set forth certain agreements between the parties regarding the size and 
composition of our board of directors in the event the CTI Merger Agreement was terminated either (i) because the Comverse 
share distribution or a Comverse disposition failed to occur by April 30, 2013 (but only if CTI shareholder approval for the 
Comverse share distribution or Comverse disposition was obtained) or (ii) as a result of a knowing or deliberate breach by CTI 
of its obligations under the CTI Merger Agreement that was not cured within 30 days of notice ("Trigger Events").

In addition, CTI agreed that following a Trigger Event and in the circumstances set forth in the Governance and Repurchase 
Rights Agreement, neither CTI nor its affiliates would, directly or indirectly, acquire or propose to acquire beneficial ownership 
of any of our outstanding voting securities other than shares of our common stock acquired pursuant to the conversion of our 
Preferred Stock beneficially owned by CTI (the "Standstill").

CTI also agreed that following a Trigger Event and in the circumstances set forth in the Governance and Repurchase Rights 
Agreement, it would vote its shares of our common stock and Preferred Stock in proportion to the votes cast with respect to our 
voting securities that were not beneficially owned by CTI, with specified exceptions.

In addition, CTI granted us the right following a Trigger Event and in the circumstances set forth in the Governance and 
Repurchase Rights Agreement to purchase such number of shares (the "Option Shares") of our Preferred Stock owned by CTI 
(or our common stock into which such Preferred Stock had been converted) that would result in CTI having beneficial 
ownership of our voting securities of less than 50% but not less than 49.5% (on an as-exercised and fully diluted basis).  The 
purchase price of such shares would have been equal to the sum of (1) the aggregate liquidation preference of the Preferred 
Stock to be purchased, plus (2) the aggregate market value (determined in accordance with the Governance and Repurchase 
Rights Agreement) of any of our common stock to be purchased, plus (3) a pro rata portion of $5 million based on the number 
of shares to be purchased (determined in accordance with the Governance and Repurchase Rights Agreement) relative to the 
total number of outstanding shares of our Preferred Stock.

We also granted CTI the right to cause us to purchase the Option Shares in the event the CTI Merger Agreement was terminated 
because the Comverse share distribution or a Comverse disposition failed to occur by April 30, 2013 (but only if CTI 
shareholder approval for the Comverse share distribution or a Comverse disposition was obtained).  The purchase price of such 
shares would have been equal to the lesser of (1) the sum of (a) the aggregate liquidation preference of the Preferred Stock to 
be purchased plus (b) the aggregate market value (determined in accordance with the Governance and Repurchase Rights 

125

Table of Contents

Agreement) of any of our common stock to be purchased and (2) the sum of (a) the aggregate market value (determined in 
accordance with the Governance and Repurchase Rights Agreement) for the shares (on an as-converted basis) plus (b) $25 
million.

Each option would automatically terminate in the event CTI beneficially owned less than 50% of our outstanding voting 
securities (on an as-exercised and fully diluted basis) unless an option had been exercised but not consummated in accordance 
with the terms of the Governance and Repurchase Rights Agreement, in which case the termination date would have been 
extended until the consummation of the option.  If CTI were to have properly exercised its put option but we failed to 
consummate that option, CTI's sole remedy would have been the forfeiture of our call option and the termination of the 
Standstill.

Pursuant to its terms, the Governance and Repurchase Rights Agreement terminated upon the completion of the CTI Merger. 

Comverse Share Distribution

On October 31, 2012, CTI completed the Comverse share distribution in which it distributed all of the outstanding shares of 
common stock of Comverse to CTI's shareholders.  As a result of the Comverse share distribution, Comverse became an 
independent publicly held company and ceased to be a wholly owned subsidiary of CTI. 

Distribution Agreement 

In connection with the Comverse share distribution, Comverse and CTI entered into a Distribution Agreement, dated as of 
October 31, 2012 (the "Distribution Agreement"). We were a third-party beneficiary of that agreement and assumed CTI's rights 
and obligations under that agreement in connection with the CTI Merger. The Distribution Agreement sets forth the agreement 
between CTI and Comverse regarding the principal transactions necessary to separate Comverse from CTI.  It also sets forth 
other agreements that govern certain aspects of CTI's relationship with Comverse following the completion of the Comverse 
share distribution and provides certain indemnities to CTI and its affiliates (including us) related to the CTI Merger Agreement, 
the Comverse share distribution and the Comverse business. 

Distribution.  Under the terms of the Distribution Agreement, on October 31, 2012, CTI distributed to its shareholders one 
share of Comverse common stock for every ten shares of CTI common stock held by its shareholders.  Fractional shares of 
Converse common stock to which holders of record of CTI common shares were otherwise entitled were aggregated and sold in 
the public market by the distribution agent at prevailing market prices, with the proceeds distributed to each such holder such 
holder's ratable share of the proceeds of such sale, net of brokerage fees incurred in such sale. 

Transfer of Assets and Assumptions of Liabilities.  The Distribution Agreement identified certain transfers of assets and 
assumptions of liabilities that were necessary in advance of the Comverse share distribution so that each of CTI and Comverse  
retained the assets of, and the liabilities associated with, their respective businesses.  The Distribution Agreement also provided 
for the settlement or extinguishment of certain liabilities and other obligations between CTI and Comverse. 

Misallocated Transfers.  CTI and Comverse agreed that if at any time after the Comverse share distribution either party 
discovers that it or any of its affiliates is the owner of or receives any asset or is liable for any liability that is attributable to the 
other party or any person that is an affiliate of the other party, it will promptly convey, or cause to be conveyed, the applicable 
asset or liability to the proper party. 

Release of Claims.  Comverse agreed to broad releases pursuant to which it released CTI and its affiliates, successors and 
assigns from, and indemnified and held harmless all such persons against and from, any claims against any of them arising out 
of or relating to the management of Comverse's business, certain events that took place prior to the Comverse share 
distribution, the Comverse share distribution, the terms of the Distribution Agreement and the other agreements entered into in 
connection with the Comverse share distribution, Comverse's post-share distribution certificate of incorporation and bylaws, 
and any other decision made or action taken relating to Comverse.  The releases did not extend to obligations or liabilities 
under any agreements between CTI and Comverse that remained in effect following the Comverse share distribution. 

Exchange of Information.  CTI and Comverse agreed to provide each other with information relating to the other party or the 
conduct of its business prior to the Comverse share distribution, and information reasonably necessary to prepare financial 
statements and any reports or filings to be made with any governmental authority. CTI and Comverse also agreed to retain such 
information in accordance with their respective record retention policies as in effect on the date of the Distribution Agreement 
or as otherwise required by law or agreement. 

126

Table of Contents

Access to Information; Witnesses; Confidentiality.  CTI and Comverse each agreed to allow the other party and its 
representatives reasonable access to all records in its possession relating to the business and affairs of the other party, including 
for audit, accounting, litigation, income taxes, financial reporting and regulatory compliance purposes.  CTI and Comverse also 
agreed to use reasonable efforts to make available to the other party and its accountants, counsel and other designated 
representatives, upon written request, its directors, officers, employees and representatives as witnesses and to otherwise 
cooperate with the other party in connection with any proceeding arising out of its or the other party's business and operation 
before the Comverse share distribution.  Subject to limited exceptions, each party agreed to hold confidential all information in 
its or their possession concerning the other party. 

Indemnification.  CTI and Comverse agreed to indemnify each other and each of their respective affiliates and representatives, 
and each of the heirs, executors, successors and assigns of such representatives, against certain liabilities in connection with 
their respective businesses and any breach by such party of the Distribution Agreement. 

In addition, under the Distribution Agreement, Comverse agreed to indemnify CTI and its affiliates (including us) against 
certain losses that may arise as a result of the CTI Merger and the Comverse share distribution.  Certain of these 
indemnification obligations are capped at $25.0 million and certain are uncapped.  Specifically, the capped indemnification 
obligations include indemnifying us against losses stemming from breaches by CTI of representations, warranties and 
covenants in the CTI Merger Agreement and for any liabilities of CTI that are known by CTI but not included on the net worth 
statement delivered at the closing of the CTI Merger.  Comverse's uncapped indemnification obligations include indemnifying 
us against liabilities relating to Comverse's business; claims by any shareholder or creditor of CTI related to the Comverse 
share distribution, the CTI Merger or related transactions or disclosure documents; certain claims made by employees or former 
employees of CTI and any claims made by employees and former employees of Comverse (including but not limited to the 
Israeli optionholder suits discussed under "Legal Proceedings" under Item 3); any failure by Comverse to perform under any of 
the agreements entered into in connection with the Comverse share distribution; claims related to CTI's ownership or operation 
of Comverse; claims related to the disposition of CTI's ownership interest in Starhome B.V.; certain retained liabilities of CTI 
that were not reflected on or reserved against on the net worth statement delivered by CTI at the closing of the CTI Merger; and 
claims arising out of the exercise of appraisal rights by a CTI shareholder in connection with the Comverse share distribution. 
CTI agreed to place $25.0 million in cash in escrow at the completion of the CTI Merger to support indemnification claims to 
the extent made against Comverse by us. Any amounts remaining in the escrow account at the 18 month anniversary of the 
closing of the CTI Merger (excluding amounts set aside for existing liability claims) will be released to Comverse. The escrow 
funds cannot be used for claims related to the Israeli optionholder suits discussed under "Legal Proceedings" under Item 3.  
Comverse also assumed all pre-Comverse share distribution tax obligations of each of Comverse and CTI. 

Additional Agreements 

In order to govern certain ongoing relationships between CTI and Comverse after the Comverse share distribution and to 
provide mechanisms for an orderly transition, CTI and Comverse entered into agreements pursuant to which certain services 
and rights will be provided for following the Comverse share distribution, and CTI and Comverse will indemnify each other 
against certain liabilities arising from their respective businesses, the services that will be provided under such agreement and 
the Comverse share distribution. While management does not believe any of these agreements are of the type required to be 
described under Item 404 of Regulation S-K and relevant SEC and stock exchange rules, we assumed CTI's rights and 
obligations under these agreement following the CTI Merger.  The following is a summary of the terms of these agreements.

Tax Disaffiliation Agreement.  In connection with the Comverse share distribution, Comverse and CTI entered into a Tax 
Disaffiliation Agreement, dated as of October 31, 2012 (the "Tax Disaffiliation Agreement").  The Tax Disaffiliation Agreement 
governs CTI's and Comverse's respective rights, responsibilities and obligations with respect to both pre- and post-Comverse 
share distribution periods, including tax liabilities and benefits, the preparation and filing of tax returns, and the control of 
audits and other tax matters.  CTI and Comverse entered into the Tax Disaffiliation Agreement effective as of the effective date 
of the Comverse share distribution.  In general, Comverse is required under the Tax Disaffiliation Agreement to pay (a) all CTI 
pre-disposition group taxes attributable to periods ending on or before the date of the Comverse share distribution and the 
portion of any straddle period ending on the date of the Comverse share distribution, and (b) all Comverse group taxes 
attributable to periods beginning on the day after the date of the Comverse share distribution and the portion of any straddle 
period beginning on the day after the date of the Comverse share distribution.  In general, CTI is required under the Tax 
Disaffiliation Agreement to pay all CTI group taxes attributable to periods beginning on the day after the date of the Comverse 
share distribution and the portion of any straddle period beginning on the day after the date of the Comverse share distribution.  
Comverse's obligations under the Tax Disaffiliation Agreement are not limited in amount or subject to any cap.  The Tax 
Disaffiliation Agreement also contains obligations for each of CTI and Comverse to indemnify the other for breaches of its 
obligations under such agreement, including in respect of payment of taxes for which it is responsible.  

127

Table of Contents

Transition Services Agreement.  In connection with the Comverse share distribution, Comverse and CTI entered into a 
Transition Services Agreement, dated as of October 31, 2012 (the "Transition Services Agreement"), pursuant to which each of 
CTI and Comverse agreed to provide the other with certain services to help ensure an orderly transition following the 
Comverse share distribution. 

The services to be provided by Comverse to CTI under the Transition Services Agreement include: payroll services; health and 
welfare plan administration; finance, treasury, accounting and internal audit services; tax return preparation; financial reporting; 
insurance services; information technology services; and other operation support and services.  In addition, CTI is permitted to 
request that Comverse provide it with certain services not contemplated by the Transition Services Agreement, to the extent the 
request is made in good faith and the terms and conditions of such additional services are agreed.  Under the Transition 
Services Agreement, CTI agreed to provide Comverse with the type of general operational support historically provided to 
Comverse by CTI employees, in each case limited to providing executive oversight, granting approvals and performing other 
duties required for filings. 

Amounts payable for services provided under the Transition Services Agreement will generally equal the costs and expenses 
incurred by the party providing the services, and a significant portion of the services that Comverse is to provide have fixed 
fees. The Transition Services Agreement requires that the services be provided in a manner to permit CTI to comply with its 
legal obligations and in a manner and at a level of service that is consistent with past practice for the parties and in any event 
with at least a reasonable degree of care. 

Subject to limited exceptions, each of CTI and Comverse agreed to limit their liability to the other in respect of causes of action 
arising under the agreement.  In addition, Comverse agreed to indemnify CTI against certain losses stemming from the 
provision of services and certain breaches of the agreement. 

The Transition Services Agreement will continue in effect until terminated in accordance with its terms.  Each party has the 
right to terminate the services provided to it under the Transition Services Agreement upon thirty days prior written notice.  In 
addition, CTI can terminate the agreement upon five days prior written notice upon the occurrence of certain corporate events. 

Employee Matters Agreement.  Also in connection with the Comverse share distribution, Comverse and CTI entered into an 
Employee Matters Agreement, dated as of October 31, 2012 (the "Employee Matters Agreement").  The Employee Matters 
Agreement allocates liabilities and responsibilities between CTI and Comverse relating to employee compensation and benefit 
plans and programs, including the treatment of certain employment agreements, severance plans, outstanding annual and long-
term incentive awards, and health and welfare benefit obligations. 

In general, the Employee Matters Agreement provides that, following the Comverse share distribution, Comverse will be 
responsible for all employment and benefit-related obligations and liabilities related to those individuals employed by 
Comverse prior to the Comverse share distribution and those individuals whose employment were transferred to Comverse in 
connection with the Comverse share distribution. In general, CTI will be responsible for any employment and benefit-related 
obligations and liabilities of any employees who continued to be employees of CTI following the Comverse share distribution. 

Historical CTI Agreements

The following summarizes various agreements between us and CTI, our former parent company, and its affiliates, that were in 
effect during the year ended January 31, 2013.  Under the terms of the CTI Merger Agreement, on February 4, 2013, CTI 
merged with and into our new, wholly owned subsidiary, with our subsidiary continuing as the surviving entity, and all of the 
shares of our Preferred Stock outstanding at the effective time of the CTI Merger were canceled.  As a result, each of the 
agreements described below, other than the Federal Income Tax Sharing Agreement, are no longer in effect as of the filing date 
of this report.   

Federal Income Tax Sharing Agreement 

We are party to a tax sharing agreement with CTI which applies to periods prior to our IPO in which we were included in CTI's 
consolidated federal tax return. Under this agreement, for periods during which we were included in CTI's consolidated tax 
return, we were required to pay CTI an amount equal to the tax liability we would have owed, if any, had we filed a federal tax 
return on our own, as computed by CTI in its reasonable discretion. Under this agreement, we were not entitled to receive any 
payments from CTI in respect of, or to otherwise take advantage of, any loss resulting from the calculation of our separate tax 
liability. The tax sharing agreement also provided for certain payments in the event of adjustments to the group's tax liability. 
The tax sharing agreement will continue in effect until 60 days after the expiration of the applicable statute of limitations for 
the final year in which we were part of the CTI consolidated group for tax purposes.

128

Table of Contents

Preferred Stock Financing Agreements 

On May 25, 2007, in connection with our acquisition of Witness, we entered into a Securities Purchase Agreement (the 
"Securities Purchase Agreement") with CTI pursuant to which CTI purchased, for cash, an aggregate of 293,000 shares of our 
Preferred Stock at an aggregate purchase price of $293.0 million.  Proceeds from the issuance of the Preferred Stock were used, 
together with $650.0 million of borrowings under a term loan and cash on hand, to finance the consideration for the acquisition 
of Witness. 

The Preferred Stock was issued at a purchase price of $1,000 per share and ranked senior to our common stock.  The Preferred 
Stock had an initial liquidation preference equal to the purchase price of the Preferred Stock, or $1,000 per share.  In the event 
of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution, or winding-up of us, the holders of the Preferred Stock would have 
been entitled to receive, out of the assets available for distribution to our stockholders and before any distribution of assets is 
made on holders of our common stock, an amount equal to the then-current liquidation preference plus accrued and unpaid 
dividends.

Cash dividends on the Preferred Stock were cumulative and accrued quarterly at a specified dividend rate on the liquidation 
preference in effect at such time.  Initially, the specified dividend rate was 4.25% per annum per share; however, in accordance 
with the terms of the certificate of designation for the Preferred Stock, beginning with the quarter ended January 31, 2008, the 
dividend rate was reset to 3.875% per annum and was fixed at that level.  If we were to have determined that we were 
prohibited from paying cash dividends on the Preferred Stock under the terms of our credit agreement or other debt 
instruments, we were permitted to elect to make such dividend payments in shares of our common stock, which common stock 
would have been valued at 95% of the volume weighted-average price of our common stock for each of the five consecutive 
trading days ending on the second trading day immediately prior to the record date for such dividend.

Each share of Preferred Stock was entitled to a number of votes equal to the number of shares of our common stock into which 
such share of Preferred Stock was convertible at the conversion rate in effect on the date the Preferred Stock was issued to CTI 
(the "Issue Date"), or 30.6185 shares of our common stock for each share of Preferred Stock.  In addition, each share of 
Preferred Stock was convertible, at the option of the holder, into a number of shares of our common stock equal to the 
liquidation preference then in effect divided by the conversion price then in effect, which was initially set at $32.66 (as adjusted 
from time to time, the "Conversion Rate").  We also had the right in certain circumstances to cause the mandatory conversion of 
the Preferred Stock into shares of our common stock at the then-applicable Conversion Rate.

Beginning with the second anniversary of the Issue Date (May 25, 2009), we had the right to force the conversion of all, but not 
less than all, of the Preferred Stock into our common stock at our option, but only if the closing sale price of our common stock 
immediately prior to such conversion equaled or exceeded the conversion price then in effect by a specified percentage.  From 
and after the fourth anniversary of the Issue Date (May 25, 2011), this percentage was fixed at 135%.

The terms of the Preferred Stock also provided that upon a fundamental change, as defined in the certificate of designation for 
the Preferred Stock, the holders of the Preferred Stock would have had the right to require us to repurchase the Preferred Stock 
for 100% of the liquidation preference then in effect.  If we failed to repurchase the Preferred Stock as required upon a 
fundamental change, then the number of directors constituting our board of directors would have been increased by two, and 
the holders of the Preferred Stock would have had the right to elect two directors to fill such vacancies.  Upon repurchase of the 
Preferred Stock subject to the fundamental change repurchase right, the holders of the Preferred Stock would no longer have 
the right to elect such additional directors, the term of office of each such additional director would terminate immediately upon 
such repurchase, and the number of directors would, without further action, be reduced by two.  In addition, in the event of a 
fundamental change, the Conversion Rate would have been increased to provide for additional shares of our common stock 
issuable to the holders of the Preferred Stock upon conversion, based on a sliding scale depending on the acquisition price, as 
defined in the certificate of designation for the Preferred Stock, ranging from zero to 3.7 additional shares of our common stock 
for every share of Preferred Stock converted into our common stock following a fundamental change.

On August 30, 2012, the certificate of designation for the Preferred Stock was amended to provide that, at the effective time of 
the CTI Merger, each issued and outstanding share of Preferred Stock that was not held by CTI would be automatically 
converted into shares of our common stock pursuant to the terms of the amended certificate of designation and would cease to 
accrue any dividends or any other amounts, and such conversion would have been deemed to occur immediately prior to the 
effective time of the CTI Merger. 

CTI had the right to sell the Preferred Stock since November 25, 2007 in either private or public transactions.  Pursuant to a 
Registration Rights Agreement we entered into concurrently with the Securities Purchase Agreement (the "New Registration 

129

Table of Contents

Rights Agreement"), commencing 180 days after we regained compliance with SEC reporting requirements, CTI was entitled 
to two demands to require us to register (which could have been underwritten registrations, upon CTI's request) the Preferred 
Stock and/or the shares of our common stock underlying the Preferred Stock for resale under the Securities Act.  The New 
Registration Rights Agreement also gave CTI unlimited piggyback registration rights on certain Securities Act registrations 
filed by us on our own behalf or on behalf of other stockholders. 

We agreed to pay all expenses resulting from a registration under the New Registration Rights Agreement, other than 
underwriting commissions and taxes.  We also agreed to indemnify CTI, its directors, officers and employees against liabilities 
arising from sales of shares registered pursuant to the New Registration Rights Agreement, including Securities Act liabilities. 

CTI was permitted to transfer its rights under the New Registration Rights Agreement to any transferee of the registrable 
securities that was an affiliate of CTI or any other subsequent transferee; provided that in each case such affiliate or transferee 
was required to become a party to the New Registration Rights Agreement by executing a joinder agreement agreeing to be 
bound by all of the terms and conditions of the New Registration Rights Agreement. 

CTI Original Registration Rights Agreement 

CTI's rights under the New Registration Rights Agreement were in addition to its rights under a previous Registration Rights 
Agreement we entered into with CTI shortly before our IPO in May 2002.  This registration rights agreement (the "Original 
Registration Rights Agreement") covered all shares of our common stock then held by CTI and any additional shares of our 
common stock acquired by CTI at a later date.  Under the Original Registration Rights Agreement, CTI was entitled to 
unlimited demand registrations of its shares on Form S-3.  If we were not eligible to use Form S-3, CTI was also entitled to one 
demand registration on Form S-1.

CTI exercised its one Form S-1 demand registration right under the Original Registration Rights Agreement in July 2010, 
demanding that we prepare and file with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 to permit the public offering and sale of 
up to 2.8 million shares of our common stock owned by CTI.  In connection with the exercise of this demand, we entered into a 
letter agreement with CTI pursuant to which we agreed not to exercise our rights under the Original Registration Rights 
Agreement to delay the filing of, or offer shares pursuant to, the prospectus, subject to certain limitations.  CTI subsequently 
reduced the size of the offering to 2.3 million shares. A registration statement relating to these securities was declared effective 
by the SEC in January 2011. 

Like the New Registration Rights Agreement, the Original Registration Rights Agreement also provided CTI with unlimited 
piggyback registration rights, required us to pay all expenses of a registration under the agreement (other than underwriting 
commissions and taxes), required us to indemnify CTI and its affiliates from liabilities resulting from the sale of our common 
stock under the agreement, and permitted CTI to transfer its rights under the agreement to an affiliate or other subsequent 
transferee, subject to the transferee signing a joinder to the agreement.

Item 14.  Principal Accounting Fees and Services

The information required by Item 14 will be included in our definitive proxy statement under the caption “Audit Matters”. Such 
information is incorporated herein by reference.

130

Table of Contents

PART IV

Item 15.  Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules

(a)  Documents filed as part of this report

(1) Financial Statements

The consolidated financial statements filed as part of this report are listed on the Index to Consolidated Financial Statements 
in Part II, Item 8 of this Form 10-K.

(2)  Financial Statement Schedules

All financial statement schedules have been omitted here because they are not applicable, not required, or the information is 
shown in the consolidated financial statements or notes thereto.

(3)  Exhibits

See (b) below.

(b)  Exhibits

Number

Description

Filed Herewith /
Incorporated by
Reference from

2.1

2.2

2.3

2.4

2.5

3.1

3.2

3.3

Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated August 12, 2012, by and among 
Comverse Technology, Inc., Verint Systems Inc. and Victory Acquisition 
I LLC*

Voting Agreement, dated August 12, 2012, among Comverse 
Technology, Inc., Verint Systems Inc. and Victory Acquisition I LLC

Form 8-K filed on August 13, 2012

Form 8-K filed on August 13, 2012

Governance and Repurchase Rights Agreement, dated August 12, 2012, 
by and between Comverse Technology, Inc. and Verint Systems Inc.

Form 8-K filed on August 13, 2012

Distribution Agreement, dated as of October 31, 2012, by and between 
Comverse Technology, Inc. and Comverse, Inc.

Tax Disaffiliation Agreement, dated as of October 31, 2012, by and 
between Comverse Technology, Inc. and Comverse, Inc.

Comverse, Inc. Current Report on 
Form 8-K filed with the SEC on 
November 2, 2012

Comverse, Inc. Current Report on 
Form 8-K filed with the SEC on 
November 2, 2012

  Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Verint Systems
Inc.

  Form S-1 (Commission File No.
333-82300) effective on May 16, 2002

  Amended and Restated By-laws of Verint Systems Inc.

  Form 8-K filed on February 5, 2013

  Amended and Restated Certificate of Designation, Preferences and 
Rights of the Series A Convertible Perpetual Preferred Stock of Verint 
Systems Inc.

  Form 10-Q filed on September 6, 2012

4.1

  Specimen Common Stock certificate

  Form S-1 (Commission File No.
333-82300) effective on May 16, 2002

4.2

10.1

10.2

10.3

  Specimen Series A Convertible Perpetual Preferred Stock certificate

  Form 10-K filed on March 17, 2010

  Form of Indemnification Agreement

  Verint Systems Inc. 2002 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

  Verint Systems Inc. Stock Incentive Compensation Plan (as amended 
through December 12, 2002)

  Form S-1 (Commission File No.
333-82300) effective on May 16, 2002
  Form S-1 (Commission File No.
333-82300) effective on May 16, 2002

  Form 10-K filed on May 1, 2003

131

 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

10.4

10.5

10.6

10.7

10.8

10.9

10.10

10.11

10.12

10.14

10.15

10.16

10.17

10.18

10.19

10.20

10.21

10.22

10.23

10.24

10.25

10.26

10.27

10.28

10.29

10.30

10.31

10.32

  Amendment No. 1 to Verint Systems Inc. Stock Incentive Compensation
Plan (dated December 23, 2008)

  Amendment No. 2 to Verint Systems Inc. Stock Incentive Compensation
Plan (dated March 4, 2009)

  Verint Systems Inc. 2004 Stock Incentive Compensation Plan, as
amended and restated

  Form 10-K filed on March 17, 2010

  Form 10-K filed on March 17, 2010

  Form 8-K filed on January 10, 2006

  Amendment No. 1 to Verint Systems Inc. 2004 Stock Incentive
Compensation Plan, as amended and restated (dated December 23, 2008)

  Form 10-K filed on March 17, 2010

  Witness Systems Amended and Restated Stock Incentive Plan

  Witness Systems, Inc. Form 10-Q for
the period ended June 30, 2005

  Amendment No. 1 to Witness Systems Amended and Restated Stock
Incentive Plan (dated May 29, 2001)

  Witness Systems, Inc. Form 10-K filed
on March 17, 2006

  Amendment No. 2 to Witness Systems Amended and Restated Stock
Incentive Plan (dated January 15, 2004)

  Witness Systems, Inc. Form 10-K filed
on March 15, 2004

  Amendment No. 3 to Witness Systems Amended and Restated Stock
Incentive Plan (dated December 6, 2007)

  Amendment No. 4 to Witness Systems Amended and Restated Stock
Incentive Plan (dated December 23, 2008)

10.13

  Verint Systems Inc. 2010 Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan

  Form 10-K filed on March 17, 2010

  Form 10-K filed on March 17, 2010

  Form S-8 (Commission File No. 
333-169768) effective on October 5, 
2010

Form 8-K filed on June 19, 2012

Amendment No. 1 to Verint Systems Inc. 2010 Long-Term Stock 
Incentive Plan

  Vovici Corporation Amended and Restated Stock Plan

  Form 10-K filed on April 2, 2012

Comverse Technology, Inc. 2011 Stock Incentive Compensation Plan

  Form of Stock Option Award Agreement**

Comverse Technology, Inc. Definitive 
Proxy Statement (Appendix A) filed 
with the SEC on October 7, 2011
  Form 8-K filed on December 7, 2004

  Form of Time-Based Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement**

  Form 10-K filed on March 17, 2010

  Form of Performance-Based Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement**

  Form 10-K filed on March 17, 2010

  Form of Time-Based Deferred Stock Award Agreement**

  Form 10-K filed on March 17, 2010

  Form of Performance-Based Deferred Stock Award Agreement**

  Form 10-K filed on March 17, 2010

  Form of Amendment to Time-Based and Performance-Based Equity 
Award Agreements**

  Form of Time-Based Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement Solely 
Related to 2010 Grant**

  Form of Performance-Based Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement 
Solely Related to 2010 Grant**

  Form 10-K filed on March 17, 2010

  Form 10-K filed on April 8, 2010

Form 10-K filed on April 8, 2010

  Form of Time-Based Deferred Stock Award Agreement Solely Related to 
2010 Grant**

  Form 10-K filed on April 8, 2010

  Form of Performance-Based Deferred Stock Award Agreement Solely 
Related to 2010 Grant**

  Form 10-K filed on April 8, 2010

  Form of Global Performance-Based Restricted Stock Unit Award**

  Form 10-K filed on April 6, 2011

  Form of Global Time-Based Restricted Stock Unit Award**

  Form 10-K filed on April 6, 2011

  Form of Performance-Based Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement for 
Grants Subsequent to March 2012**

  Form 10-K filed on April 2, 2012

  Form of Time-Based Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement for Grants 
Subsequent to March 2012**

  Form 10-K filed on April 2, 2012

Form of Performance-Based Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement for 
Grants Subsequent to March 2013**

Filed herewith

  Form of Time-Based Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement for Grants 
Subsequent to March 2013**

Filed herewith

132

 
  Credit Agreement dated as of May 25, 2007 among Verint Systems Inc.,
as Borrower, the Lenders as parties thereto and Lehman Commercial
Paper Inc., as Administrative Agent

  Amendment, Waiver, and Consent, dated April 27, 2010, to Credit
Agreement among Verint Systems Inc., as Borrower, the Lenders, as
parties thereto, and Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch, as
Administrative Agent

  Amendment No. 3 to Credit Agreement, dated July 27, 2010, among 
Verint Systems Inc., the lenders from time to time party thereto, and the 
administrative agent party thereto, to the Credit Agreement, dated as of 
May 25, 2007, among Verint Systems Inc., the lenders from time to time 
party thereto, and the administrative agent party thereto

  Incremental Amendment and Joinder Agreement, dated July 30, 2010, 
among Verint Systems Inc., the additional lenders party thereto, and the 
administrative agent

Credit Agreement dated as of April 29, 2011 among Verint Systems Inc., 
as Borrower, the lenders from time to time party thereto, and Credit 
Suisse AG, as administrative agent and collateral agent 

Amendment and Restatement Agreement, dated as of March 6, 2013, 
among Verint Systems Inc., the lenders party thereto, and Credit Suisse 
AG, as administrative agent and collateral agent, including the Amended 
and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of March 6, 2013, among Verint 
Systems Inc., as Borrower, the lenders from time to time party thereto, 
and Credit Suisse AG, as administrative agent and collateral agent 
attached as Exhibit A thereto

  Form 8-K filed on May 30, 2007

  Form 8-K filed on May 3, 2010

  Form 8-K filed on August 2, 2010

  Form 8-K filed on August 2, 2010

Form 8-K filed on May 2, 2011

Form 8-K filed on March 8, 2013

  Employment Agreement, dated February 23, 2010, between Verint 
Systems Inc. and Dan Bodner**

  Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated July 13, 2011, 
between Verint Systems Inc. and Douglas Robinson**

  Form 8-K filed on February 23, 2010

  Form 8-K filed on July 14, 2011

  Second Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated July 13, 
2011, between Verint Systems Inc. and Elan Moriah**

  Form 8-K filed on July 14, 2011

  Contract of Employment, dated July 10, 2011, by and among Meir 
Sperling, Verint Systems Ltd., and Verint Systems Inc. **

  Employment Agreement, dated April 16, 2001, between Comverse 
Infosys UK Limited and David Parcell**

  Amended and Restated Supplemental Employment Agreement, dated 
July 13, 2011, between Verint Systems UK Limited and David Parcell**
Second Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated July 13, 
2011, between Verint Systems Inc. and Peter Fante**

  Summary of the Terms of Verint Systems Inc. Executive Officer Annual 
Bonus Plan**
  2009 Executive Officer Retention Letter**

Federal Income Tax Sharing Agreement, dated as of January 31, 2002, 
between Comverse Technologies, Inc. an Verint Systems Inc.

  Subsidiaries of Verint Systems Inc.

  Form 8-K filed on July 14, 2011

  Form 10-K filed on March 17, 2010

  Form 8-K filed on July 14, 2011

  Form 8-K filed on July 14, 2011

  Form 10-K filed on May 19, 2010

  Form 10-K filed on March 17, 2010

Form S-1 (Commission File No.
333-82300) effective on May 16, 2002
  Filed herewith

  Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP, Independent Registered Public
Accounting Firm

  Filed herewith

  Certification of Dan Bodner, Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section
302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

  Filed herewith

Table of Contents

10.33

10.34

10.35

10.36

10.37

10.38

10.39

10.40

10.41

10.42

10.43

10.44

10.45

10.46

10.47

10.48

21.1

23.1

31.1

31.2

32.1

32.2

  Certification of Douglas E. Robinson, Chief Financial Officer pursuant
to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

  Certification of the Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Securities 
Exchange Act Rule 13a-14(b) and 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 (1)

  Certification of the Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Securities 
Exchange Act Rule 13a-14(b) and 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 (1)

  Filed herewith

  Filed herewith

  Filed herewith

  Filed herewith

101.INS***

  XBRL Instance Document

133

 
Table of Contents

101.SCH***

  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document

101.CAL***

  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document

101.DEF***

  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document

101.LAB***

  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document

101.PRE***

  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document

  Filed herewith

  Filed herewith

  Filed herewith

  Filed herewith

  Filed herewith

(1) 
These exhibits are being "furnished" with this periodic report and are not deemed "filed" with the SEC and are not 
incorporated by reference in any filing of the company under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended or the Securities Exchange Act of 
1934, as amended.

* Certain exhibits and schedules have been omitted, and the company agrees to furnish supplementally to the SEC a copy of any 
omitted exhibits or schedules upon request.

** Denotes a management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement required to be filed as an exhibit to this form pursuant to 
Item 15(b) of this report.

*** In accordance with Rule 406T of Regulation S-T, the Interactive Data Files on Exhibit 101 hereto are deemed not filed or part of a 
registration statement or prospectus for purposes of Sections 11 or 12 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, are deemed not filed 
for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and otherwise are not subject to liability under 
those sections.

(c)  Financial Statement Schedules

None

134

 
 
Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this 
report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized. 

March 27, 2013

March 27, 2013

VERINT SYSTEMS INC.

/s/ Dan Bodner

Dan Bodner

President and Chief Executive Officer

/s/ Douglas E. Robinson

Douglas E. Robinson

Chief Financial Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed by the following persons on 
behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Name

/s/ Dan Bodner

Dan Bodner

Title

Date

Chief Executive Officer and President, and Director

March 27, 2013

(Principal Executive Officer)

/s/ Douglas E. Robinson

Chief Financial Officer

March 27, 2013

Douglas E. Robinson

/s/ Victor A. DeMarines

Victor A. DeMarines

/s/ John R. Egan

John R. Egan

/s/ Larry Myers

Larry Myers

/s/ Richard Nottenburg

Richard Nottenburg

/s/ Howard Safir

Howard Safir

/s/ Earl Shanks

Earl Shanks

(Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting
Officer)

Chairman of the Board of Directors

March 27, 2013

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

135

March 27, 2013

March 27, 2013

March 27, 2013

March 27, 2013

March 27, 2013

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
EXHIBIT 10.31

___________  __, 20__

[Name of Recipient]
[Address]

Dear [Name]:

Notice of Grant of Performance-Based Restricted Stock Units

Congratulations!  You have been granted a performance-based restricted stock unit award (the “Award”) pursuant to 
the terms and conditions of the [Verint Systems Inc. 2010 Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan][Comverse Technology, Inc. 
2011 Stock Incentive Compensation Plan (assumed by the Company)][, as modified by the [UK Sub-Plan thereunder]
[Canadian Sub-Plan thereunder][Israeli Supplement thereto][India Addendum],] (the “Plan”) and the attached Verint 
Systems Inc. (the “Company”) Performance-Based Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (the “Agreement”).  The details of 
your Award are specified below and in the attached Agreement.  Capitalized terms used in this Notice of Grant and not 
otherwise defined shall have the meanings given in the Plan or the Agreement.

Granted To: 
ID#: 

[Name]
[ID Number]

Grant Date: 

[____________]

Target Number 
of Units Granted:  

[Number] (with the opportunity to earn up to  
[Number]1 additional restricted stock units)  

Price Per Unit: 

U.S.$0.00

Vesting Schedule: 

The restricted stock units granted hereby shall vest on the dates or at the times set 
forth in the Agreement, upon the achievement of specified performance goals, but 
in any event, no earlier than:

(a) [________, 20__ with respect to the Period 1 Units];
(b) [________, 20__ with respect to the Period 2 Units]; and
(c) [________, 20__ with respect to the Period 3 Units].

Verint Systems Inc.

By my signature below or my electronic acceptance hereof (if provided to me electronically), I hereby acknowledge 
my receipt of this Award granted on the date shown above, which has been issued to me under the terms and conditions of the 
Plan and the Agreement.  I agree that the Award is subject to all of the terms and conditions of this Notice of Grant, the Plan, 
and the Agreement.

If I am a resident of Canada, I also acknowledge having requested that this Notice and all documents referred to herein 

be drafted in the English language.  Je reconnais également avoir exigé que ce document ainsi que tout document auquel ce 
document fait référence, soient rédigés en langue anglaise.

Signature: _______________________________ 

Date: ______________

1 Not to exceed 100% of the Target Number of Units (or such lower percentage as specified by the grant resolutions).

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                                                          
VERINT SYSTEMS INC.

PERFORMANCE-BASED RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AWARD AGREEMENT

This Performance-Based Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (“Agreement”) and the [Verint Systems Inc. 2010 Long-
Term Stock Incentive Plan][Comverse Technology, Inc. 2011 Stock Incentive Compensation Plan (assumed by the 
Company)][, as modified by the [UK Sub-Plan thereunder][Canadian Sub-Plan thereunder][Israeli Supplement thereto]
[India Addendum],] (the “Plan”) govern the terms and conditions of the Performance-Based Restricted Stock Unit Award (the 
“Award”) specified in the Notice of Grant of Performance-Based Restricted Stock Units (the “Notice of Grant”) delivered 
herewith entitling the person to whom the Notice of Grant is addressed (“Grantee”) to receive from Verint Systems Inc. (the 
“Company”) the target number of performance-based restricted stock units indicated in the Notice of Grant and the opportunity 
to earn additional restricted stock units (if provided for in the Notice of Grant), as described herein, subject to the terms and 
conditions of this Agreement.  [The Award is a Performance Compensation Award intended to qualify as “performance-
based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code.] 2

1 

RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS; VESTING

1.1 

Grant of Performance-Based Restricted Stock Units.

(a) 

(b) 

(c) 

(d) 

Subject to the terms of this Agreement, the Company hereby grants to Grantee the target number of performance-
based restricted stock units (as may be further defined under the terms of the Plan, “Restricted Stock Units”) indicated 
in the Notice of Grant (the “Target Units”), and the opportunity to earn additional Restricted Stock Units (if provided 
for in the Notice of Grant), as described herein, (the “Overachievement Units”, and together with the Target Units, the 
“Total Units”), vesting of which depends upon the Company's performance during each Performance Period (defined 
below), as specified for each such Performance Period.

Grantee's right to receive all or any portion of the Total Units will be contingent upon the Company's achievement of 
one or more performance goals specified in a performance matrix as an exhibit to this Agreement (the “Performance 
Matrix”) measured over the following periods (each, a “Performance Period” and, collectively, the “Performance 
Periods”):

(i) 

(ii) 

(iii) 

Vesting of up to the first one-third of the Total Units (the “Period 1 Units”) will be contingent upon the 
achievement of the performance goal(s) during the period from [____________] through [__________] 
(“Period 1”);

Vesting of up to the second one-third of the Total Units (the “Period 2 Units”) will be contingent upon the 
achievement of the performance goal(s) during the period from [____________] through [__________] 
(“Period 2”); and

Vesting of up to the final one-third of the Total Units (the “Period 3 Units”) will be contingent upon the 
achievement of the performance goal(s) during the period from [____________] through [__________] 
(“Period 3”).

The performance goal(s) and related “Target”, “Threshold”, and “Maximum” levels (as described below) and any 
associated definitions for each Performance Period will be set by the Board or the Committee, in the discretion of the 
Board or the Committee, at the time of grant or at any time thereafter so long as the performance goal(s) for a given 
Performance Period are set prior to the conclusion of such Performance Period, and to the extent practicable, on or 
before the 90th day of such Performance Period.  Following establishment, all such information will be memorialized 
in the Performance Matrix and provided to Grantee.  A sample Performance Matrix is attached as Exhibit A hereto.

If and when the Restricted Stock Units vest in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and the Notice of Grant 
without forfeiture, and upon the satisfaction of all other applicable conditions as to the Restricted Stock Units, one 
Share shall be issuable to Grantee for each Restricted Stock Unit that vests on such date, which Shares, except as 
otherwise provided herein or in the Notice of Grant, will be free of any Company-imposed transfer restrictions.  
Except as otherwise provided below, any fractional Restricted Stock Unit remaining after the Award is fully vested 
shall be discarded and shall not be converted into a fractional Share.

2 Include for 162(m) officers.

                                               
1.2          Achievement of Payout Percentages and Vesting of Performance-Based Restricted Stock Units.

(a) 

(b) 

(c) 

(d) 

(e) 

(f) 

(g) 

Below Threshold.  If upon conclusion of the relevant Performance Period, achievement of a performance goal for that 
Performance Period falls below the “Threshold” level for such performance goal, as set forth in the applicable 
Performance Matrix, a payout percentage of 0% for such Performance Period in respect of such performance goal 
shall be achieved.

At a Level or Between Levels.  If, upon conclusion of the relevant Performance Period, achievement of a performance 
goal for that Performance Period equals a specified level for such performance goal as set forth in the applicable 
Performance Matrix (other than the "Maximum" level), the payout percentage specified for such level in the 
Performance Matrix shall be achieved.  However, if, upon conclusion of the relevant Performance Period, achievement 
of a performance goal for that Performance Period exceeds a specified level for such performance goal as set forth in 
the applicable Performance Matrix (e.g., above the “Threshold” level but less than the “Maximum” level), the payout 
percentage shall be calculated on a linear basis based on (i) where the actual achievement of such performance goal 
falls between the two nearest specified levels as set forth in the Performance Matrix and (ii) the corresponding payout 
percentages specified in the Performance Matrix.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if, upon conclusion of such 
Performance Period, achievement of such performance goal for that Performance Period exceeds the “Target” level 
(but is less than the “Maximum” level) the payout percentage for such Performance Period in respect of such 
performance goal shall only exceed the payout percentage specified for the Target level if the Notice of Grant indicates 
that Overachievement Units are eligible to be earned.

Equals or Exceeds Maximum.  If the Notice of Grant indicates that Overachievement Units are eligible to be earned, 
and upon conclusion of the relevant Performance Period, achievement of a performance goal for that Performance 
Period equals or exceeds the “Maximum” level for such performance goal, as set forth in the applicable Performance 
Matrix, the payout percentage indicated on the Performance Matrix for “Maximum” performance in respect of such 
performance goal shall be achieved.

Vesting of Units; Independence of Performance Goals.  The number of Restricted Stock Units that will vest in a given 
Performance Period shall, unless otherwise specified in the Performance Matrix, be determined by multiplying the 
“combined average payout percentage achieved” by the number of Target Units eligible to be earned in such 
Performance Period.  The “combined average payout percentage achieved” shall, unless otherwise specified in the 
Performance Matrix, be the quotient of (A) and (B), where (A) is the sum of the actual payout percentages achieved 
for each performance goal, and (B) is the number of performance goals.  If the foregoing calculation would result in 
the vesting of a fraction of a Restricted Stock Unit, the result of the calculation will be rounded down to the nearest 
whole Restricted Stock Unit.

Determination of Earned Award.  Not later than 60 days following the Board's receipt of the Company's audited 
financial statements covering the relevant Performance Period, the Board or the Committee will determine (i) whether 
and to what extent the performance goal(s) have been satisfied for each Performance Period, (ii) the number of 
Restricted Stock Units that shall have become vested hereunder, and (iii) whether all other conditions to receipt of the 
Shares have been met.  The Board or Committee's determination of the foregoing shall be final and binding on Grantee 
absent a showing of manifest error.  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, no Restricted Stock Units 
for a given Performance Period shall vest (x) until the Board or Committee has made the foregoing determinations for 
such Performance Period and (y) prior to the date discussed in the next paragraph.

Time Vesting Limitation.  Notwithstanding the determination of the Board or the Committee pursuant to the previous 
paragraph, the Period 1 Units, Period 2 Units, and Period 3 Units shall not vest prior to the respective dates specified 
in the Notice of Grant.

Other Vesting Provisions.  
Any Restricted Stock Units that do not become vested based on the foregoing provisions with respect to a given 
Performance Period will be automatically forfeited by Grantee without consideration.

1.3 

Forfeiture.

(a) 

Except as otherwise provided herein, Grantee's right to receive any of the Restricted Stock Units is contingent upon 
his or her remaining in the Continuous Service of the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate through the respective 
vesting dates specified in the Notice of Grant and hereunder.  If Grantee's Continuous Service terminates for any 

reason, all Restricted Stock Units which are then unvested shall, unless otherwise determined by the Board or the 
Committee in its sole discretion or subject to a separate written agreement between the parties, be cancelled and the 
Company shall thereupon have no further obligation thereunder.  For the avoidance of doubt, subject to a separate 
written agreement between the parties, Grantee acknowledges and agrees that he or she has no expectation that any 
Restricted Stock Units will vest on the termination of his or her Continuous Service for any reason and that he or she 
will not be entitled to make a claim for any loss occasioned by such forfeiture as part of any claim for breach of his or 
her employment or service contract or otherwise.

1.4 

Delivery. 

(a) 

(b) 

Subject to Section 1.6 and any other applicable conditions hereunder, as soon as administratively practicable following 
the vesting of Restricted Stock Units in accordance with the terms of this Agreement (but in no event later than the 
date the short-term deferral period under Section 409A of the Code expires with respect to such vested Shares), the 
Company shall issue the applicable Shares and, at its option, (i) deliver or cause to be delivered to Grantee a certificate 
or certificates for the applicable Shares or (ii) transfer or arrange to have transferred the Shares to a brokerage account 
of Grantee designated by the Company.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the issuance of Shares upon the vesting of a Restricted Stock Unit shall be delayed in 
the event the Company reasonably anticipates that the issuance of Shares would constitute a violation of U.S. federal 
securities laws, other applicable law, or Nasdaq rules.  If the issuance of the Shares is delayed by the provisions of this 
paragraph, such issuance shall occur at the earliest date at which the Company reasonably anticipates issuing the 
Shares will not cause such a violation.  For purposes of this paragraph, the issuance of Shares that would cause 
inclusion in gross income or the application of any penalty provision or other provision of the Code or other tax 
legislation applicable to Grantee is not considered a violation of applicable law.

1.5 

Restrictions.

(a) 

Except as provided herein, Grantee shall not have any rights as a stockholder with respect to any Shares to be 
distributed under the Plan until he or she has become the holder of such Shares as provided in the Plan.

(b) 

The Award is subject to the transferability restrictions under the Plan.

1.6 

Tax; Withholding.

(a) 

(b) 

The Company shall determine the amount of any withholding or other tax required by law to be withheld or paid by 
the Company or its Subsidiary with respect to any income recognized by Grantee with respect to the Restricted Stock 
Units or the issuance of Shares pursuant to the terms of the Restricted Stock Units.

Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary, Affiliate or agent makes any representation or undertaking regarding the 
treatment of any tax or withholding in connection with the grant or vesting of the Award or the subsequent sale of 
Shares subject to the Award.  The Company and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates do not commit and are under no 
obligation to structure the Award to reduce or eliminate Grantee's tax liability and none of the Company, any of its 
Subsidiaries or Affiliates, or any of their employees or representatives shall have any liability to Grantee with respect 
thereto.

(c) 

Notwithstanding the withholding provision in the Plan:

(i) 

If in the tax jurisdiction in which Grantee resides, a tax withholding obligation arises upon vesting of the 
Award (regardless of when the Shares underlying the Award are delivered to Grantee), or for non-employee 
directors of the Company in any jurisdiction, on each date the Award actually vests, if (1) the Company does 
not have in place an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the 
“Securities Act”) or there is not a Securities Act exemption available under which Grantee may sell Shares or 
(2) Grantee is subject to a Company-imposed trading blackout, then unless Grantee has made other 
arrangements satisfactory to the Company, the Company will (x) with respect to employees of the Company, 
withhold from the Shares to be delivered to Grantee such number of Shares as are sufficient in value (as 
determined by the Company in its sole discretion) to cover the minimum amount of the tax withholding 
obligation and (y) with respect to non-employee directors of the Company, settle 40% of the portion of the 
Award then vesting in cash by paying Grantee cash (in accordance with the Company's normal payroll 

practices) equal to the Fair Market Value of one Share for each Restricted Stock Unit being settled in such 
manner.

(ii) 

If in the tax jurisdiction in which Grantee resides a tax withholding obligation arises upon delivery of the 
Shares underlying the Restricted Stock Units (regardless of when vesting occurs), then following each date 
the Award actually vests, the Company will defer the delivery of the Shares otherwise deliverable to Grantee 
until the earliest of (1) the date Grantee's employment with the Company (or a Subsidiary or Affiliate) is 
terminated (by either party), (2) the date that the short-term deferral period under Section 409A of the Code 
expires with respect to such vested Shares, or (3) the date on which the Company has in place an effective 
registration statement under the Securities Act or there is a Securities Act exemption available under which 
Grantee may sell Shares and on which Grantee is not subject to a Company-imposed trading blackout (the 
earliest of such dates, the “Delivery Date”).  If on the Delivery Date (1) the Company does not have in place 
an effective registration statement under the Securities Act or there is not a Securities Act exemption 
available under which Grantee may sell Shares or (2) Grantee is subject to a Company-imposed trading 
blackout, then unless Grantee has made other arrangements satisfactory to the Company, the Company will 
withhold from the Shares to be delivered to Grantee such number of Shares as are sufficient in value (as 
determined by the Company in its sole discretion) to cover the minimum amount of the tax withholding 
obligation.

(d) 

(e) 

Grantee is ultimately liable and responsible for all taxes owed by Grantee in connection with the Award, regardless of 
any action the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, Affiliates or agents takes with respect to any tax withholding 
obligations that arise in connection with the Award.  Accordingly, Grantee agrees to pay to the Company or its relevant 
Subsidiary or Affiliate as soon as practicable, including through additional payroll withholding (if permitted under 
applicable law), any amount of required tax withholding that is not satisfied by any such action of the Company or its 
Subsidiary or Affiliate.

The Committee shall be authorized, in its sole discretion, to establish such rules and procedures relating to the use of 
Shares of common stock to satisfy tax withholding obligations as it deems necessary or appropriate to facilitate and 
promote the conformity of Grantee's transactions under this Agreement with Rule 16b-3 under the Securities Exchange 
Act of 1934, as amended, if such rule is applicable to transactions by Grantee.

Detrimental Activity.  In the event the Company determines or discovers during or after the course of Grantee's 

1.7 
employment or service that Grantee committed an act during the course of employment or service that constitutes or would 
have constituted Cause for termination, the Committee shall have the right, to the maximum extent permissible under 
applicable law, to cancel any or all of Grantee's then outstanding Awards (whether or not vested).

Erroneously Awarded Compensation.  The Award, if and to the extent subject to the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform 

1.8 
and Consumer Protection Act of 2010, may be subject to a claw back policy or other incentive compensation policy established 
from time to time by the Company to comply with such Act.

2 

CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

Defined terms not defined in this Agreement but defined in the Plan shall have the same definitions as in the Plan.  For the avoidance 
of doubt, in each instance that the term “Company” is used in the Plan, “Company” shall mean Verint Systems Inc.   

3 

REPRESENTATIONS OF GRANTEE

Grantee hereby represents to the Company that Grantee has read and fully understands the provisions of this Agreement, and 
Grantee acknowledges that Grantee is relying solely on his or her own advisors with respect to the tax consequences of this Award.  
Grantee acknowledges that this Agreement has not been reviewed or approved by any regulatory authority in his or her country 
of residence or otherwise.

4 

NOTICES

All notices or communications under this Agreement shall be in writing, addressed as follows:

To the Company:

Verint Systems Inc.
330 South Service Road
Melville, NY  11747-3201
U.S.A.
+(631) 962-9600 (phone)
+(631) 962-9623 (fax)
Attn: Chief Legal Officer

To Grantee:

as set forth in the Company's payroll
records

Any such notice or communication shall be (a) delivered by hand (with written confirmation of receipt) or sent by a nationally 
recognized overnight delivery service (receipt requested) or (b) sent certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, postage 
prepaid, addressed as above (or to such other address as such party may designate in writing from time to time), and the actual 
date of receipt shall determine the time at which notice was given.  Grantee will promptly notify the Company in writing upon 
any change in Grantee's mailing address or e-mail address.

5 

BINDING AGREEMENT

This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the heirs and representatives of Grantee and the assigns and 
successors of the Company.

6 

ENTIRE AGREEMENT; AMENDMENT

The Plan, this Agreement and the Notice of Grant represent the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter 
hereof.  Subject to the terms of the Plan, the Committee may waive any conditions or rights under, amend any terms of, or alter, 
suspend,  discontinue,  cancel  or  terminate,  the  Award;  provided  that  any  such  waiver,  amendment,  alteration,  suspension, 
discontinuance, cancellation or termination that would impair the rights of Grantee or any holder or beneficiary of the Award 
previously granted shall not be effective as to Grantee without the written consent of Grantee, holder or beneficiary, further, 
provided, that the consent of Grantee or any holder or beneficiary shall not be required to an amendment that is deemed necessary 
by the Company to ensure compliance with (a) the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010 or any 
regulations promulgated thereunder, including as a result of the implementation of any recoupment policy the Company adopts 
to comply with the requirements set forth in the Dodd-Frank Act and (b) Section 409A of the Code as amplified by any Internal 
Revenue Service or U.S. Treasury Department regulations or guidance, or any other applicable equivalent tax law, rule, or regulation, 
as the Company deems appropriate or advisable.

7 

GOVERNING LAW

The rules and regulations relating to this Agreement shall be determined in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, 
applied without giving effect to its conflict of laws principles.  Each party to this Agreement hereby consents and submits himself, 
herself or itself to the jurisdiction of the courts of the state of New York for the purposes of any legal action or proceeding arising 
out of this Agreement.  Nothing in this Agreement shall affect the right of the Company to commence proceedings against Grantee 
in any other competent jurisdiction, or concurrently in more than one jurisdiction, or to serve process, pleadings and other papers 
upon Grantee in any manner authorized by the laws of any such jurisdiction.  Grantee irrevocably waives:

 
 
 
 
 
 
(a) 
proceeding in any court referred to in this Section; and 

any objection which it may have now or in the future to the laying of the venue of any action, suit or 

(b) 

any claim that any such action, suit or proceeding has been brought in an inconvenient forum.

8 

SEVERABILITY

If any provision of this Agreement is or becomes or is deemed to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction or as to 
any person or this Agreement, or would disqualify this Agreement under any law deemed applicable by the Committee, such 
provision shall be construed or deemed amended to conform to the applicable laws, or if it cannot be construed or deemed amended 
without, in the determination of the Committee, materially altering the intent of this Agreement, such provision shall be stricken 
as to such jurisdiction, person or this Agreement and the remainder of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect. 

9 

ONE-TIME GRANT; NO RIGHT TO CONTINUED SERVICE OR PARTICIPATION; EFFECT ON OTHER 
PLANS

The award evidenced by this Agreement is a voluntary, discretionary bonus being made on a one-time basis and it does not constitute 
a commitment to make any future awards.  Neither this Agreement nor the Notice of Grant shall be construed as giving Grantee 
the right to be retained in the employ of, or in any consulting relationship to, or as a director on the Board or board of directors, 
as applicable, of, the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company. Further, the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate 
of the Company may at any time dismiss Grantee from employment or discontinue any consulting relationship, free from any 
liability or any claim under the Plan or this Agreement, unless otherwise expressly provided in the Plan, this Agreement or any 
applicable employment contract or agreement.  Payment received by Grantee pursuant to this Agreement and the Notice of Grant 
shall not be considered salary or other compensation for purposes of any severance pay or similar allowance and shall not be 
included in the determination of benefits under any pension, group insurance or other benefit plan of the Company or any Subsidiary 
or Affiliate in which Grantee may be enrolled, except as provided under the terms of such plans, or as determined by the Board.

10 

NO STRICT CONSTRUCTION

No rule of strict construction shall be implied against the Company, the Committee, or any other person in the interpretation of 
any of the terms of this Agreement, the Notice of Grant or any rule or procedure established by the Committee.

11 

USE OF THE WORD “GRANTEE”

Wherever the word “Grantee” is used in any provision of this Agreement under circumstances where the provision should logically 
be construed to apply to the executors, the administrators, or the person or persons to whom the Restricted Stock Units may be 
transferred by will or the laws of descent and distribution, the word “Grantee” shall be deemed to include such person or persons.

12 

FURTHER ASSURANCES

Grantee agrees, upon demand of the Company or the Committee, to do all acts and execute, deliver and perform all additional 
documents, instruments and agreements which may be reasonably required by the Company or the Committee, as the case may 
be, to implement the provisions and purposes of this Agreement.

13 

CONSENT TO TRANSFER PERSONAL DATA

The Company and its Subsidiaries hold certain personal information about Grantee, that may include Grantee's name, home 
address and telephone number, date of birth, social security number or other employee identification number, salary, 
nationality, job title, any Shares of stock held in the Company, or details of any entitlement to Shares of stock awarded, 
canceled, purchased, vested, or unvested, for the purpose of implementing, managing, and administering the Award or the 
Agreement (“Data”).  Grantee hereby agrees that the Company and/or its Subsidiaries may transfer Data amongst themselves 
as necessary for the purpose of implementation, administration, and management of Grantee's participation in the Award or 
the Agreement, and the Company and/or any of its Subsidiaries may each further transfer Data to any third parties assisting 
the Company in the implementation, administration, and management of the Award or the Agreement. These recipients may be 
located throughout the world, including outside Grantee's country of residence (or outside of the European Economic Area, for 
Grantees located within the European Economic Area).  Such countries may not provide for a similar level of data protection 
as provided for by local law (such as, for example, European privacy directive 95/46/EC and local implementations thereof).  
Grantee hereby authorizes those recipients - even if they are located in a country outside of Grantee's country of residence (or 

outside of the European Economic Area, for Grantees located within the European Economic Area) - to receive, possess, use, 
retain, and transfer the Data, in electronic or other form, for the purpose of implementing, administering, and managing 
Grantee's participation in the Award or the Agreement, including any requisite transfer of such Data as may be required for the 
administration of the Award or the Agreement and/or the subsequent holding of Shares of stock on Grantee's behalf by a broker 
or other third party with whom Grantee or the Company may elect to deposit any Shares of stock acquired pursuant to the 
Award or the Agreement.  Grantee is not obliged to consent to such collection, use, processing and transfer of personal data 
and may, at any time, review Data, require any necessary amendments to it, or withdraw the consent contained in this Section 
by contacting the Company in writing.  However, withdrawing or withholding consent may affect Grantee's ability to 
participate in the Award or the Agreement.  More information on the Data and/or the consequences of withholding or 
withdrawing consent can be obtained from the Company's legal department.

14 

GOVERNING PLAN DOCUMENT

This Agreement is subject to all the provisions of the Plan, the provisions of which are hereby made a part of this Agreement, 
and is further subject to all interpretations, amendments, rules and regulations which may from time to time be promulgated 
and adopted pursuant to the Plan.  In the event of any conflict between the provisions of this Agreement and those of the Plan, 
the provisions of the Plan control. 

15 

CERTAIN COUNTRY-SPECIFIC PROVISIONS

For residents of the UK only:

Grantee agrees, as a condition to its acceptance of the Award, to satisfy any requirement of the Company or any Subsidiary that, 
prior to vesting of all or any part of the Award, Grantee enter into a joint election under section 431(1) of the UK Income Tax 
(Earnings and Pensions) Act 2003, the effect of which is that the Shares issued on vesting will be treated as if they were not 
restricted securities.

Tax withholding obligations under this Agreement shall include, without limitation:

(i) 

United Kingdom (UK) income tax; and

(ii) 

UK primary class 1 (employee's) national insurance contributions.

For residents of Canada only:

I acknowledge having requested that this Agreement and all documents referred to herein be drafted in the English language.  
Je reconnais également avoir exigé que ce document ainsi que tout document auquel ce document fait référence, soient rédigés 
en langue anglaise.

Tax withholding obligations under this Agreement shall include federal and provincial income tax, Canadian Pension Plan 
contributions, and Employment Insurance premiums (including the provincial equivalents) as applicable.

For residents of Hong Kong only:

a)  The Data Protection Principles specified in the Personal Data (Privacy) Ordinance (Cap. 486 of the Laws of Hong Kong) 
will apply to any Data upon its transfer to any place outside of Hong Kong.

b)  Hong Kong Securities Law Notice.  The Restricted Stock Units and any Shares issued pursuant to the Awards do not 
constitute a public offering of securities under Hong Kong law and are available to any eligible person under the Plan.  The 
Agreement,  the Plan and other incidental communication materials (together, the “Award Agreement”)  have not been prepared 
in accordance with and are not intended to constitute a “prospectus” for a public offering of securities under the applicable 
securities legislation in Hong Kong.  The Restricted Stock Units and any related documentation are intended only for the 
personal use of each eligible person under the Plan and may not be distributed to any other person.  The contents of the Award 
Agreement, including the Plan, have not been reviewed by any regulatory authority in Hong Kong.  You are advised to exercise 
caution in relation to the offer.  If you are in any doubt about any of the contents of the Award Agreement or the Plan, you 
should obtain independent professional advice.

For residents of Russia only: 

 
 
You acknowledge that the grant of Restricted Stock Units, the Plan and all other materials you may receive regarding 
participation in the Plan do not constitute an advertising or offering of securities in Russia.  The issuance of securities pursuant 
to the Plan has not and will not be registered in Russia and therefore, the securities described in any Plan-related documents 
may not be used for offering or public circulation in Russia. 

 You further acknowledge that in no event will Shares that may be issued to you with respect to the Restricted Stock Units be 
delivered to you in Russia; all Shares issued to you with respect to the Restricted Stock Units will be maintained on your behalf 
in the United States.

For residents of Israel only:

By my signature on or electronic acceptance of this Agreement, I acknowledge that the Award is granted under and governed by 
(i) this Agreement, (ii) the Plan, a copy of which has been provided to me or made available for my review, (iii) the Israeli 
Supplement (“the Supplement”), a copy of which has been provided to me or made available for my review; (iv) Section 102(b)
(2) of the Income Tax Ordinance (New Version) - 1961 and the Rules promulgated in connection therewith, and (v) the Trust 
Agreement, a copy of which has been provided to me or made available for my review.  Furthermore, by my signature on or 
electronic acceptance of this Agreement, I agree that the Awards will be issued to the Trustee to hold on my behalf, pursuant to 
the terms of the Section 102, the Section 102 Rules and the Trust Agreement.

In addition, by my signature on or electronic acceptance of this Agreement, I confirm that I am familiar with the terms and 
provisions of Section 102, particularly the Capital Gains Track described in subsection (b)(2) thereof, and I agree that I will not 
require the Trustee to release the Awards or Company shares to me, or to sell the Awards or Company shares to a third party, 
during the Holding Period, unless permitted to do so by applicable law.

All capitalized terms in this undertaking shall have the meaning granted to them under the Supplement.

END OF AGREEMENT

EXHIBIT A
Sample Performance Matrix
Performance Equity Award Granted [_______], 20[__]  
Performance Period Ending January 31, 20[__]
(Period [_] of 3)

Target Units for Performance Period: ______________

Total Units for Performance Period: ______________

Revenue Achieved in Performance Period 3 
May include more than three data points.

Revenue Payout Percentage in Performance Period

Threshold ([__]% of Revenue Target)
Target (100% of Revenue Target)

Maximum ([__]% of Revenue Target) 

[__]%
[__]%

[__]% 4

Operating Income Achieved in Performance 
Period 5

Operating Income Payout Percentage in Performance
Period

Threshold ([__]% of Operating Income Target)
Target (100% of Operating Income Target)
Maximum ([__]% of Operating Income Target) 

[__]%
[__]%
[__]% 6

3 May include more than three data points.
4 If the Notice of Grant does not make Overachievement Units available for over-performance, replace this line of the table 
with “Maximum: Not Applicable”. 
5 May include more than three data points.
6 See footnote 4 above.

                                                              
EXHIBIT 10.32

___________  __, 20__

[Name of Recipient]
[Address]

Dear [Name]:

Notice of Grant of Restricted Stock Units

Congratulations!  You have been granted a restricted stock unit award (the “Award”) pursuant to the terms and 

conditions of the [Verint Systems Inc. 2010 Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan][Comverse Technology, Inc. 2011 Stock 
Incentive Compensation Plan (assumed by the Company)][, as modified by the [UK Sub-Plan thereunder][Canadian 
Sub-Plan thereunder][Israeli Supplement thereto][India Addendum],] (the “Plan”) and the attached Verint Systems Inc. 
(the “Company”) Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (the “Agreement”).  The details of your Award are specified below 
and in the attached Agreement.  Capitalized terms used in this Notice of Grant and not otherwise defined shall have the 
meanings given in the Plan or the Agreement.

Granted To: 
ID#: 

[Name]
[ID Number]

Grant Date: 

[___________]

Units Granted: 

[Number]

Price Per Unit: 

U.S.$0.00

Vesting Schedule: 

The restricted stock units granted hereby shall vest on each of the following dates: 

(a) [1/3] on [______________];
(b) [1/3] on [______________]; and
(c) [1/3] on [______________].

Verint Systems Inc.

By my signature below or my electronic acceptance hereof (if provided to me electronically), I hereby acknowledge 
my receipt of this Award granted on the date shown above, which has been issued to me under the terms and conditions of the 
Plan and the Agreement.  I agree that the Award is subject to all of the terms and conditions of this Notice of Grant, the Plan, 
and the Agreement.

If I am a resident of Canada, I also acknowledge having requested that this Notice and all documents referred to herein 

be drafted in the English language.  Je reconnais également avoir exigé que ce document ainsi que tout document auquel ce 
document fait référence, soient rédigés en langue anglaise.

Signature: _______________________________ 

Date: ______________

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
VERINT SYSTEMS INC.

RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AWARD AGREEMENT

This Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (“Agreement”) and the [Verint Systems Inc. 2010 Long-Term Stock Incentive 
Plan][Comverse Technology, Inc. 2011 Stock Incentive Compensation Plan (assumed by the Company)][, as modified by 
the [UK Sub-Plan thereunder][Canadian Sub-Plan thereunder][Israeli Supplement thereto][India Addendum],] (the 
“Plan”) govern the terms and conditions of the Restricted Stock Unit Award (the “Award”) specified in the Notice of Grant of 
Restricted Stock Units (the “Notice of Grant”) delivered herewith entitling the person to whom the Notice of Grant is addressed 
(“Grantee”) to receive from Verint Systems Inc. (the “Company”) the number of restricted stock units indicated in the Notice of 
Grant.  

1 

RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS; VESTING

1.1 

Grant of Restricted Stock Units.

(a) 

The Award of the restricted stock units (as may be further defined under the terms of the Plan, “Restricted Stock 
Units”) is made subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, this Agreement and the Notice of Grant.  If and when 
the Restricted Stock Units vest in accordance with the terms of the Plan, this Agreement and the Notice of Grant 
without forfeiture, and upon the satisfaction of all other applicable conditions as to the Restricted Stock Units, one 
Share shall be issuable to Grantee for each Restricted Stock Unit that vests on such date, which Shares, except as 
otherwise provided herein or in the Notice of Grant, will be free of any Company-imposed transfer restrictions.  Any 
fractional Restricted Stock Unit remaining after the Award is fully vested shall be discarded and shall not be converted 
into a fractional Share.

1.2 

Restrictions.

(a) 

Except as provided herein, Grantee shall not have any rights as a stockholder with respect to any Shares to be 
distributed under the Plan until he or she has become the holder of such Shares as provided in the Plan.

(b) 

The Award is subject to the transferability restrictions under the Plan.

1.3 

Vesting. 

(a) 

(b) 

Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the applicable percentage or fraction (per the Notice of Grant) of 
Restricted Stock Units awarded hereunder shall be deemed vested and no longer subject to forfeiture under this Agreement 
on the applicable vesting date in accordance with the schedule set forth in the Notice of Grant.

Vesting shall cease upon the date Grantee's Continuous Service terminates for any reason, unless otherwise determined 
by the Board or the Committee in its sole discretion.

1.4 

Forfeiture. 

(a) 

If Grantee's Continuous Service terminates for any reason, all Restricted Stock Units which are then unvested shall, 
unless otherwise determined by the Committee in its sole discretion, be cancelled and the Company shall thereupon 
have no further obligation thereunder.  For the avoidance of doubt, subject to a separate written agreement between the 
parties, Grantee acknowledges and agrees that he or she has no expectation that any Restricted Stock Units will vest 
on the termination of his or her Continuous Service for any reason and that he or she will not be entitled to make a 
claim for any loss occasioned by such forfeiture as part of any claim for breach of his or her employment or service 
contract or otherwise.

 
1.5 

Delivery.

(a) 

(b) 

Subject to Section 1.6 and any other applicable conditions hereunder, as soon as administratively practicable following 
the vesting of Restricted Stock Units in accordance with the terms of this Agreement (but in no event later than the 
date the short-term deferral period under Section 409A of the Code expires with respect to such vested Shares), the 
Company shall issue the applicable Shares and, at its option, (i) deliver or cause to be delivered to Grantee a certificate 
or certificates for the applicable Shares or (ii) transfer or arrange to have transferred the Shares to a brokerage account 
of Grantee designated by the Company.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the issuance of Shares upon the vesting of a Restricted Stock Unit shall be delayed in 
the event the Company reasonably anticipates that the issuance of Shares would constitute a violation of U.S. federal 
securities laws, other applicable law, or Nasdaq rules.  If the issuance of the Shares is delayed by the provisions of this 
paragraph, such issuance shall occur at the earliest date at which the Company reasonably anticipates issuing the 
Shares will not cause such a violation.  For purposes of this paragraph, the issuance of Shares that would cause 
inclusion in gross income or the application of any penalty provision or other provision of the Code or other tax 
legislation applicable to Grantee is not considered a violation of applicable law.

1.6 

Tax; Withholding.

(a) 

(b) 

The Company shall determine the amount of any withholding or other tax required by law to be withheld or paid by the 
Company or its Subsidiary with respect to any income recognized by Grantee with respect to the Restricted Stock Units 
or the issuance of Shares pursuant to the terms of the Restricted Stock Units.

Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary, Affiliate or agent makes any representation or undertaking regarding the 
treatment of any tax or withholding in connection with the grant or vesting of the Award or the subsequent sale of 
Shares subject to the Award.  The Company and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates do not commit and are under no 
obligation to structure the Award to reduce or eliminate Grantee's tax liability and none of the Company, any of its 
Subsidiaries or Affiliates, or any of their employees or representatives shall have any liability to Grantee with respect 
thereto.

(c) 

Notwithstanding the withholding provision in the Plan:

(i) 

(ii) 

If in the tax jurisdiction in which Grantee resides, a tax withholding obligation arises upon vesting of the 
Award (regardless of when the Shares underlying the Award are delivered to Grantee), or for non-employee 
directors of the Company in any jurisdiction, on each date the Award actually vests, if (1) the Company does 
not have in place an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the 
“Securities Act”) or there is not a Securities Act exemption available under which Grantee may sell Shares or 
(2) Grantee is subject to a Company-imposed trading blackout, then unless Grantee has made other 
arrangements satisfactory to the Company, the Company will (x) with respect to employees of the Company, 
withhold from the Shares to be delivered to Grantee such number of Shares as are sufficient in value (as 
determined by the Company in its sole discretion) to cover the minimum amount of the tax withholding 
obligation and (y) with respect to non-employee directors of the Company, settle 40% of the portion of the 
Award then vesting in cash by paying Grantee cash (in accordance with the Company's normal payroll 
practices) equal to the Fair Market Value of one Share for each Restricted Stock Unit being settled in such 
manner.

If in the tax jurisdiction in which Grantee resides a tax withholding obligation arises upon delivery of the 
Shares underlying the Restricted Stock Units (regardless of when vesting occurs), then following each date 
the Award actually vests, the Company will defer the delivery of the Shares otherwise deliverable to Grantee 
until the earliest of (1) the date Grantee's employment with the Company (or a Subsidiary or Affiliate) is 
terminated (by either party), (2) the date that the short-term deferral period under Section 409A of the Code 
expires with respect to such vested Shares, or (3) the date on which the Company has in place an effective 
registration statement under the Securities Act or there is a Securities Act exemption available under which 
Grantee may sell Shares and on which Grantee is not subject to a Company-imposed trading blackout (the 
earliest of such dates, the “Delivery Date”).  If on the Delivery Date (1) the Company does not have in place 
an effective registration statement under the Securities Act or there is not a Securities Act exemption 
available under which Grantee may sell Shares or (2) Grantee is subject to a Company-imposed trading 
blackout, then unless Grantee has made other arrangements satisfactory to the Company, the Company will 
withhold from the Shares to be delivered to Grantee such number of Shares as are sufficient in value (as 

determined by the Company in its sole discretion) to cover the minimum amount of the tax withholding 
obligation.

(d) 

(e) 

Grantee is ultimately liable and responsible for all taxes owed by Grantee in connection with the Award, regardless of 
any action the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, Affiliates or agents takes with respect to any tax withholding obligations 
that arise in connection with the Award.  Accordingly, Grantee agrees to pay to the Company or its relevant Subsidiary 
or Affiliate as soon as practicable, including through additional payroll withholding (if permitted under applicable law), 
any amount of required tax withholding that is not satisfied by any such action of the Company or its Subsidiary or 
Affiliate.

The Committee shall be authorized, in its sole discretion, to establish such rules and procedures relating to the use of 
Shares of common stock to satisfy tax withholding obligations as it deems necessary or appropriate to facilitate and 
promote the conformity of Grantee's transactions under this Agreement with Rule 16b-3 under the Securities Exchange 
Act of 1934, as amended, if such rule is applicable to transactions by Grantee.

1.7 
Detrimental Activity.  In the event the Company determines or discovers during or after the course of Grantee's employment 
or service that Grantee committed an act during the course of employment or service that constitutes or would have constituted 
Cause for termination, the Committee shall have the right, to the maximum extent permissible under applicable law, to cancel any 
or all of Grantee's then outstanding Awards (whether or not vested).

1.8 
Erroneously Awarded Compensation.  The Award, if and to the extent subject to the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and 
Consumer Protection Act of 2010, may be subject to a claw back policy or other incentive compensation policy established from 
time to time by the Company to comply with such Act.

2 

CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

Defined terms not defined in this Agreement but defined in the Plan shall have the same definitions as in the Plan.  For the avoidance 
of doubt, in each instance that the term “Company” is used in the Plan, “Company” shall mean Verint Systems Inc.   

3 

REPRESENTATIONS OF GRANTEE

Grantee hereby represents to the Company that Grantee has read and fully understands the provisions of this Agreement, and 
Grantee acknowledges that Grantee is relying solely on his or her own advisors with respect to the tax consequences of this Award.  
Grantee acknowledges that this Agreement has not been reviewed or approved by any regulatory authority in his or her country 
of residence or otherwise.

4 

NOTICES

All notices or communications under this Agreement shall be in writing, addressed as follows:

To the Company:

Verint Systems Inc.
330 South Service Road
Melville, NY  11747-3201
U.S.A.
+(631) 962-9600 (phone)
+(631) 962-9623 (fax)
Attn: Chief Legal Officer

To Grantee:

as set forth in the Company's payroll
records

Any such notice or communication shall be (a) delivered by hand (with written confirmation of receipt) or sent by a nationally 
recognized overnight delivery service (receipt requested) or (b) sent certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, postage 
prepaid, addressed as above (or to such other address as such party may designate in writing from time to time), and the actual 
date of receipt shall determine the time at which notice was given.  Grantee will promptly notify the Company in writing upon 
any change in Grantee's mailing address or e-mail address.

 
 
 
 
 
 
5 

BINDING AGREEMENT

This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the heirs and representatives of Grantee and the assigns and 
successors of the Company.

6 

ENTIRE AGREEMENT; AMENDMENT

The Plan, this Agreement and the Notice of Grant represent the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter 
hereof.  Subject to the terms of the Plan, the Committee may waive any conditions or rights under, amend any terms of, or alter, 
suspend,  discontinue,  cancel  or  terminate,  the  Award;  provided  that  any  such  waiver,  amendment,  alteration,  suspension, 
discontinuance, cancellation or termination that would impair the rights of Grantee or any holder or beneficiary of the Award 
previously granted shall not be effective as to Grantee without the written consent of Grantee, holder or beneficiary, further, 
provided, that the consent of Grantee or any holder or beneficiary shall not be required to an amendment that is deemed necessary 
by the Company to ensure compliance with (a) the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010 or any 
regulations promulgated thereunder, including as a result of the implementation of any recoupment policy the Company adopts 
to comply with the requirements set forth in the Dodd-Frank Act and (b) Section 409A of the Code as amplified by any Internal 
Revenue Service or U.S. Treasury Department regulations or guidance, or any other applicable equivalent tax law, rule, or regulation, 
as the Company deems appropriate or advisable.

7 

GOVERNING LAW

The rules and regulations relating to this Agreement shall be determined in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, 
applied without giving effect to its conflict of laws principles.  Each party to this Agreement hereby consents and submits himself, 
herself or itself to the jurisdiction of the courts of the state of New York for the purposes of any legal action or proceeding arising 
out of this Agreement.  Nothing in this Agreement shall affect the right of the Company to commence proceedings against Grantee 
in any other competent jurisdiction, or concurrently in more than one jurisdiction, or to serve process, pleadings and other papers 
upon Grantee in any manner authorized by the laws of any such jurisdiction.  Grantee irrevocably waives:

(a) 
proceeding in any court referred to in this Section; and 

any objection which it may have now or in the future to the laying of the venue of any action, suit or 

(b) 

any claim that any such action, suit or proceeding has been brought in an inconvenient forum.

8 

SEVERABILITY

If any provision of this Agreement is or becomes or is deemed to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction or as to 
any person or this Agreement, or would disqualify this Agreement under any law deemed applicable by the Committee, such 
provision shall be construed or deemed amended to conform to the applicable laws, or if it cannot be construed or deemed amended 
without, in the determination of the Committee, materially altering the intent of this Agreement, such provision shall be stricken 
as to such jurisdiction, person or this Agreement and the remainder of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect. 

9 

ONE-TIME GRANT; NO RIGHT TO CONTINUED SERVICE OR PARTICIPATION; EFFECT ON OTHER 
PLANS

The award evidenced by this Agreement is a voluntary, discretionary bonus being made on a one-time basis and it does not constitute 
a commitment to make any future awards.  Neither this Agreement nor the Notice of Grant shall be construed as giving Grantee 
the right to be retained in the employ of, or in any consulting relationship to, or as a director on the Board or board of directors, 
as applicable, of, the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company. Further, the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate 
of the Company may at any time dismiss Grantee from employment or discontinue any consulting relationship, free from any 
liability or any claim under the Plan or this Agreement, unless otherwise expressly provided in the Plan, this Agreement or any 
applicable employment contract or agreement.  Payment received by Grantee pursuant to this Agreement and the Notice of Grant 
shall not be considered salary or other compensation for purposes of any severance pay or similar allowance and shall not be 
included in the determination of benefits under any pension, group insurance or other benefit plan of the Company or any Subsidiary 
or Affiliate in which Grantee may be enrolled, except as provided under the terms of such plans, or as determined by the Board.

10 

NO STRICT CONSTRUCTION

No rule of strict construction shall be implied against the Company, the Committee, or any other person in the interpretation of 
any of the terms of this Agreement, the Notice of Grant or any rule or procedure established by the Committee.

11 

USE OF THE WORD “GRANTEE”

Wherever the word “Grantee” is used in any provision of this Agreement under circumstances where the provision should logically 
be construed to apply to the executors, the administrators, or the person or persons to whom the Restricted Stock Units may be 
transferred by will or the laws of descent and distribution, the word “Grantee” shall be deemed to include such person or persons.

12 

FURTHER ASSURANCES

Grantee agrees, upon demand of the Company or the Committee, to do all acts and execute, deliver and perform all additional 
documents, instruments and agreements which may be reasonably required by the Company or the Committee, as the case may 
be, to implement the provisions and purposes of this Agreement.

13 

CONSENT TO TRANSFER PERSONAL DATA

The Company and its Subsidiaries hold certain personal information about Grantee, that may include Grantee's name, home 
address and telephone number, date of birth, social security number or other employee identification number, salary, 
nationality, job title, any Shares of stock held in the Company, or details of any entitlement to Shares of stock awarded, 
canceled, purchased, vested, or unvested, for the purpose of implementing, managing, and administering the Award or the 
Agreement (“Data”).  Grantee hereby agrees that the Company and/or its Subsidiaries may transfer Data amongst themselves 
as necessary for the purpose of implementation, administration, and management of Grantee's participation in the Award or 
the Agreement, and the Company and/or any of its Subsidiaries may each further transfer Data to any third parties assisting 
the Company in the implementation, administration, and management of the Award or the Agreement. These recipients may be 
located throughout the world, including outside Grantee's country of residence (or outside of the European Economic Area, for 
Grantees located within the European Economic Area).  Such countries may not provide for a similar level of data protection 
as provided for by local law (such as, for example, European privacy directive 95/46/EC and local implementations thereof).  
Grantee hereby authorizes those recipients - even if they are located in a country outside of Grantee's country of residence (or 
outside of the European Economic Area, for Grantees located within the European Economic Area) - to receive, possess, use, 
retain, and transfer the Data, in electronic or other form, for the purpose of implementing, administering, and managing 
Grantee's participation in the Award or the Agreement, including any requisite transfer of such Data as may be required for the 
administration of the Award or the Agreement and/or the subsequent holding of Shares of stock on Grantee's behalf by a broker 
or other third party with whom Grantee or the Company may elect to deposit any Shares of stock acquired pursuant to the 
Award or the Agreement.  Grantee is not obliged to consent to such collection, use, processing and transfer of personal data 
and may, at any time, review Data, require any necessary amendments to it, or withdraw the consent contained in this Section 
by contacting the Company in writing.  However, withdrawing or withholding consent may affect Grantee's ability to 
participate in the Award or the Agreement.  More information on the Data and/or the consequences of withholding or 
withdrawing consent can be obtained from the Company's legal department.

14 

GOVERNING PLAN DOCUMENT

This Agreement is subject to all the provisions of the Plan, the provisions of which are hereby made a part of this Agreement, 
and is further subject to all interpretations, amendments, rules and regulations which may from time to time be promulgated 
and adopted pursuant to the Plan.  In the event of any conflict between the provisions of this Agreement and those of the Plan, 
the provisions of the Plan control. 

15 

CERTAIN COUNTRY-SPECIFIC PROVISIONS

For residents of the UK only:

Grantee agrees, as a condition to its acceptance of the Award, to satisfy any requirement of the Company or any Subsidiary that, 
prior to vesting of all or any part of the Award, Grantee enter into a joint election under section 431(1) of the UK Income Tax 
(Earnings and Pensions) Act 2003, the effect of which is that the Shares issued on vesting will be treated as if they were not 
restricted securities.

Tax withholding obligations under this Agreement shall include, without limitation:

(i) 

United Kingdom (UK) income tax; and

(ii) 

UK primary class 1 (employee's) national insurance contributions.

 
 
For residents of Canada only:

I acknowledge having requested that this Agreement and all documents referred to herein be drafted in the English language.  
Je reconnais également avoir exigé que ce document ainsi que tout document auquel ce document fait référence, soient rédigés 
en langue anglaise.

Tax withholding obligations under this Agreement shall include federal and provincial income tax, Canadian Pension Plan 
contributions, and Employment Insurance premiums (including the provincial equivalents) as applicable.

For residents of Hong Kong only:

a)  The Data Protection Principles specified in the Personal Data (Privacy) Ordinance (Cap. 486 of the Laws of Hong Kong) 
will apply to any Data upon its transfer to any place outside of Hong Kong.

b)  Hong Kong Securities Law Notice.  The Restricted Stock Units and any Shares issued pursuant to the Awards do not 
constitute a public offering of securities under Hong Kong law and are available to any eligible person under the Plan.  The 
Agreement,  the Plan and other incidental communication materials (together, the “Award Agreement”)  have not been prepared 
in accordance with and are not intended to constitute a “prospectus” for a public offering of securities under the applicable 
securities legislation in Hong Kong.  The Restricted Stock Units and any related documentation are intended only for the 
personal use of each eligible person under the Plan and may not be distributed to any other person.  The contents of the Award 
Agreement, including the Plan, have not been reviewed by any regulatory authority in Hong Kong.  You are advised to exercise 
caution in relation to the offer.  If you are in any doubt about any of the contents of the Award Agreement or the Plan, you 
should obtain independent professional advice.

For residents of Russia only: 

You acknowledge that the grant of Restricted Stock Units, the Plan and all other materials you may receive regarding 
participation in the Plan do not constitute an advertising or offering of securities in Russia.  The issuance of securities pursuant 
to the Plan has not and will not be registered in Russia and therefore, the securities described in any Plan-related documents 
may not be used for offering or public circulation in Russia.  

You further acknowledge that in no event will Shares that may be issued to you with respect to the Restricted Stock Units be 
delivered to you in Russia; all Shares issued to you with respect to the Restricted Stock Units will be maintained on your behalf 
in the United States.

For residents of Israel only: 

By my signature on or electronic acceptance of this Agreement, I acknowledge that the Award is granted under and governed by 
(i) this Agreement, (ii) the Plan, a copy of which has been provided to me or made available for my review, (iii) the Israeli 
Supplement (“the Supplement”), a copy of which has been provided to me or made available for my review; (iv) Section 102(b)
(2) of the Income Tax Ordinance (New Version) - 1961 and the Rules promulgated in connection therewith, and (v) the Trust 
Agreement, a copy of which has been provided to me or made available for my review.  Furthermore, by my signature on or 
electronic acceptance of this Agreement, I agree that the Awards will be issued to the Trustee to hold on my behalf, pursuant to 
the terms of the Section 102, the Section 102 Rules and the Trust Agreement.

In addition, by my signature on or electronic acceptance of this Agreement, I confirm that I am familiar with the terms and 
provisions of Section 102, particularly the Capital Gains Track described in subsection (b)(2) thereof, and I agree that I will not 
require the Trustee to release the Awards or Company shares to me, or to sell the Awards or Company shares to a third party, 
during the Holding Period, unless permitted to do so by applicable law.

All capitalized terms in this undertaking shall have the meaning granted to them under the Supplement.

END OF AGREEMENT

EXHIBIT 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the incorporation by reference in Registration Statement Nos. 333-98965, 333-98967, 333-120269, 333-167618, 
333-169005, 333-169768, 333-171006, 333-173421, 333-173454, 333-174820, 333-182032 and 333-182755 on Form S-8 of 
our report dated March 27, 2013, relating to the consolidated financial statements of Verint Systems Inc. (which report 
expresses an unqualified opinion and includes an explanatory paragraph regarding the adoption of the Financial Accounting 
Standards Board’s Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2009-13, Multiple Deliverable Revenue Arrangements, and ASU 
2009-14, Certain Revenue Arrangements That Include Software Elements for the year ended January 31, 2012), and our report 
dated March 27, 2013, relating to the effectiveness of Verint Systems Inc.'s internal control over financial reporting, appearing 
in the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Verint Systems Inc. for the year ended January 31, 2013.

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

New York, New York
March 27, 2013

Subsidiaries of Verint Systems Inc.
(as of January 31, 2013)

EXHIBIT 21.1

Name

Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization

Blue Pumpkin Software Israel Ltd.
CIS Comverse Information Systems Ltd.
Febrouin Investments Ltd.
Focal Info Israel Ltd.
Global Management Technologies, LLC
Global Management Technologies Asia-Pacific PTY Limited
Global Management Technologies Europe Limited
Iontas, Inc.
Iontas Limited
MultiVision Holdings Limited
Rontal Engineering Applications (2001) Ltd.
Rontal-USA Inc.
Suntech S.A.
Syborg GmbH
Syborg Grundbesitz GmbH
Syborg Informationsysteme b.h. OHG
Verint Americas Inc.
Verint Blue Pumpkin Software LLC
Verint Systems (Asia Pacific) Limited
Verint Systems (Australia) PTY Ltd.
Verint Systems (India) Private Ltd.
Verint Systems (Singapore) Pte. Ltd. (1)
Verint Systems (Zhuhai) Limited
Verint Systems B.V.
Verint Systems Bulgaria
Verint Systems Canada Inc.
Verint Systems Cayman Limited
Verint Systems GmbH
Verint Systems Japan K.K.
Verint Systems Ltd.
Verint Systems New Zealand Limited
Verint Systems Poland sp.z.o.o.
Verint Systems SAS
Verint Systems UK Ltd.
Verint Technology Inc.
Verint Technology UK Limited
Verint Video Solutions Inc.
Verint Video Solutions SL
Verint Video Solutions UK Limited
Verint Witness Systems Deutschland GmbH
Verint Witness Systems
Verint Witness Systems LLC
Verint Witness Systems S.A. de C.V.

  Israel
  Israel
  Cyprus
  Israel
  Delaware
  Australia
  United Kingdom
  Delaware
  Ireland
  British Virgin Islands
  Israel
  Delaware
  Brazil
  Germany
  Germany
  Germany
  Delaware
  Delaware
  Hong Kong
  Australia
  India
  Singapore
  People's Republic of China
  The Netherlands
  Bulgaria
  Canada
  Cayman Islands
  Germany
  Japan
  Israel
  New Zealand
  Poland
  France
  United Kingdom
  Delaware
  United Kingdom
  Nevada
  Spain
  United Kingdom
  Germany
  United Kingdom
  Delaware
  Mexico

Verint Witness Systems Services S.A. de C.V.
Verint Witness Systems Software, Hardware, E Servicos Do Brasil Ltda
Verint WS Holdings Ltd.
View Links Euclipse Ltd.
Victory Acquisition I LLC
Vovici LLC
Witness Systems Software (India) Private Limited

  Mexico
  Brazil
  United Kingdom
  Israel
  Delaware
  Delaware
  India

(1)          We own a 50% equity interest in this entity and do not have the power to unilaterally direct or cause the direction of the 

management and policies of this entity.

CERTIFICATION BY THE CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE
SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

EXHIBIT 31.1

I, Dan Bodner, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Verint Systems Inc.;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact 
necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading 
with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all 
material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods 
presented in this report;

4. The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and 
procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as 
defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed 
under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated 
subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is 
being prepared;

b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be 
designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the 
preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our 
conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this 
report based on such evaluation; and

d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the 
registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has 
materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; 
and

5. The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over 
financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons 
performing the equivalent functions):

a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial 
reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report 
financial information; and

b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the 
registrant's internal control over financial reporting.

Dated: March 27, 2013

By:

/s/ Dan Bodner
Dan Bodner
President and Chief Executive Officer
Principal Executive Officer

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CERTIFICATION BY THE CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE
SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

EXHIBIT 31.2

I, Douglas E. Robinson, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Verint Systems Inc.;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact 
necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading 
with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all 
material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods 
presented in this report;

4. The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and 
procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as 
defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed 
under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated 
subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is 
being prepared;

b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be 
designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the 
preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our 
conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this 
report based on such evaluation; and

d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the 
registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has 
materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; 
and

5. The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over 
financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons 
performing the equivalent functions):

a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial 
reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report 
financial information; and

b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the 
registrant's internal control over financial reporting.

Dated: March 27, 2013

By:

/s/ Douglas E. Robinson
Douglas E. Robinson
Chief Financial Officer
Principal Financial Officer

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
EXHIBIT 32.1

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with the Annual Report of Verint Systems Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the period ended January 31, 
2013 (the “Report”), I, Dan Bodner, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, hereby certify, pursuant to 18 
U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that to my knowledge:

(1) the Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as 
amended; and

(2) the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of 
operations of the Company.

Dated: March 27, 2013

/s/ Dan Bodner
Dan Bodner
President and Chief Executive Officer
Principal Executive Officer

This certification accompanies this Report on Form 10-K pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and shall 
not, except to the extent required by such Act, be deemed filed by the Company for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities 
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). Such certification will not be deemed to be incorporated by reference 
into any filing under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Exchange Act, except to the extent that the Company 
specifically incorporates it by reference.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
EXHIBIT 32.2

CERTIFICATION REQUIRED BY 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with the Annual Report of Verint Systems Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the period ended January 31, 
2013 (the “Report”), I, Douglas E. Robinson, Chief Financial Officer of the Company, hereby certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. 
Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that to my knowledge:

(1) the Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as 
amended; and

(2) the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of 
operations of the Company.

Dated: March 27, 2013

/s/ Douglas E. Robinson
Douglas E. Robinson
Chief Financial Officer
Principal Financial Officer

This certification accompanies this Report on Form 10-K pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and shall 
not, except to the extent required by such Act, be deemed filed by the Company for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities 
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). Such certification will not be deemed to be incorporated by reference 
into any filing under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Exchange Act, except to the extent that the Company 
specifically incorporates it by reference.